CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection

Equipment Manual

(CD2009277, CD2009278)

V1.00

Document Code：F0SF.450.062(E)
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection

Equipment Manual

Compiled： Zou Dong-xia

Checked： Yin Liang-fang
Standardized：Li Lian-chang
Inspected： Song Xiao-zhou

Version： V1.00
Doc.Code：F0SF.450.062(E)
Issued Date：2010-8-20
Important notes

¾ Scope of Application
This manual only caters to CSC-326, including CSC-326 M1 and CSC-326 M2.
Please read the manual carefully and the specification of the installation, adjustment, testing,
operation and maintenance with the protective relay.

¾ Restricted liability
Electrical equipment should be serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel. No
responsibility is assumed by SIFANG for any consequences arising out of the use of this manual.
This document is not intended as an instruction manual for untrained persons.

¾ Device operation
The user is responsible for checking that the rated characteristics of the device are suitable for its
application. The user is responsible for reading and following the device’s operating and installation
instructions before attempting to commission or maintain it. Failure to follow these instructions can
affect device operation and constitute a hazard for people and property.
Please use the testing instruments which comply with the relevant standards for test and detection
as well.
To prevent damage from equipment, don’t hot-plug and hot-unplug any module of the relay;
touching the chips and components in printed circuit board is inhibited.
If any abnormity occurred in the equipment or unusual maintenance needed, please promptly
contact with the agents or our service hotline.

¾ Operation password
The operation password is: 8888, the system setup password is: 7777.

¾ Protective grounding
The user is responsible for compliance with all the existing international and national electrical
codes concerning protective grounding of any device.
Safety instructions

Read these instructions carefully and look at the protective relay to become familiar with the device
before trying to install, operate, service or maintain it. The following special messages may appear
throughout this bulletin or on the equipment to warn of potential hazards or to call attention to
information that clarifies or simplifies a procedure.

¾ Risk of electric shock

The addition of either symbol to a “Danger” or “Warning” safety label on a device
indicates that an electrical hazard exists, which will result in death or personal injury if
the instructions are not followed.

¾ Safety alert
This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential personal injury
hazards and prompt you to consult the manual. Obey all safety instructions that follow
this symbol in the manual to avoid possible injury or death.

¾ Other safety messages and notes

DANGER
DANGER indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death,
serious injury or property damage.

WARNING
WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death,
serious injury or property damage.

CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or
moderate injury or property damage.

NOTE
NOTE indicates matters need attention regarding a certain special application, functions or
characteristics of the HW/SW.
COPYRIGHT

®
is registered trademark of Beijing Sifang Automation Co., Ltd.

We reserve all rights to this document, even in the event that a patent is issued and a different
commercial proprietary right is registered. Improper use, in particular reproduction and dissemination to
third parties, is not permitted.

This document has been carefully checked. If the user nevertheless detects any errors, he is asked to
notify us as soon as possible.

The data contained in this manual is intended solely for the product description and is not to be deemed
to be a statement of guaranteed properties. In the interests of our customers, we constantly seek to
ensure that our products are developed to the latest technological standards as a result; it is possible that
there may be some differences between the hardware/software product and this information product.

Manufacturer:
Beijing Sifang Automation Co., Ltd.

Tel: +86-10-62961515
Fax: +86-10-62981900
Internet: http://www.sf-auto.com
Add: No.9, Shangdi 4th Street, Haidian District, Beijing, P.R.C.100085
 CONTENTS

1 Introduction ................................................................................. 1

1.1 Application............................................................................................... 1
1.2 Features ................................................................................................... 4
1.3 Functions ................................................................................................. 5
2 Design .......................................................................................... 6

2.1 Mechanical structure .............................................................................. 6

2.2 Dimensions.............................................................................................. 7
3 Technical data.............................................................................. 8
4 Hardware functions................................................................... 19

4.1 Hardware arrangements ....................................................................... 19

4.2 Operations of complete units............................................................... 20
5 Protection functions ................................................................. 21

5.1 General functionality ............................................................................ 21

5.2 Voltage channel configuration ............................................................. 26
5.3 Differential protection function (ANSI-87T)......................................... 27
5.4 Restricted Earth Fault protection function (ANSI-87TN).................... 58
5.5 Overflux protection function (ANSI-24) ............................................... 66
5.6. Directional / Non-directional overcurrent / earth fault / neutral
overcurrent protection function (ANSI-50(N)/51(N), 67(N), 50G/51G, 67G) .... 75
5.7. Thermal overload protection function (ANSI-49).............................. 106
5.8. Circuit breaker failure protection (ANSI-50BF)..................................111
5.9. Overload protection ............................................................................ 117
5.10. VT failure supervision function (ANSI-97FF) .................................... 119
5.11. External BIs to trip BOs ...................................................................... 123
5.12. BI Trigger Record ................................................................................ 125
5.13. BI Switch SetGroup............................................................................. 126
5.14. BI “REM ACCESS BLK” and “RELAY TEST” .................................... 127
5.15. BI “BI1~ 2” and “BI TRIGGER DR1~ 10” ........................................... 128
6 Operation ................................................................................. 129

6.1 Safety precautions .............................................................................. 129

6.2 Dialog with the equipment ................................................................. 130
6.3 Equipment parameters and settings ................................................. 135
6.4 Annunciations ..................................................................................... 167
6.5 Putting the equipment into operation ............................................... 173
7 Installation and commissioning ............................................. 176

7.1 Unpacking & repacking ...................................................................... 176

7.2 Mounting.............................................................................................. 177
7.3 Check before power on ...................................................................... 178
7.4 Check with power on .......................................................................... 179
8 Maintenance ............................................................................. 180

8.1 Routine checks ................................................................................... 180

8.2 Replacing the back-up battery........................................................... 181
8.3 Fault tracing ........................................................................................ 182
8.4 Repairs................................................................................................. 183
8.5 The notices during operation............................................................. 184
9 Storage ..................................................................................... 185
10 Ordering.................................................................................... 186

10.1 Ordering data ...................................................................................... 186

10.2 Ordering data sample ......................................................................... 187
11 Appendix .................................................................................. 188

11.1 Terminal diagrams .............................................................................. 189

11.2 Connection Examples ........................................................................ 191
11.3 Binary input module ........................................................................... 193
11.4 Binary output module ......................................................................... 194
11.5 Communication Protocol ................................................................... 196
11.6 CSC-326 IEC 61850 Communication ................................................. 197
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

1 Introduction

1.1 Application
CSC-326 numerical transformer protection equipment applies to small, medium and large power
transformers. in all voltage levels.
Equipments included in the CSC-326 series see Table 1-1 and 1-2.

Table 1-1 CSC-326 series equipments

Type Application

CSC-326(Model 1) For two-winding transformer

CSC-326(Model 2) For three-winding transformer or auto transformer

Table 1-2 Main function and arrangement

Type
Functions and arrangement CSC-326 CSC-326
(Model 1) (Model 2)
Main protection
Instantaneous differential protection √ √
Inrush inhibit with 2nd harmonic
Differential Fuzzy recognition of inrush based on selective selective
protection waveform
Overflux stabilization (3rd or 5th
harmonic) selective selective
Restricted earth fault protection for HV √ √
Restricted earth fault protection for MV Χ √
Restricted earth fault protection for LV √ Χ
Overflux (definite and inverse characteristics) Selective Selective
(HV or LV side) (HV or MV or LV side)
Backup protection in HV (high voltage) side
Thermal overload protection √ √
Definite and IDMTL overcurrent protection (with
√ √
selective direction)
Definite and IDMTL earth fault protection (with
√ √
selective direction)
Definite and IDMTL neutral overcurrent protection √ √
(with selective direction)
Overload protection
√ √

Backup protection in MV (middle voltage) side

Thermal overload protection
Χ √
Definite and IDMTL overcurrent protection (with
selective direction) Χ √

Definite and IDMTL earth fault protection (with

selective direction) Χ √

1
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

Definite and IDMTL neutral overcurrent protection

(with selective direction) Χ √

Overload protection Χ √
Backup protection in LV (low voltage) side

Thermal overload protection

√ Χ
Definite and IDMTL overcurrent protection (with
selective direction) √ √

Definite and IDMTL earth fault protection (with

selective direction) √ √

Definite and IDMTL neutral over current protection

(with selective direction) √ Χ

Overload protection
√ √
Overload for LV winding (inside delta) Χ √
Circuit breaker failure (CBF)

HV1 CBF
√ √
MV CBF
Χ √
LV CBF
√ Χ
Other auxiliary protection
Disturbance records for body protection function √ √
VT Failure detection
√ √
DI1~2 trip DO1~2
√ √

2
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

The typical application of the three winding transformer is shown in Fig.1-1.

CT1 CT2
* *

50BF [HV1] ●
（optional）
97FF [HV]
50 [HV]
51 [HV]
67 [HV]
50N [HV]

●
51N [HV]

●
67N [HV]
49 [HV]
24 [HV]
87TN [HV] 87T
Overload (alarm)
50G [HV]
51G [HV]
●

67G [HV]

*
50 [LV]
51 [LV]
67 [LV]
50N [LV]
51N [LV]

●
50G [MV] 67N [LV]
87TN [MV] 51G [MV] 24 [LV]
67G [MV] Overload (alarm)

50 [MV]
51 [MV] 97FF [LV]
67 [MV]
●

50N [MV]
*

51N [MV]
67N [MV]
97FF [MV]
49 [MV]
24 [MV]
50BF [MV]
Overload (alarm)

Fig.1-1 Typical application for CSC-326(M2)

3
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

1.2 Features
The equipment has characteristics as follows:
z The microprocessor combined 32 bits DSP with MCU, high performance hardware systems
ensures the parallel real-time calculation in all components of the equipment.
z Protective functions man-machine interface and also communications functions are
completely separated in equipment. This improves the reliability and makes debugging
installation, maintenance and use much easier.
z Internal module was intelligent designed so that a comprehensive real-time self-inspection
can be carried out.
z Double A/D sampling in analog circuit Acquisition, performing real time self-testing for each
other.
z The equipment provides convenient automatic testing scheme in field, it can achieve a
comprehensive, perfect test.
z Main protection and Backup protection are integrated in one set of equipment, and the analog
input, binary input and binary output are shared by all protections.
z Reliable and powerful treble slope percent Differential protection is main advantage of the
relay.
z Selective inrush stabilization schemes are provided, 2nd harmonic stabilization and Fuzzy
recognition of inrush based on the waveform are widely used in transformer inrush
recognition.
z Reliable CT fail and CT saturation used method guaranty the safe relay operation whenever
the CT abnormity is detected and blocked the corresponding protection.
z Fault wave recorder with great capacity, memory up to 4M bytes, can record full process of
any fault, and can save no less than 24 records. Optional data format or wave format is
provided when the records need to be printed, and also fault wave recorder can be exported
to serial port or Ethernet port by COMTRADE format.
z Event recorder can store operating reports, alarm reports, start reports and general operation
records, every kind of record isn’t less than 2 000 events, and is memorized when power is off.
z The product can record protection operating process, logic flow and varied calculation values
that can be analyzed in whole process by analyzing software CSPC developed by us. PC
which installed this fault analyzing software, can manipulate the protection system via series
ports RS-232 on faceplate in front of the equipment, and get information such as recorded
fault data and wave to analyze.
z 2-channel high speed reliable electric Ethernet ports (optional optical fiber Ethernet ports),
2-channel LonWorks ports, RS-485 port and series printing port are provided; the user can
select any of these according to the requirements. The protocol supports IEC60870-5-103,
IEC61850 or CSC-2000 of Sifang Company, easy to interface with substation automatic
system and protection management information system.
z Liquid crystal display with backlight: Application to display various messages such as current,
voltage, power, frequency, strip state, setting zones etc. The menu is easy to operate, and four
shortcut keys are set to finish operation with one key for local operator.

4
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

1.3 Functions
The following protection functions listed in table 1-3 are integrated:

Table 1-3 Integrated functions in CSC-326

ANSI NO. Protection functions
87T Differential protection (Including: Treble slope percent differential
protection, Instantaneous differential protection, inrush inhibit and overflux
inhibit)
87TN Restricted Earth Fault protection for HV, MV and LV sides
24 Overflux protection for HV, MV or LV side
50/51,67 Definite and IDMTL overcurrent protection for HV, MV and LV sides (with
selective direction)
50N/51N, Definite and IDMTL earth fault protection for HV, MV and LV sides (with
67N selective direction)
50G/51G, Definite and IDMTL neutral current protection for HV, MV and LV sides
67G (with selective direction)
49 Thermal overload protection for HV, MV and LV side
50BF CBF for HV1 CB, MV CB and LV CB
97FF VT failure supervision
Overload protection for HV, MV and LV sides and LV winding inside delta
Disturbance records for body protection functions
BI(1~2) Trip BO(1~2), direct tripping or pulse tripping

5
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

2 Design

2.1 Mechanical structure

The enclosure for equipment is 19 inches in width and 4U in height according to IEC 60297-3.
● The equipment is flush mounting with panel cutout and cabinet mounting.
● Connection terminals to other system are on the rear.
● The front panel of equipment is aluminum alloy by founding in integer and overturn
downwards. LCD, LED s and setting keys are mounted on the panel. There is a serial interface
on the panel suitable for connecting a PC.
● Draw-out modules for serviceability are fixed by lock component.
● The modules can be combined through the bus on the rear board. Both the equipment and the
other system can be combined through the rear interfaces.

Fig.2-1 CSC-326 transformer protection equipment view

6
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

2.2 Dimensions
Dimension drawings for CSC-326 are shown in Fig 2-2.

Fig. 2-2 Flush-mounted enclosure of CSC-326 with panel cutout (dimensions in mm)

7
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

3 Technical data

General unit data

Measuring circuits
System frequency 50 Hz

Current transformer
Number 16 for CSC-326(M1) (at most)
24 for CSC-326(M2) (at most)
Rated current Inom 1 or 5 A (orderable)

Power consumption (per phase)

at Inom = 1 A Less than 0.5 VA
at Inom = 5 A Less than 1 VA
Thermal overload capability 100 x Inom for 1 s(1A)
40 x Inom for 1 s(5A)
30 x Inom for 10 s
3 x Inom continuous

Voltage transformer

Number CSC-326(M1): 8 (at most)

CSC-326(M2): 12(at most)

Rated voltage Vnom (ph-ph) 100 V /110 V

Measuring range (ph-e) 0.4 V to 100 V

Power consumption
at Vnom = 100 V ≤ 0.5 VA per phase
at Vnom = 110 V ≤ 0.5 VA per phase
Thermal Overload capability in voltage path
(phase-neutral voltage) 250V for 1s
200V for 10s
120V continuous

Accuracy

Current ≤ 3% or 0.02 Inom

Voltage ≤ 3% or 0.1V
≤ 0.02Hz
Frequency
≤40ms or ≤2%
(at 100ms and 1.2 times setting-value or above)
Time delay

8
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

Auxiliary voltage
Rated auxiliary voltage Vaux 125 VDC
110 VDC
220 VDC
Permissible tolerance ±%10Un VDC
Power consumption
Quiescent Less than 30 W
Energized Less than 50 W

Binary inputs/indication inputs

Number of binary inputs 22(heavy-voltage)+3(light-voltage)
Voltage range (%80-%120)×Un VDC
Response time/drop-out time software provide 20ms anti swing time
Pick up threshold %75×Un VDC
Power consumption 2mA~5mA (independent of operating voltage)
energized

Binary outputs/command outputs

Number of Command/indication outputs 32 for Command and 40 for indication
Live status contact (Watchdog) 2 NC
Switching capacity
Make 1250VA(AC), 150W(DC)
Break 250 mA, 100 W resistive/50W at L/R<5ms
Switching voltage 250V DC
Permissible current 5 A continuous,
30 A for 0.5 s making current,2000 switching
cycles
Electrical tests
Specification
Standards IEC 60255-5:2000
GB/T 15145-2001
DL/T 478-2001
Insulation Test
Voltage test (100 % test)
All circuits except for auxiliary voltage and 2KV,50Hz，1min
RS485/RS232 and time synchronization
Auxiliary voltage 3.5 kV DC
Communication ports and time 500V，50Hz，1min
synchronization
Impulse voltage test (type test)
all circuits, except communication ports and 5kV (Ui≥63V) /1kV (Ui<63V)
time synchronization, class III

9
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests

Standards IEC 60255-22-3:1989
IEC 60255-22-4:1992
IEC 60255-22-1:1988
IEC 60255-22-2:1996
High-frequency test
IEC 60255-22-1, class III 2.5 kV (peak value); 1 MHz; test duration 2 s
and VDE 0435 Part 303, class III
Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge;
IEC 60255-22-2; class IV 15 kV air gap discharge;
and EN 61000-4-2; class IV both polarities; 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω
Irradiation with radio-frequency field,
non-modulated 10V/m, 80 to 1000 MHz;
IEC 60255-22-3 (Report) ; class III
Irradiation with radio-frequency field,
10 V/m, 80 to 1000 MHz;
amplitude-modulated
AM 80 %; 1 kHz
IEC 61000-4-3; class III
Irradiation with radio- frequency field,
10 V/m, 900 MHz; repetition rate 200 Hz, on
pulse-modulated
duration 50 %
IEC 61000-4-3/ENV 50204; class III
Fast transient interference/burst
IEC 60255-22-4 and IEC 61000-4-4; class 4kV
IV
High-energy surge voltages (Surge)
IEC 61000-4-5; class III 2kV
Auxiliary voltage
Binary inputs/outputs From circuit to circuit: 2 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF
across contacts: 1 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF
Line-conducted HF,
10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz;
amplitude-modulated
AM 80 %; 1 kHz
IEC 61000-4-6, class III
Power frequency magnetic field 30 A/m; 50 Hz, continuous
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV 300 A/m; 50 Hz, 3 s
IEC 60255-6 0.5 mT, 50 Hz
Oscillatory surge withstand capability 2.5kV
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 1 MHz
Fast transient surge with stand capability 4KV
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 5kHz
Radiated electromagnetic interference 10 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz;
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2 amplitude and pulse-modulated

10
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

Damped wave 2.5 kV (peak value, polarity alternating)

IEC 60694 / IEC 61000-4-12 100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 and 50 MHz, Ri = 200 Ω

Mechanical stress tests

Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration
During operation
Standards IEC 60255-21-1:1988
IEC 60255-21-2
Vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 10 to 50 Hz; +/- 0.035 mm amplitude; 50 to 150 Hz
IEC 60068-2-6
Shock Semi-sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms; 6 shocks in both
IEC 60068-2-27 directions of 3 axes
Seismic vibration
IEC 60255-21-3, class 1 Test must be done and announced by Sifang
IEC 60068-3-3
During transportation
Standards IEC 60255-21-2
Vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude;
IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz; 2 g acceleration,
frequency sweep 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes

Shock Semi-sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-2, Class 1 Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms
IEC 60068-2-27 6 shocks in both directions of 3 axes
Continuous shock Semi-sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms
IEC 60068-2-29 2000 shocks in both directions
of 3 axes

Climatic stress tests

Temperatures
Type-tested acc. to IEC 60068-2-1 -25 °C to +70 °C
and -2, test Bd, for 16 h
Recommended permanent operating -10 °C to +55°C
temperature acc. to IEC 60255-6
(Legibility of display may be impaired above
+55 °C /+131 °F)

11
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

– Storage and transport temperature limit -25 °C to +70 °C

Humidity
Permissible humidity 95 % of relative humidity
It is recommended to arrange the units in
such a way that they are not exposed to
direct sunlight or pronounced temperature
changes that could cause condensation.
Unit design
Housing 4U×19inch
Dimensions See Outline and Installation Dimension drawing
Weight No more than 8kg
Degree of protection IP20 class I
acc. to EN 60529

Serial interfaces
Operating interface (front of unit)
Connection Non-isolated, RS232; front panel, 9-pin
subminiature connector , CSPC
Transmission rate Factory setting 9600 baud,
min. 1200 baud, max. 19200 baud

Service/modem interface
Isolated interface for data transfer Front Port : RS232,CSPC
Rear Port :RS485 in MASTER module
Transmission rate Factory setting 9600 baud,
min. 1200 baud, max. 19200 baud
RS232/RS485
Connection RS232: 9-pin subminiature connector, Front Port
RS485:2-wire connector, Rear Port in CPU
module
Distance RS232 15 m /49.2 ft
Distance RS485 Max. 1 km/3300 ft
Test voltage 500 V AC against earth

System interface (rear of unit)

A) IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
Isolated interface for data transfer to a RS485/Ethernet, electrical
control center
Transmission rate Factory setting 9600 baud,
Min. 1200 baud, max. 19200 baud

12
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

RS485 Interface
Connection
2-wire connector, Rear Port in MASTER module
Distance RS485 Max. 1 km/3300 ft
Test voltage 500 V AC against earth
Fiber Optic Interface (optional)

Connection fiber-optic cable Integrated ST/SC connector for fiber-optic

connection
Rear Port in CPU module
Optical wavelength 1310 nm
Permissible path attenuation Max. 8dB, for glass fiber 62.5/125 pm
Distance Max.2.0 km

B) IEC 61850 protocol

Transmission rate 100 Mbit
Ethernet, electrical Interface
Connection Two RJ45 connectors
For flush-mounting housing Rear Port in MASTER module
Distance Max. 20 m/65.6 ft
Test voltage 500 V AC against earth
Ethernet, optical Interface
Connection Integrated ST/SC connector for fiber-optic
connection
For flush-mounting Rear Port in MASTER module
housing/surface-mounting housing
with detached operator panel
Optical wavelength 1310 nmm
Distance Max.2.0km

Time synchronization DCF77/IRIG-B signal (Format IRIG-B000)

Connection 2-wire connector, Rear Port in MASTER module
Voltage levels 5 V or 12 V, differential input

Functions
Differential protection (ANSI-87)

13
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

Setting ranges
High-current stage ID>> 0.5A~20*In (“In” means CT secondary current, 1A
Differential current ID> or 5A)
0.3Ie~1.0Ie (Ie: nominal current of the reference
side)
Restraint current IR1 0.2Ie~1.0Ie
Restraint current IR2 2Ie~10Ie
Percentage of Slope 1 0.0~0.2
Percentage of Slope 2 0.2~0.7
Percentage of Slope 3 0.25 …. 0.95
2nd harmonic restraint ratio 0.05~0.80
3rd / 5th harmonic restraint ratio 0.05~0.80

Times
Operating time less than 30ms
(At 3 times of current setting)
Operating time less than 20ms
(At 10 times of current setting -value
without restraint)
Drop-off time approx. 40ms

Drop-off ratio approx. 0.7

Tolerances
Pickup characteristic ±5% of set value or ±0.02IN
Inrush Restraint ±5% of set value
Additional Delay Times ±1% of set value or 10ms

Restricted earth fault protection (ANSI-87N)

Setting ranges
Differential current I0D> 0.3Ie~1.0Ie(Ie: nominal current of the reference
side)
Percent restrained K0D> 0.20..0.95

Times
Operating time less than 30ms
( At 3 times of set value)
Drop-off time approx. 40ms

Drop-off ratio approx. 0.7

Tolerance
Pickup characteristic ±5% of set value or ±0.02IN
Additional time delay less than 30ms

Overflux protection (ANSI-24)

14
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

Setting Ranges
Reference voltage UN 40~130V
U /U N 1.00~1.50
Ratio( > ):
f / fN
0.1s~9999.0s
Time Delay T 1.05 /1.10 /1.15 /1.20 /1.25 /1.30 /1.35 /1.40 /1.45
Pair of Values for Characteristic of V/f /1.50

Times
At 1.2 times of set value
Drop-off time less than 70ms

Drop-off ratio approx. 70ms

Tolerance Not less than 0.96

U /U N
Ratio( > ): ±2.5% of the set value or 0.01
f / fN
Time delays for definite less than 70ms
Time delays for Inverse less than 70ms or ±5% of set value

Definite-time overcurrent protection (with selective direction) (ANSI 50/67)

Setting ranges
Current I> 0.08A to 20×IN
Time delay T 0 to 60s
The sensitive angle of directional element 0°, -15°, -30°, -45° or -60°, selectable

Times
Pickup time I> approx. 20ms
Operating time At 1.2 times of set value less than 40ms
Drop-off time I> approx. 40ms

Tolerance
Current pickup I> ±3% of set value or ±0.02IN
Angle of the directional element ±3°
Time delays not more than 40ms
(at 100ms and 1.2 times setting-value or above)
Drop-off ratio
I>,
not more than 0.95

Directional element:

Voltage threshold 1V

170°±2°
Angle of the directional element

IDMTL overcurrent protection (with selective direction) (ANSI-51/67)

15
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

Setting ranges
Current I> 0.08A to 20 * IN
The sensitive angle of directional element 0°, -15°, -30°, -45° or -60°, selectable

Times
Pickup time I> approx. 20ms
Operating time At 1.2 times of set value less than 100ms
Drop-off time I> approx. 40ms
Minimum operating time 100ms
Maximum operating time 100s

Tolerance
Current pickup I> ±3% of set value or ±0.02IN
Angle of the directional element ±3°
Time delays not more than ±5% or 0.1s

Directional element:
Voltage threshold 1V
Angle of the directional element 170°±2°

Definite-time earth fault protection (with selective direction) (ANSI-50N/67N)

Setting ranges
Current 3I0> 0.08A to 20*IN
Time delay T 0 to 60s

Times
Pickup time 3I0> approx. 20ms
Operating time At 1.2 times of set value less than 40ms
Drop-off time 3I0> not more than 40ms
(at 100ms and 1.2 times setting-value or above)
Tolerance
Current pickup 3I0> ±3% of set value or ±0.02IN
Angle of the directional element ±3°
Time delays not more than 40ms

Drop-off ratio
3I0> approx. 0.9
Directional element:
Zero voltage threshold 0.5V
Angle of the directional element 160°±3°

IDMTL earth fault protection (with selective direction) (ANSI-51N/67N)

Setting ranges
Current 3I0> 0.08A to 20*IN
Times
Pickup time 3I0> approx. 20ms
Operating time At 1.2 times of set value less than 100ms
Drop-off time 3I0> approx. 40ms
Minimum operating time 100ms
Maximum operating time 100s

16
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

Tolerance
Current pickup 3I0> ±3% of set value or ±0.02IN
Angle of the directional element ±3°
Time delays not more than ±5% or 0.3s

Directional element:
Voltage threshold 1V
Angle of the directional element 160°±3°

Thermal overload protection (ANSI-49)

Setting ranges
Current I> 0.1×IN to 10×IN
Thermal heating/cooling time const 1~9999
Cool down time 1~9999

Times
Operating times are calculated from IEC
Cold Curve and IEC Hot Curve. ⎧⎪ I eq 2 ⎫⎪
IEC Cold Curve t = τ ln ⎨ 2 2 ⎬
⎪⎩ I eq − I θ ⎪⎭

IEC Hot Curve ⎧⎪ I eq

2
− I P2 ⎫⎪
t = τ ln ⎨ 2 2 ⎬
⎪⎩ I eq − I θ ⎪⎭

Tolerance
Current pickup I> ±3% of set value or ±0.02IN
Thermal trip time not more than ±5% or 0.1s

Overload protection
Setting ranges
Current I> 0.1A to 20×IN
Delay times T 0.1 to 20s

Reset ratio not less than 0.90

Tolerance
Current I> ±3% of set value or ±0.02IN
Time delays not more than 40ms

Circuit Breaker Failure (ANSI-50BF)

Setting ranges
Phase current I> 0.08A to 20×IN
Zero sequence 3I0> 0.08A to 20×IN
Negative sequence 3I2> 0.08A to 20×IN
Stage 1 delay times T1 0 to 32s
Stage 2 delay times T2 0.1 to 32s
Tolerance
Current I> ±3% of set value or ±0.02IN
Time delays 20ms
(at 100ms and 1.2 times setting-value or above)
Definite-time neutral current protection (with selective direction)

17
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

(ANSI-50G/67G)
Setting ranges
Current 3I0> 0.08A to 20*IN
Time delay T 0 to 60s

Times
Pickup time 3I0> approx. 20ms
Operating time At 1.2 times of set value less than 40ms
Drop-off time 3I0> not more than 40ms
(at 100ms and 1.2 times setting-value or above)
Tolerance
Current pickup 3I0> ±3% of set value or ±0.02IN
Angle of the directional element ±3°
Time delays not more than 40ms

Drop-off ratio
3I0> approx. 0.9
Directional element:
Zero voltage threshold 0.5V
Angle of the directional element 160°±3°

IDMTL neutral current protection (with selective direction) (ANSI-51G/67G)

Setting ranges
Current 3I0> 0.08A to 20*IN
Times
Pickup time 3I0> approx. 20ms
Operating time At 1.2 times of set value less than 100ms
Drop-off time 3I0> approx. 40ms
Minimum operating time 100ms
Maximum operating time 100s
Tolerance
Current pickup 3I0> ±3% of set value or ±0.02IN
Angle of the directional element ±3°
Time delays not more than ±5% or 0.1s

Directional element:
Voltage threshold 1V
Angle of the directional element 160°±3°

18
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

4 Hardware functions

4.1 Hardware arrangements

X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 X10 X11
AI1 AI2 CPU1 CPU2 MASTER BI BO1 BO2 BO3 BO4 POWER

Manage

Binary Input 1

Binary Output 1

Binary Output 2
Binary Output 3

Binary Output 4
Relay

Relay
DC
AC AC
Power
Input Input
Supply

Fig. 4-1 Arrangement diagram of the CSC-326 system module (Model 1)

X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 X10 X11 X12

AI1 AI2 AI3 CPU1 CPU2 MASTER BI BO1 BO2 BO3 BO4 POWER
Manage

Binary Input 1

Binary Output 1

Binary Output 2
Binary Output 3

Binary Output 4
Relay

Relay

DC
AC AC AC
Power
Input Input Input
Supply

Fig. 4-2 Arrangement diagram of the CSC-326 system modules (Model 2)

19
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

4.2 Operations of complete units

● Analog input unit (AI)
There are 2 or 3 analog input units, which consists of voltage and current transformers. 36 analog
inputs at most are available in the analog input section. The parameters of the current and voltage
transformers are as follows:
Phase current transformer: rated current 5A or 1A.
Phase voltage transformer: rated voltage 63.5V, linearity range 1V ~ 100V.
Open delta voltage transformer: linearity range 3V ~ 300V.
● Protection CPU module (CPU)
CPU unit is a key element; the same two units are used for redundancy. CPU module unit is
responsible for all the protection function A/D conversation software and hardware self monitoring
and diagnostics.
● Communication master module (MASTER)
The function of this unit is device master and communication. The main functions are as follows:
Receiving and storing the fault report and event report of the CPU unit, output for printing and
communicating with the monitoring system and protection engineering workstation by Lon network
or Ethernet network
Output report to the display screen and operating the device with the keyboard of the front panel.
The standard RS-232 port in front panel is suitable for connecting a PC. The PC based software
CSPC can be used for convenient and transparent setting, recording disturbance and evaluation as
well as commissioning. 2 RS485 and 2 Ethernet interfaces (or 2 electric or fiber Ethernet interfaces,
selective) are equipped on the rear board. It is convenient to connect to a substation automation
system or to a protection data master unit.
●Binary input module (BI)
The CPU obtains external information through the binary inputs such as blocking commands for
protective functions or position indications of circuit breakers.
●Binary output module (BO)
The CPU issues commands to external equipment via the output contacts. These output commands
are generally used to operate circuit breakers or other switching devices. They can also be
connected to other protective devices, annunciators, or external carrier equipment for use in
Pilot-Relaying schemes. 4 binary output module units and 39 outputs at most are provided.
●Power supply module unit (POW)
The CSC-326 can be supplied with power supply voltage 110V or 125V or 220V DC. The output of
power supply unit is +24V, ±12V, +5V.

20
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

5 Protection functions

5.1 General functionality

CSC-326 numerical transformer protection equipment can be applied to small, medium and large
power transformers. CSC-326(M1) / CSC-326(M2) is used for all voltage levels. A summary of the
available protection functions are as following:

‹ Main protection
z Differential protection
9 Instantaneous differential protection
9 Treble slope percent differential protection
9 Individually selectable Inrush inhibit with 2nd harmonic
9 Individually selectable Fuzzy recognition of inrush based on waveform
9 Individually selectable Overflux stabilization (3rd or 5th harmonic)
9 Eliminate zero sequence current and vector group adaption
9 CT Failure supervision and CT saturation recognition
9 Differential current alarm
z Restricted earth fault protection
9 Restricted earth fault protection for HV
9 Restricted earth fault protection for MV (CSC-326(M2))
9 Restricted earth fault protection for LV (CSC-326(M1))
9 REF zero differential current alarm
z Overflux protection
9 Individually selectable (HV or LV side) Overflux (definite and inverse)
9 A definite-time alarm stage and a definite-time trip stage
9 The inverse characteristic can be set via ten points derived from the manufacturer data
‹ Backup protection in HV (high voltage) side
z Thermal overload protection
9 2 Stages (Alarm and Trip)
9 Thermal profile considering (memory capability) according to IEC 60255-8
z Definite and IDMTL overcurrent protection
9 2 definite-time stages and 1 inverse-time stage
9 7 kind curves (covers all IEC/ANSI characteristics)
9 5 kind OC Angle SELs
9 Individually selectable direction detection for each stage
9 Individually selectable Direction to transformer/ system for each stage
9 Individually selectable inrush blocking for each stage
9 Cross blocking for inrush detection
9 Settable maximum inrush current
9 VT fail monitoring for directional overcurrent protection

21
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

z Definite and IDMTL earth fault protection

9 2 definite-time stages and 1 inverse-time stage
9 7 kind curves (covers all IEC/ANSI characteristics)
9 6 kind EF Angle SELs
9 Individually selectable direction detection for each stage
9 Individually selectable Direction to transformer/ system for each stage
9 Individually selectable inrush blocking for each stage
9 Inrush blocking using 2nd harmonic measured phase or earth current (selectable)
9 Settable maximum inrush current
9 VT fail monitoring for directional earth fault protection
9 CT fail monitoring for directional earth fault protection
9 Zero sequence current is calculated from 3-phase currents
z Definite and IDMTL neutral overcurrent protection
9 2 definite-time stages and 1 inverse-time stage
9 7 kind curves (covers all IEC/ANSI characteristics)
9 6 kind NOC Angle SELs
9 Individually selectable direction detection for each stage
9 Individually selectable Direction to transformer/ system for each stage
9 Individually selectable inrush blocking for each stage
9 Inrush blocking using 2nd harmonic measured phase or earth current (selectable)
9 Settable maximum inrush current
9 VT fail monitoring for directional earth fault protection
9 CT fail monitoring for directional earth fault protection
9 Zero sequence current is measured from external neutral CT.
z Overload protection
9 Definite time alarm stage
9 Voltage independent
‹ Backup protection in MV (middle voltage) side
z Thermal overload protection（CSC-326(M2)）
9 2 Stages (Alarm & Trip)
9 Thermal profile considering (memory capability) according to IEC 60255-8
z Definite and IDMTL overcurrent protection（CSC-326(M2)）
9 2 definite-time stages and 1 inverse-time stage
9 7 kind curves (covers all IEC/ANSI characteristics)
9 5 kind OC Angle SELs
9 Individually selectable direction detection for each stage
9 Individually selectable Direction to transformer/ system for each stage
9 Individually selectable inrush blocking for each stage
9 Cross blocking for inrush detection

22
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

9 Settable maximum inrush current

9 VT fail monitoring for directional overcurrent protection
z Definite and IDMTL earth fault protection（CSC-326(M2)）
9 2 definite-time stages and 1 inverse-time stage
9 7 kind curves (covers all IEC/ANSI characteristics)
9 6 kind EF Angle SELs
9 Individually selectable direction detection for each stage
9 Individually selectable Direction to transformer/ system for each stage
9 Individually selectable inrush blocking for each stage
9 Inrush blocking using 2nd harmonic measured phase or earth current (selectable)
9 Settable maximum inrush current
9 VT fail monitoring for directional earth fault protection
9 CT fail monitoring for directional earth fault protection
9 Zero sequence current is calculated from 3-phase currents
z Definite and IDMTL neutral overcurrent protection（CSC-326(M2)）
9 2 definite-time stages and 1 inverse-time stage
9 7 kind curves (covers all IEC/ANSI characteristics)
9 6 kind NOC Angle SELs
9 Individually selectable direction detection for each stage
9 Individually selectable Direction to transformer/ system for each stage
9 Individually selectable inrush blocking for each stage
9 Inrush blocking using 2nd harmonic measured phase or earth current (selectable)
9 Settable maximum inrush current
9 VT fail monitoring for directional earth fault protection
9 CT fail monitoring for directional earth fault protection
9 Zero sequence current is measured from external measuring neutral CT.
z Overload protection（CSC-326(M2)）
9 Definite time alarm stage
9 Voltage independent
‹ Backup protection in LV(low voltage)side
z Thermal overload protection（CSC-326(M1)）
9 2 Stages (Alarm & Trip)
9 Thermal profile considering (memory capability) according to IEC 60255-8
z Definite and IDMTL overcurrent protection
9 2 definite-time stages and 1 inverse-time stage
9 7 kind curves (covers all IEC/ANSI characteristics)
9 5 kind OC Angle SELs
9 Individually selectable direction detection for each stage
9 Individually selectable Direction to transformer/ system for each stage

23
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

9 Individually selectable inrush blocking for each stage

9 Cross blocking for inrush detection
9 Settable maximum inrush current
9 VT fail monitoring for directional overcurrent protection
z Definite and IDMTL earth fault protection
9 2 definite-time stages and 1 inverse-time stage
9 7 kind curves (covers all IEC/ANSI characteristics)
9 6 kind EF Angle SELs
9 Individually selectable direction detection for each stage
9 Individually selectable Direction to transformer/ system for each stage
9 Individually selectable inrush blocking for each stage
9 Inrush blocking using 2nd harmonic measured phase or earth current (selectable)
9 Settable maximum inrush current
9 VT fail monitoring for directional earth fault protection
9 CT fail monitoring for directional earth fault protection
9 Zero sequence current is calculated from 3-phase currents
z Definite and IDMTL neutral overcurrent protection（CSC-326(M1)）
9 2 definite-time stages and 1 inverse-time stage
9 7 kind curves (covers all IEC/ANSI characteristics)
9 6 kind NOC Angle SELs
9 Individually selectable direction detection for each stage
9 Individually selectable direction to transformer/ system for each stage
9 Individually selectable inrush blocking for each stage
9 Inrush blocking using 2nd harmonic measured phase or earth current (selectable)
9 Settable maximum inrush current
9 VT fail monitoring for directional earth fault protection
9 CT fail monitoring for directional earth fault protection
9 Zero sequence current is measured from external measuring neutral CT.
z Overload protection
9 Definite time alarm stage
9 Voltage independent
z Overload for LV winding (inside delta)（CSC-326(M2)）

9 One alarm and two definite-time tripping stages（low-setting tripping/ high-setting tripping）
9 The two tripping stage can be set respective to initiate each side CBF or not
9 Voltage independent
‹ Circuit breaker failure (CBF) protection
9 HV1 CBF
9 MV CBF（CSC-326(M2)）
9 LV CBF（CSC-326(M1)）

24
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

9 2 trip stages
9 Internal/ External initiation
9 Selectable internal functions for CBF initiation
9 Current criteria checking (including phase, zero and negative sequence current)
9 Selectable CB Auxiliary contact checking
‹ Other auxiliary protection
9 Disturbance records for body protection function
9 VT Failure detection
9 BI1~2 trip BO1~2
9 The two tripping stage can be set respective to initiate each side CBF or not

25
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

5.2 Voltage channel configuration

There are three phase voltage groups in CSC-326 series at most. The definitions for the voltages
are as “U1A/B/C”,”U2A/B/C” and “U3A/B/C”. U1A/B/C is defined in 1st Analog Input module (AI1),
U2A/B/C in 2nd Analog Input module (AI2), and U3A/B/C in 3rd Analog Input module (AI3). In order
to satisfy different application, settings “HV VOLTAGE CHAN SEL” and “MV VOLTAGE CHAN SEL”
(only used for CSC326(M2) type) are used to select the voltage channels.

For example, the setting “HV VOLTAGE CHAN SEL” can be set as 1, 2 and 3 which means voltage
channel is connected to the corresponding analog input module (see Table 5-1). If “HV VOLTAGE
CHAN SEL” is set 1, it means that HV voltage transformers must be connected to U1A/B/C in AI1
module, if it is set 2, it means that HV voltage transformers must be connected to U2A/B/C in AI2
module and if it is set 3, it means that HV voltage transformers must be connected to U3A/B/C in AI3
module.

In CSC-326(M1) as mentioned, “HV VOLTAGE CHAN SEL” is the only setting which is needed to be
set. If HV voltage transformers are supposed to connect to U1A/B/C, then LV voltage transformers
must be connected to U3A/B/C if it is necessary. In case HV voltage transformers are connected to
U3A/B/C, then LV voltage transformers must be connected to U1A/B/C. In CSC-326(M1) series
setting value 2 has no meaning for “HV VOLTAGE CHAN SEL” and if it is set by mistake, “SetErr”
alarm report will be given by the device and denied to be set.

For CSC-326(M2), if the HV voltage transformers are connected to U1A/B/C then MV voltage
transformers can be marshaled to U2A/B/C or U3A/B/C. In case MV voltage transformers are
connected to U2A/B/C, LV voltage transformers must be connected to U3A/B/C and vice versa. If
the setting “HV VOLTAGE CHAN SEL” and “MV VOLTAGE CHAN SEL” are set a same value, alarm
report “SetErr” will be given by the device.

Table 5-1 Voltage channel selection setting

“VOLTAGE CHAN SEL” Voltage channel connected to the Analog input
1 Connected to U1A/B/C in AI1 module
2 Connected to U2A/B/C in AI2 module
3 Connected to U3A/B/C in AI3 module

If the voltage channels are marshaled to the specific analog input module, the corresponding
overflux protection, directional element and VT fail supervision etc. are detected according to that
configuration.

26
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

5.3 Differential protection function (ANSI-87T)

5.3.1. Introduction
The numerical current differential protection represents the main protection function of CSC-326. It
provides a fast short-circuit protection for power transformers. The protected zone is selectively
limited by the CTs at its ends. The device is able to perform this function on 2 or 3 winding
transformers in a variety of voltage levels and protected object types.

5.3.2. Application Examples

The CSC-326 provides numerical differential protection function which can be used to protect power
transformers in various configurations. For example, it is possible to use it for a two-winding
transformer, three-winding transformer as well as auto-transformer. Examples for some of
applications are illustrated in the Figs. 5-1 to 5-4.

I A.1

I B.1

I C .1

Fig. 5-1 Application of differential protection on a two-winding Yd transformer

I A.1

I B .1

I C .1

Fig. 5-2 Application of differential protection on an auto transformer

27
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

I A.1

I B .1

I C .1

Fig. 5-3 Application of differential protection on a two-winding Yd transformer with

earthing transformer inside the protected zone

MV
I a.2
a
I b .2
b

I A.1 HV I c .2
c
A
I B .1
B
I C .1 LV
C I a.3
a
I b .3
b
I c .3
c

CSC-326

Fig. 5-4 Application of differential protection on a three-winding Ydd transformer

5.3.3. Function Description

This section describes basic principle of differential protection function. First, the case of a single
phase transformer with two windings is considered. The basic Principle is based on current
comparison at two sides of the protected object. Indeed, the differential protection function makes
use of the fact that a protected object carries always the same current at its two sides in healthy

28
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

operation condition. This current flows into one side of the protected object and leaves it again on
the other side. A difference in currents is an indication of a fault within this section. An example of
this condition is shown in Fig.5-5, when a fault inside the protected zone causes a current I1prim. +
I2prim. flowing in from both sides of the protected object.

Fig.5-5 Basic principle of differential protection for two ends (single phase)

For protected objects with three or more sides, the basic principle is expanded in that the total of all
currents flowing into the protected object is zero in healthy operation, whereas in case of a fault the
total in-flowing current is equal to the fault current.
When an external fault causes a heavy current to flow through the protected transformer,
differences in the magnetic characteristics of the current transformers CT-1 and CT-2 under
saturation condition may cause a significant difference in the secondary currents I1 + I2 connected to
CSC-326 relay. If the difference is greater than the respective pickup threshold, the differential
protection function can trip even though no fault occurred in the protected zone. To prevent the
protection function from such erroneous operation, a restraint (stabilizing) current is brought in. In
differential protection relays, the restraint current is normally derived from the i1 and i2. The next
subsection goes on to demonstrate how the differential and restraint currents are calculated in
CSC-326.

5.3.3.1. Differential and restraint current calculation

The differential current Idiff and the restraining current Ires are calculated in CSC-326 by the following
formula (1-1). The following definitions apply for each phase of the protected object.
⎧ N •
⎪ I diff =
⎪⎪
∑
i =1
Ii
⎨ N −1 •
(1-1)
⎪ 1 •
I = I
⎪ res 2 j (max)
⎪⎩
− ∑
i =1
I i (i ≠ j )

Where I&i is the current vector of side i, corresponding to HV, MV and LV windings;
N is total current inputs of the relay. In other words, it is number of the protected object sides;
I& j (max) is the maximum current vector among the N current inputs of the relay, suppose it is side j;
N −1 •

∑I
i =1
i (i ≠ j ) is sum of the other current inputs of the relay, not including side j.

29
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

Idiff is derived from the fundamental frequency current and produces the tripping effect quantity,
whereas Ires counteracts this effect.
To clarify the situation, three important operating conditions with ideal and matched measurement
qualities are examined.
1. External fault under undisturbed conditions:
I1 flows into the protected zone, I2 leaves the protected zone, i.e. is negative according to the
definition of signs, therefore I2 = –I1.
Idiff = I1 + I2 = I1 – I1 = 0
Ires = 0.5×| I1 - (–I1) | = 0.5×|2I1| = |I1|
No tripping effect (Idiff = 0); the restraint (Ires) corresponds to the external fault current flowing
through the protected object.
2. Internal fault, fed with equal currents from both sides:
The following applies I2 = I1
Idiff = I1 + I2 = I1 + I1 = 2 I1
Ires = 0.5×| I1 - I1| = 0
Tripping effect (Idiff) corresponds to double the fault current, and restraint value (Ires) are equal to
zero.
3. Internal fault, fed from one side only:
The following applies when assuming I2 = 0
Idiff = I1 + I2 = I1 + 0 = I1
Ires = 0.5×|I1 - I2| =0.5× |I1 - 0| = 0.5×|I1|=0.5 I1
Tripping quantity (Idiff) and restraint quantity (Ires) are equal and correspond to the single-sided fault
current.
The results show that the device is capable to properly discriminate internal and external faults by
using the definitions proposed for differential and restraint current. However, the device is still
subjected to some influences that induce differential currents even during normal operation
condition. These influences should be compensated in appropriate manners. The specific
treatments designed to cope with these influences includes automatic ratio compensation and
automatic vector group compensation which are explored in the next subsections.

5.3.3.2. Automatic Ratio compensation

Differential protection of power transformers represents some problems in the application of current
transformers. CTs should be matched to the current rating of each transformer winding, so that
normal current through the power transformer is equal on the secondary side of the CT on different
windings. However, because only standard CT ratios are available, this matching may not be exact.
As a result, the secondary currents of the current transformers are not generally equal when a
current flows through the power transformer. The difference between the currents flowing through
CTs’ secondary circuit depends on the transformation ratio of the protected power transformer, as
well as the rated currents of the current transformers. Therefore, the currents should be matched in
order to become comparable. To do so, the input currents of the relay are converted in relation to the
power transformer rated currents. This is achieved by entering the characteristic values of the power
transformer (i.e. rated apparent power and rated voltages) and primary rated currents of CTs into the
CSC-326 relay by using user-entered settings. As a result, matching to various power transformer
and current transformer ratios is performed purely mathematically inside the device. Therefore, no
external matching transformer is required. In this context, the rated primary current of each side, I1N,
is calculated automatically according to (1-2).

30
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

SN
I 1N = (1-2)
3U 1N
Where SN is rated apparent power of the transformer and U1N is rated voltage of the corresponding
side.
The rated secondary current of each side, I2N, is then calculated by (1-3).
I 1N
I 2N = (1-3)
nCT
Rated secondary current of the High voltage side is then taken as the reference current. The
currents of the other sides are automatically matched to the rated current of the high voltage side by
calculation of correction factor KCT for MV and LV side, according to (1-4) and (1-5), respectively:
I 2 N − HV I /n S / 3U 1N − HV nCT − MV U 1N − MV nCT − MV
K CT − MV = = 1N − HV CT − HV = N ⋅ = ⋅ (1-4)
I 2 N − MV I 1N − MV / nCT − MV S N / 3U 1N − MV nCT − HV U 1N − HV nCT − HV

I 2 N − HV I 1N − HV / nCT − HV S N / 3U 1N − HV nCT − LV U 1N − LV nCT − LV

K CT − LV = = = ⋅ = ⋅ (1-5)
I 2 N − LV I 1N − LV / nCT − LV S N / 3U 1N − LV nCT − HV U 1N − HV nCT − HV
Where KCT-MV is the correction factor for middle voltage side and KCT-LV is the correction factor for
Low voltage side,
I1N is the primary rated current of the transformer (I1N-HV for high voltage side, I1N-MV for middle voltage
side and I1N-LV for low voltage side),
I2N is the secondary rated current of the transformer (I2N-HV for high voltage side, I2N-MV for middle
voltage side, I2N-LV for low voltage side),
nCT is CT ratio of the transformer (nCT-HV for high voltage side, nCT-MV for middle voltage side, nCT-LV
for low voltage side),
U1N is rated voltage of the transformer (U1N-HV for high voltage side, U1N-MV for middle voltage side,
U1N-LV for low voltage side).
As mentioned previously, all of the calculations are automatically performed inside the CSC-326
relay by its CPU. The related settings can be found under the menu “Test Menu”.
Fig.5-6 shows an example of automatic ratio compensation in case of a two-winding transformer.
The primary nominal currents of the HV and LV sides, (I1N = 402A, I2N= 1466A) are calculated from
the rated apparent power of the transformer (160MVA) and the nominal voltages of each side
(230kV and 63kV). Since the nominal currents of the current transformers deviate from the nominal
currents of the power transformer sides, the secondary current of LV side is multiplied with the factor
KCT-LV. Subsequent to this matching, equal current magnitudes are achieved at both sides under
nominal conditions of the power transformer.

SN=160MVA
U1N-HV=230kV U1N-LV=63kV

CTRATIO=500/1A CTRATIO=2000/1A

Fig.5-6 Example of automatic ratio compensation in a two-winding transformer

31
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

160 MVA
I 1N − HV = = 402 A (1-6)
3 × 230
I 1N − HV 402
I 2 N − HV = = = 0.804 A (1-7)
nCT 500
160 MVA
I 1N − LV = = 1466 A (1-8)
3 × 63
1466
I 2 N − LV = = 0.733 A (1-9)
2000
0.804
K CT −LV = = 1.097 (1-10)
0.733
Concerning three-winding power transformers, the windings may have different power ratings. In
order to compare secondary currents in an appropriate manner, all currents are matched to the
rated secondary current of HV winding having highest power rating. This apparent power is
nominated as the rated apparent power of the transformer.
Fig.5-7 shows an example of a three-winding power transformer. HV winding and MV winding are
rated for 160MVA. The rated primary and secondary currents of these windings are calculated as
shown in previous example. However, the LV winding has 25MVA rating (e.g. for auxiliary supply).
The rated current of this winding may result in 721A. However, differential protection has to process
comparable currents. Therefore, the currents of LV winding should be referred to the rated apparent
power of the transformer, i.e. 160MVA. This results in a rated current of 4619A. This is the base
value for the LV winding, which should be further multiplied by KCT-LV to be used in calculation
process of differential protection.

Fig.5-7 Example of automatic ratio compensation in a three-winding transformer

160 MVA
I 1N − LV = = 4619 A (1-11)
3 × 20
I 1N − LV 4619
I 2 N − HV = = = 1.848 A (1-12)
nCT 2500
0.804
K CT −LV = = 0.435 (1-13)
1.848
If three-winding transformer with a delta LV winding (with no CB installed) is used to supply
substation LVAC loads, it may be desired that LV current should not be integrated in differential
protection. In this case, control word “Diff Includes LV Cur” is used to select whether LV current
should be included in differential protection calculation procedure or not. By applying setting “0-Diff
NOT Includes LV Cur” only HV and MV currents would be included in differential protection

32
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

calculation. On the contrary, when a three-winding transformer is equipped with three CBs in its
sides, it may be desired to include LV current in differential protection. This can be achieved by
applying setting “1- Diff Includes LV Cur” to respective control word.

5.3.3.3. Automatic Vector group and zero sequence current compensation

Transformers have different vector groups, which cause a shift of the phase angles between the
primary and the secondary side. Without adequate correction, this phase shift would cause a false
differential current. Furthermore, the conditioning of the starpoint(s) of the power transformer has a
great impact on the resulting differential current during through fault currents.
The CSC-326 removes this problem. To do so, all CTs at the power transformer are connected Wye
(polarity markings pointing away from the transformer). User-entered settings in the relay are then
used to characterize the power transformer and allow the relay to automatically perform all
necessary phase angles, and zero sequence compensation. This section describes the procedures
that perform this compensation inside the relay and produce the required calculated quantities for
transformer differential protection. The phase angle compensation as well as zero sequence current
elimination procedure is performed by programmed coefficient matrices which are capable to
simulate the difference in phase angle of currents flowing through transformer windings. Thus,
compensation is possible for the entire commonly used transformer vector groups. This simplifies
application of the CSC-326 in various configurations, if the setting corresponding to vector Group
Angle, “VET GRP ANGLE”, is properly entered into the device, together with the settings for
connection type of transformer windings in each side, “HV WIND CONN/Y-0 D-1”, “MV WIND
CONN/Y-0 D-1”, “LV WIND CONN/Y-0 D-1”, which could be set to 1-delta or 0-wye. The basic
principle of numerical vector group and zero-sequence compensation is shown through some
examples. A through review of all possible connection groups as well as device treatment in each
case is explored in Appendix.

(1). Take example for Yy0 connection, including similar ones of Yy0 (separate or auto-connected
windings), YNy0, Yyn0, YNyn0 (separate or auto-connected windings) and so on. Fig.5-8 shows an
example in case of Yy0 connection group with no earthed starpoint. The figure shows the windings
(left) and the vector diagrams of symmetrical currents (right).

Fig. 5-8 Vector Group and zero sequence compensation for Yy0 transformer
The equations including the coefficient matrix are as follow:

33
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

⎡ I&A′ ⎤ ⎡1 -1 0 ⎤ ⎡ I&A ⎤
⎢& ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ I B′ ⎥ = ⋅ 0 1 -1⎥⎥ ⋅ ⎢ I&B ⎥ (1-14)
⎢ I&′ ⎥ 3 ⎢
⎢⎣ -1 0 1 ⎥⎦ ⎢ I&C ⎥
⎣ C⎦ ⎣ ⎦
⎡ I&a′ ⎤ ⎡1 -1 0 ⎤ ⎡ I&a ⎤
⎢& ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ I b′ ⎥ = ⋅ ⎢0 1 -1⎥⎥ ⋅ ⎢ I&b ⎥ (1-15)
⎢ I&′ ⎥ 3
⎢⎣-1 0 1 ⎥⎦ ⎢ I&c ⎥
⎣ c⎦ ⎣ ⎦
According to these matrices, if we deduct side 1 currents I&A − I&B , the resulting current I&′A has the

same direction as I&′A on side 2. Multiplying it with 1 3 , matches the absolute value. The matrices
describe the conversion for all three phases. Using these matrices, the elimination of zero sequence
currents are warranted regardless of starpoint earth connection.
As mentioned previously, equations (1-14) and (1-15) can be used similarly for auto-transformers,
as the auto-connected windings in auto-transformers can only be connected Y(N)y(n)0. If the
starpoint is earthed, both the auto-connected HV and LV windings are affected. The zero sequence
components in current flowing through both sides of the transformer are then coupled because of
the common starpoint. These zero sequence components are eliminated by the application of the
matrices presented in (1-14) and (1-15).

(2). Take example for Yd1 connection, including similar ones of Yd1 and YNd1 without earthing
transformer installed at delta side. Fig.5-9 shows an example in case of Yd1 connection group with
no earthed starpoint.

A B C

A
a

Yd1 c

C b B

a b c
Fig.5-9 Vector Group compensation for Yd1 transformer
The equation including the coefficient matrix is as follows:
⎡ I&A′ ⎤ ⎡1 0 -1⎤ ⎡ I&A ⎤
⎢& ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ I B′ ⎥ = ⋅ ⎢ -1 1 0 ⎥⎥ ⋅ ⎢ I&B ⎥ (1-16)
⎢& ⎥ 3
1 ⎦⎥ ⎢ I&C ⎥
⎣ I C′ ⎦ ⎣⎢ 0 -1 ⎣ ⎦
If an earthing transformer/reactor is installed inside the protected zone on delta side, the CSC-326
should be informed about it by control word “HV D_side Eliminate I0”, “MV D_side Eliminate I0” or

34
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

“LV D_side Eliminate I0”. The control word related to delta side with earthing connection should be
set to “1-eliminate” in such condition. By taking example for Yd1 connection with earthing
transformer installed at delta side, control word “LV D_side Eliminate I0” is set to “1-eliminate”, and
thus, device performs a zero sequence current elimination on delta side. In this case, the equations
including the coefficient matrices are as follow:
⎡ I&A′ ⎤ ⎡1 0 -1⎤ ⎡ I&A ⎤
⎢& ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ I B′ ⎥ = ⋅ -1 1 0 ⎥⎥ ⋅ ⎢ I&B ⎥ (1-17)
⎢ I&′ ⎥ 3 ⎢
⎢⎣ 0 -1 1 ⎥⎦ ⎢ I&C ⎥
⎣ C⎦ ⎣ ⎦
⎡ •′ ⎤ ⎡•⎤
I
⎢ ⎥ I
a
⎡ 2 − 1 − 1⎤ ⎢ a ⎥
⎢• ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎥.⎢ I• ⎥
⎢ ⎥ ′ = − − (1-18)
I b .⎢ 1 2 1⎥ ⎢ b⎥
⎢ • ⎥ 3 ⎢− 1 − 1 2 ⎥ ⎢ • ⎥
⎢ I ′c ⎥ ⎣ ⎦ ⎢I c ⎥
⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦

(3). Take example for Ydd3 connection, including similar ones of Ydd3 and YNdd3 without earthing
transformer installed at delta sides. Fig.5-10 shows an example in case of Ydd3 connection group
with no earthed starpoint in Wye side.

Fig. 5-10 Vector Group compensation for Ydd3 transformer

The equation including the coefficient matrix is as follows:
⎡ I&A′ ⎤ ⎡0 1 -1⎤ ⎡ I&A ⎤
⎢& ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ I B′ ⎥ = ⋅ -1 0 1 ⎥⎥ ⋅ ⎢ I&B ⎥ (1-19)
⎢ I&′ ⎥ 3 ⎢
⎣⎢1 -1 0 ⎦⎥ ⎢ I&C ⎥
⎣ C⎦ ⎣ ⎦

(4). Take example for Yd5 connection, including similar ones of Yd5 and YNd5 with earthing
transformer installed at delta side. Fig.5-11 shows an example in case of Yd5 connection group with
no earthed starpoint.

35
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

Fig. 5-11 Vector Group compensation for Yd5 transformer

By setting control word “LV D_side Eliminate I0” to “1-eliminate”, the equations including the
coefficient matrices are as follow:
⎡ I&A′ ⎤ ⎡ -1 1 0 ⎤ ⎡ I&A ⎤
⎢& ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ I B′ ⎥ = ⋅ ⎢ 0 -1 1 ⎥⎥ ⋅ ⎢ I&B ⎥ (1-20)
⎢ I&′ ⎥ 3
⎢⎣1 0 -1⎦⎥ ⎢ I&C ⎥
⎣ C⎦ ⎣ ⎦
⎡ •′ ⎤ ⎡•⎤
I
⎢ a ⎥ I
⎡ 2 − 1 − 1⎤ ⎢ a ⎥
⎢• ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎥ ⎢• ⎥
⎢ I ′b ⎥ = .⎢− 1 2 − 1⎥.⎢ I b ⎥ (1-21)
⎢ • ⎥ 3 ⎢− 1 − 1 2 ⎥ ⎢ • ⎥
⎢ I ′c ⎥ ⎣ ⎦ ⎢I c ⎥
⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦

(5). Take example for Dy1 connection, including similar ones of Dy1 and Dyn1 without earthing
transformer installed at delta side. Fig.5-12 shows an example in case of Dy1 connection group with
no earthed starpoint.

Fig. 5-12 Vector Group compensation for Dy1 transformer

The equation including the coefficient matrix is as follows:

36
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

⎡ I&a′ ⎤ ⎡1 -1 0 ⎤ ⎡ I&a ⎤
⎢& ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ I b′ ⎥ = ⋅ 0 1 -1⎥⎥ ⋅ ⎢ I&b ⎥ (1-22)
⎢ I&′ ⎥ 3 ⎢
⎢⎣ -1 0 1 ⎥⎦ ⎢ I&c ⎥
⎣ c⎦ ⎣ ⎦
If an earthing transformer/reactor is installed inside the protected zone on delta side, control word
“HV D_side Eliminate I0” is set to “1-eliminate”, and thus, device performs a zero sequence current
elimination on delta side. In this case, the equations including the coefficient matrices are as follow:
⎡ •′ ⎤ ⎡• ⎤
I
⎢ A ⎥ I
⎡ 2 − 1 − 1⎤ ⎢ A ⎥
⎢• ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎥ ⎢• ⎥
⎢ I ′ B ⎥ = .⎢− 1 2 − 1⎥.⎢ I B ⎥ (1-23)
⎢ • ⎥ 3 ⎢− 1 − 1 2 ⎥ ⎢ • ⎥
⎢ I ′C ⎥ ⎣ ⎦ ⎢I C ⎥
⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦
⎡ I&a′ ⎤ ⎡1 -1 0 ⎤ ⎡ I&a ⎤
⎢& ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ I b′ ⎥ = ⋅ 0 1 -1⎥⎥ ⋅ ⎢ I&b ⎥ (1-24)
⎢ I&′ ⎥ 3 ⎢
⎢⎣ -1 0 1 ⎥⎦ ⎢ I&c ⎥
⎣ c⎦ ⎣ ⎦

Subsequent to application of the magnitude, vector group and zero sequence compensation, the
CSC-326 relay use the following calculated quantities (per phase) to discriminate between internal
and external faults: fundamental component of differential and restraint currents together with
instantaneous value, 2nd and 5th harmonic contents of differential current. The following sections
go on to demonstrate the fault recognition criteria using these derived quantities.

37
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

5.3.4. Protection Algorithms

5.3.4.1. Instantaneous differential protection characteristic

An instantaneous (unrestrained) differential characteristic which entails an overcurrent protection is
provided for fast tripping on heavy internal faults. The characteristics can be enabled or disabled by
using control word “INST DIFF ON” (1-on, 0-off). If setting “1-on” is selected, a trip signal is issued
regardless of the magnitude of the restraining current, as soon as the differential current rises above
the threshold ID>> (setting "INST DIFF ID"). The generated trip signal is phase selective. it means
that the device issues event reports “INST DIFF Trip A”, “INST DIFF Trip B” or “INST DIFF Trip C”,
when the calculated differential current in phase A, B or C exceeds the threshold ID>> (setting
"INST DIFF ID"). The purpose of this stage of differential protection is extremely fast operation in
case of high magnitude internal fault currents. This is always the case when the short circuit current
is higher than IN/Uk%, which indicates a fault inside the power transformer. It should be noted that
the magnitude of through fault currents are always lower than IN/Uk%, when they are supplied via
power transformer. In this equation, IN is nominal current and Uk% is short circuit voltage of the
power transformer.
The logic diagram of instantaneous differential protection is shown in Fig.5-13.

Fig.5-13 Tripping logic of the instantaneous differential protection

As mentioned previously and can be seen from Fig.5-13, the stage operates as an unrestrained
protection function. In other words, it is not inhibited by any of harmonic stabilization features of the
percent differential element as well as the CT failure detection. This means that it can operate even
when, for example, a considerable second harmonic is present in the differential current, which is
caused by current transformer saturation by a DC component in the fault current, and which could
be interpreted by the inrush inhibit function as an inrush current.
This high current stage evaluates the fundamental component of the differential current as well as
the instantaneous values. Instantaneous value processing ensures fast tripping even in case the
fundamental component of the current is strongly reduced by current transformer saturation. Fast
trip area is shown in Fig.5-14.

5.3.4.2. Treble slope percent differential protection characteristic

The percent differential protection uses a treble-slope dual break-point operating characteristic with
magnetizing inrush and overflux and CT failure detection inhibits integrated. The treble slope

38
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

characteristics can be enabled or disabled by using control word “PER DIFF ON” (1-on, 0-off). If
setting 1-on is selected, the stage calculates differential and restraint current separately in each
phase to obtain operating point in each operation condition. The derived point is then mapped into
Idiff-Ires plane to examine whether it lies in trip or block area which is defined according to
predefined operating characteristic. The operation characteristic is shown in Fig.5-14.

IDiff
ID>> Fast trip area
(INST DIFF ID)

Slope 3
Trip area

Slope 2
block area
Slope 1
ID> IRest
(PER DIFF ID)
IR1 IR2 Restraint current
Fig. 5-14 Differential protection characteristics for transformers

In this characteristic, branch 1 represents the sensitivity threshold of the differential protection. The
setting of ID> (setting "PER DIFF ID") defines the minimum differential current required for operation.
The setting is chosen based on the amount of differential current that might be seen under normal
operating conditions which corresponds to constant error currents such as magnetizing currents and
CT errors under no-load conditions. The setting for slope of branch 1 is applicable for restraint
currents of zero to the first break-point indicated on restraint axis (setting "DIFF IR1"). The slope
(setting “DIFF SLOPE S1”) defines the ratio of differential to restraint current above which the
percent differential stage will operate. The first break-point on restraint axis defines the end of the
slope 1 region and the start of the second branch region. This setting should be set just above the
maximum operating current level of the transformer. This level is somewhere between the maximum
forced-cooled rated current of the transformer and the maximum emergency overload current level.
Branch 2 considers current-proportional errors which may result from transformation errors of the
main CTs or the input CTs of the relay. This may also contain the error caused by the influence of tap
changers in power transformers with voltage control. The setting for slope of branch 2 (setting “DIFF
SLOPE S2”) is applicable for restraint currents of the first break-point to the second one on restraint
axis, and defines the ratio of differential to restraint current above which the element will operate.
This slope is set to ensure sensitivity to internal faults at normal operating current levels. The
second break-point on restraint axis (setting “DIFF IR2”) defines the end of the slope 2 region and
the beginning of the slope 3 region. This setting should be set to the level at which any of the
protection CTs is probable to saturate.
In the range of high through fault currents which may give rise to high differential currents as a result
of CT saturation, branch 3 is applicable to provide additional stabilization. The setting for the slope
of this branch (setting “DIFF SLOPE S3”) is applicable up to the point at which the branch intersects
the characteristic of instantaneous differential protection.
As a summary of the fault detection using operating characteristics of Fig.5-14, the calculated
differential and restraint currents, IDiff and IRest, are compared by the differential protection with the

39
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

operating characteristic according to the following formula (1-25),

I diff ≥ S1 I res + I D > I res ≤ I R1 ⎫
⎪⎪
I diff ≥ S 2 ( I res − I R1 ) + S1 × I R1 + I D > I R1 < I res ≤ I R 2 ⎬ (1-25)
⎪
I diff ≥ S 3 ( I res − I R 2 ) + S 2 ( I R 2 − I R1 ) + S1 × I R1 + I D > I R 2 < I res ⎪⎭
Where S1 is the slope of the branch 1 (setting “DIFF SLOPE S1”),
S2 is the slope of the branch 2, (setting “DIFF SLOPE S2”),
S3 is the slope of the branch 3, (setting “DIFF SLOPE S3”),
ID> is the setting for the sensitivity threshold of the differential protection, (setting “PER DIFF ID”),
IR1 is the setting for the first breakpoint restraint current, (setting “DIFF IR1”),
IR2 is the setting for the second breakpoint restraint current, (setting “DIFF IR2”).
If the operating point calculated from the quantities of differential and restraint current falls into the
trip area, a trip signal is issued by the percent differential protection. The issued signals are phase
selective. They can be found in event report as “PER DIFF Trip A”, “PER DIFF Trip B” and “PER
DIFF Trip C”.
This stage cannot operate when there is an inrush or overflux stabilization or a restraint due to CT
failure detection. This is illustrated in logic diagram of Fig.5-15.

I diff − A , I rest − A

I diff − B , I rest − B

I diff −C , I rest −C

Fig. 5-15 Tripping logic of the percent differential protection

It should be noted that when the CSC-326 is delivered, the both the instantaneous and percent
differential protection functions are switched off. Setting of “0-off” is applied for control words “INST
DIFF ON” and “PER DIFF ON”. This is because the fact that these protection functions should not
be used before at least the vector group and other essential parameters for each side is correctly set.
Without these settings the equipment may show unpredictable behavior. (E.g. tripping)

5.3.4.3. Selective inrush stabilization schemes

In power transformers, high short-time magnetizing currents may be present during power-up
(inrush currents). The inrush current can amount to a multiple of the rated current. These currents

40
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

enter the protected zone. However, it does not exit it again. They thus produce differential quantities,
as they seem like single-end fed fault currents. Therefore, they should be recognized in an
appropriate manner. By this way, it is possible to prevent false operation of differential protection
caused by inrush current. This possibility is provided in the CSC-326. Selective inrush stabilization
can be enabled or disabled by control word “Inrush BLK DIFF”, (1-Block, 0-Not Block). If setting
“1-Block” is applied, the function monitors differential current to detect an inrush condition. If the
condition is detected, it is possible to block differential protection phase-selectively. Furthermore,
alarm report entitled “DIFF 2HAR BLK” is issued whenever inrush detection impose a blocking
condition to differential protection. It should be noted that the latter, is generated when any condition
(2nd harmonic, 3rd/5th harmonic, CT fail) leads to blocking of differential protection.
The CSC-326 provides two schemes to detect inrush conditions. The first scheme is 2nd harmonic
stabilization; the second scheme is fuzzy recognition of inrush conditions based on the waveform.
The two schemes are convenient for user to be selected by the setting “2nd HAR NOT WAVE”
(1-2nd harmonic on; 0-waveform on). The two implemented algorithm work alternatively. As soon as
an inrush condition is recognized by each of them, a restraint condition is applied to the respective
phase evaluation of percent differential protection. Since the applied restraint by 2nd harmonic
detection operates individually per phase, the protection is fully operative even when the protected
transformer is switched onto a single-phase fault, whereas inrush currents may possibly be present
in one of the healthy phases. It is, however, possible to set the protection in a way that when the 2nd
harmonic recognition is fulfilled only in one single phase, not only the phase with the inrush current,
but also the remaining phases of the percent differential protection are blocked. This is achieved by
cross-blocking the differential protection for a certain period to avoid spurious tripping. The setting
corresponds to “2nd HAR BLOCK TIME”. Within this time, all three phases are blocked as soon as
an inrush current is detected in any one phase. After the timer is expired, only the phase with inrush
current content is blocked.

5.3.4.3.1. 2nd harmonic stabilization

By selecting “1-Block” for control-word “Inrush BLK DIFF” and selecting“1-2nd harmonic” for control
word “2nd HAR NOT WAVE”, inrush current is recognized if the second harmonic content in the
differential current exceeds a selectable threshold (setting “DIFF 2nd HAR RATIO”). The ratio
between the 2nd harmonic and the fundamental frequency component is decisive to discriminate
inrush conditions from the other operation conditions. The ratio is calculated by (1-26). As soon as
the measured ratio exceeds the set thresholds, a restraint is applied to the percent differential
protection in respective phase.
I diff −φ 2
> Kϕ 2 (1-26)
I diff −φ
Where Idiff-φ2 is 2nd harmonics magnitude of differential current,
Kφ2 is the setting for 2nd harmonics ratio,
Idiff-φ is fundamental frequency component of differential current.

5.3.4.3.2. Fuzzy recognition of inrush based on the waveform

By selecting “1-block” in control-word “Inrush BLK DIFF”, and selecting “0-waveform on” for control
word “2nd HAR NOT WAVE”, inrush current is detected by a fuzzy recognition method based on
waveform. In this context, differential current waveform is sampled in each phase by 2n number of

41
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

samples per cycle, each of the samples is nominated as I(k), k=1, 2, …, 2n. Then the value of X(k) is
calculated according to (1-27).
I ( k ) + I ( k + n)
X (k ) = , k = 1,2,..., n (1-27)
I ( k ) + I ( k + n)
The smaller values of X(k) represent that the calculated point corresponds to fault condition with
higher confidence level. Alternatively, the larger values of X(k) gives a picture that there is large
content of inrush current in the waveform. Assume that X(k) belongs to “inrush Fuzzy class” with
membership function of A[X(k)]. Then, the fuzzy similarity coefficient for the n calculated values of
X(k) in one cycle is defined as (1-28).
n
N= ∑ A[ X (k )] / n
k =1
(1-28)

The derived value of N is used in the CSC-326 to assess the differential current corresponds to
inrush condition or not. To do so, the value of N is compared with a threshold K, and inrush content
is recognized in the current waveform, if N>K.

I diff − A−φ 2
> Kϕ 2
I diff − A−φ

I diff − B −φ 2
> Kϕ 2
I diff − B −φ

I diff −C −φ 2
> Kϕ 2
I diff −C −φ

Fig. 5-16 logic diagram of inrush stabilization schemes

5.3.4.4. Overexcitation stabilization
Apart from the second harmonic, other harmonic contents can be selected in the CSC-326 to cause
stabilization of percent differential protection. This is because the fact that unwanted differential
currents caused by transformer overexcitation may result in false tripping of the percent differential
protection. Since steady state overexcitation is characterized by odd harmonics, the 3rd or the 5th
harmonic can be selected in the CSC-326 to judge for overexcitation stabilization. If it is desired to
impose a blocking condition to percent differential protection by these harmonics, control word
“Overflux Blk DIFF” should be set to “1-on”. By applying this setting, alarm report entitled “DIFF
3/5HAR BLK” is issued whenever 3rd or 5th harmonic detection impose a blocking condition to
differential protection. It should be noted that the latter, is generated when any condition (2nd
harmonic, 3rd/5th harmonic, CT fail) leads to blocking of differential protection.
It is possible to use control word “OverFlux 3rd NOT 5th” to select whether 3rd or 5th harmonic
detection is utilized for detection of overexcitation condition (1-3rd harmonic, 0-5th harmonic). Since
the third harmonic is often eliminated in delta winding of power transformers, the fifth harmonic is

42
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

more commonly used.

Similar to the 2nd harmonic stabilization, the applied restraint by 3rd or 5th harmonic detection
operates individually per phase. It is, however, possible to set the protection in a way that when the
3rd or 5th harmonic recognition is fulfilled only in one single phase, not only the phase with the inrush
current, but also the remaining phases of the percent differential protection are blocked. This is
achieved by cross-blocking the differential protection for a certain period to avoid spurious tripping.
The setting corresponds to “3rd/5th HAR BLOCK TIME”. Within this time, all three phases are
blocked as soon as an 3rd or 5th harmonic is detected in any one phase. After the timer is expired,
only the phase with 3rd or 5th harmonic content is blocked.
The detection method used for 3rd or 5th harmonic is similar to those applied for 2nd harmonic.
However, setting “DIFF 3/5th HAR RATIO” is decisive in this case. It means that 3rd or 5th harmonic
is recognized if the ratio between third or fifth harmonic and the fundamental frequency component
of the differential current exceeds the setting threshold. The ratio is calculated by (1-29).
I diff −φ 3 / 5
> Kϕ 3 / 5 (1-29)
I diff −φ
Where Idiff-φ3/5 is 3rd/5th harmonic magnitude of differential current,
Kφ3/5 is the setting for 3rd/5th harmonic ratio,
Idiff-φ is fundamental frequency component of differential current.
Fig. 5-17 show logic diagram of overexcitation stabilization.

I diff − A−φ 3
> Kϕ −3 / 5
I diff − A−φ

I diff − A−φ 5
> K ϕ −3 / 5
I diff − A−φ

I diff − B −φ 3
> Kϕ −3 / 5
I diff − B −φ

I diff − B −φ 5
> K ϕ −3 / 5
I diff − B −φ

I diff −C −φ 3
> Kϕ −3 / 5
I diff −C −φ

I diff −C −φ 5
> K ϕ −3 / 5
I diff −C −φ

Fig. 5-17 logic diagram of overflux stabilization

5.3.4.5. CT Failure supervision

During steady-state operation, the CT failure supervision monitors the transient behavior of the
currents flowing through secondary circuit of each phase and thus registers failures in the
secondary circuit of the current transformers for each side of the power transformer. The function
can be enabled or disabled by using setting “CT FAIL DETECT” (1-On, 0-Off). If setting “1-On” is
applied, the CSC-326 issues the alarm report “Ph_A CT Fail”, “Ph_B CT Fail”, “Ph_C CT Fail”.
whenever a CT failure is detected. It is also possible to set differential protection to be blocked or not

43
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

at CT failure detection through setting "Blk DIFF at CT FAIL" (1-Block, 0-Not Block). By setting
“1-Block”, the percent differential protection is blocked immediately in all phases. Blocking condition
is cancelled as soon as the device is again supplied with a normal current in the relevant faulty
phase(s). It should be noted that the setting "Blk DIFF at CT FAIL" is not relevant if the differential
current is very high. In other words, blocking conditions takes place only for treble slope percent
differential protection. This means that the instantaneous differential protection will issue trip if a
differential current greater than setting “INST DIFF ID” is present, even if "Blk DIFF at CT FAIL" is
set to 1-Block.
The criteria for CT failure detection are as follow:
The currents flowing through all three phases of CT secondary are normal at each side of the
protected object. As a result, the differential current is near to zero. When one or two phase current
of one side is decreased to less than a threshold (half of the memory current), at the same time all
three phase currents in other side(s) are normal, and differential current is more than a threshold
(0.3ID>) at least in one phase, the condition maybe an indication of CT failure in the mutative
phase(s). CT failure detection logic is illustrated in Fig.5-18.

Fig. 5-18 CT Fail detection logic

5.3.4.6. CT Saturation supervision

When Internal and external faults occurs, it is possible that transient and steady fault currents
induce the CT saturation. CT saturation may lead to mal-operation of differential protection when an
external fault occurs. In order to avoid mal-operation of protection in such situations, CT saturation
supervision element is integrated in CSC-326.
When transient saturation of CT occurs, the 2nd harmonic content in the corresponding phase
current is dominant. Also whenever steady saturation of CT occurs, the 3rd harmonic content in the
corresponding phase current is dominant. Both 2nd and 3rd harmonic contents of all phase currents
of each side of the protected transformer are calculated to judge whether CT saturation occurs or
not. Comprehensive harmonic ratio is calculated by (1-30).

44
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

Iφ 2 Iφ 3
+ > K har (1-30)
Iφ Iφ
Where:
Iφ2 is 2nd harmonic magnitude of phase current at each side,
Iφ3 is 3rd harmonic magnitude of phase current at each side,
Khar is the setting for comprehensive harmonic ratio, fixed in the software.

If the 2nd and 3rd harmonic contents of any phase current are more than Khar, then CT satisfies the
formula (1-30) and it is saturated. Usually before the CT saturation status, there is a short time
period in which CT still works in its linear characteristic. By very fast CT saturation detection of
CSC-326 relay, it needs only 4ms before any CT saturation happening to detect the fault which is
internal or external fault. In order to distinguish saturation caused by internal faults and external
faults effectively, percent differential protection based on sample values is used. If CT saturation is
induced by external fault, differential protection will be blocked. However if CT saturation is induced
by internal fault, differential protection will send its trip signal.

The typical saturation figure of phase A CT saturation is shown in Fig.5-19.

Fig. 5-19 Typical phase A current transformer Saturation waveform

5.3.4.7. Differential current supervision

In normal operation condition, zero differential current is assumed in each phase. The differential
current supervision monitors the differential currents and checks its value to be less than a threshold.
An alarm report is generated as “DIFF Alarm” after 5s, if the differential current exceeds the
threshold value. The alarm is an indication of miss-connection in CT secondary windings, and
therefore is released to remind user to detect the faulty connection in secondary circuit and remove
it. The function can be enabled or disabled by using setting “DIFF ALARM ON” (1-On, 0-Off). The
fixed threshold for releasing alarm is 0.3ID>. However, to avoid incorrect alarm indications, the
threshold value is increased to 0.1A (in 1A nominal current inputs) and to 0.3A (in A nominal current
inputs), if 0.3ID><0.1A. This is shown in (1-31).
⎧ I D.alarm = max{0.3I D > ,0.1A} if I n = 1A
⎨ (1-31)
⎩ I D.alarm = max{0.3I D > ,0.3 A} if I n = 5 A
Logic of differential current supervision is shown in Fig.5-20.

45
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

Fig. 5-20 CT Fail detection logic

DANGER: Before Differential protection is put into operation on site, polarity of current
transformer must have been checked right by an energizing test of every side of the transformer or a
test of simulating an external fault of the side in primary system. Otherwise a mal-operation may occur
during an external fault.

5.3.5. Settings, Control Words and operation data of differential protection

Table 5-2 Instruction for Vector Group Angle setting

Control Word values

HV WIND CONN/Y-0 D-1 0 0 0 1 1 1

MV WIND CONN/Y-0 D-1

(Only for three-winding 0 1 0 1 1 0
transformers)
LV WIND CONN/Y-0 D-1 1 1 0 1 0 0

VET GRP ANGLE odd odd even even odd odd

Y-Y-Y-
Y-Y-D-1 Y-D-D- D-D-D- D-D-Y D-Y-Y-
2/4/6/
Remarks /3/5/7/9 1/3/5/7/ 2/4/6/8/ -1/3/5/ 1/3/5/
8/10/1
/11 9/11 10/12 7/9/11 7/9/11
2

Table 5-3 Settings of Differential protection

Setting Default
No Setting Title Comment
options setting
Instantaneous Differential (ID>>)
1. INST DIFF ID 0.5..100A 20
current setting
Percentage Differential (ID>)
2. PER DIFF ID 0.08..20A 2
current setting
The 1st breakpoint restraint current
3. DIFF IR1 0.1..5A 2
(IR1)
The 2nd breakpoint restraint current
4. DIFF IR2 0.1..50A 2
(IR2)
5. DIFF SLOPE S1 0.0..0.2 0.0 the 1st slope

6. DIFF SLOPE S2 0.2..0.7 0.5 the 2nd slope

46
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

7. DIFF SLOPE S3 0.25..0.95 0.7 the 3rd slope

8. DIFF 2nd HAR RATIO 0.05..0.80 0.15 2nd harmonic(HAR) ratio

9. DIFF 3/5th HAR RATIO 0.05..0.80 0.35 3rd / 5th harmonic(HAR) ratio
Within the delay 2nd harmonic block
all three phases. After the delay,
10. 2nd HAR BLOCK TIME 0.05…20s 10
then only the local phase is
blocked.
Within the delay 5th harmonic block
all three phases. After the delay,
11. 3rd/5th HAR BLK TIME 0.05…20s 10
then only the local phase is
blocked.

Table 5-4 Control Words of Differential protection

Control
No Control Word Title Default Comment
options
Instantaneous differential protection
1. INST DIFF ON 1/0 0
ON 1-on; 0-off.
Percentage differential protection
2. PER DIFF ON 1/0 0
ON 1-on; 0-off.
Inrush block differential protection
3. Inrush BLK DIFF 1/0 0
1-block; 0-not block.
2nd harmonic (HAR) inhibit not the
1/0 0 fuzzy recognition based on the
4. 2nd HAR NOT WAVE waveform(WAVE)
1-2nd harmonic on; 0- waveform on
1/0 0 Overflux block differential protection
5. Overflux Blk DIFF
1-block; 0-not block.
Overflux stabilization judgement
6. OverFlux 3rd NOT 5th 1/0 0 3rd or 5th harmonic (HAR) inhibit on
1-3rd harmonic; 0-5th harmonic.
Differential current (DIFF) Alarming
7. DIFF ALARM ON 1/0 0 on
1-on; 0-off.
Block differential protection when
8. Blk DIFF at CT FAIL 1/0 0 there is CT failure
1-block; 0-not block.
Eliminate calculated 3I0 when HV
HV D_side Eliminate 1/0 0 side winding is connected in Delta
9.
I0 mode
1- eliminate; 0-not eliminate
Eliminate calculated 3I0 when MV
MV D_side Eliminate 1/0 0 side winding is connected in Delta
10.
I0 mode (only for CSC-326(M2))
1- eliminate; 0-not eliminate
Eliminate calculated 3I0 when LV
1/0 0 side winding is connected in Delta
11. LV D_side Eliminate I0
mode
1- eliminate; 0-not eliminate
LV current is included in calculation
1/0 0 of the differential protection.
12. Diff Includes LV Cur
1- Diff Includes LV Cur;
0-Diff NOT Includes LV Cur

47
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

Table 5-5 Differential protection operation data

Differential Times
protection Operating time
(At 3 times of current setting) less than 30ms
Operating time
(At 10 times of current setting value less than 20ms
without restraint)
Drop-off time approx. 40ms
Drop-off ratio approx. 0.7
Tolerances
Pickup characteristic ±5% of set value or ±0.02IN
Inrush Restraint ±5% of set value
Additional Delay Times ±1% of set value or 10ms

5.3.6. Annunciations
Table 5-6 List of event report
Abbr. (LCD
No. Comment
Display)
1. PER DIFF Trip A
2. PER DIFF Trip B Treble slope percent Differential protection (ID>) trip for
phase A/B/C
3. PER DIFF Trip C
4. INST DIFF Trip A
Instantaneous Differential protection (ID>>) trip for phase
5. INST DIFF Trip B
A/B/C
6. INST DIFF Trip C

Table 5-7 List of alarm report

No. Abbr. (LCD Display) Comment

1. Ph_A CT Fail Phase A CT failure

2. Ph_B CT Fail Phase B CT failure
3. Ph_C CT Fail Phase C CT failure
4. DIFF Alarm Imbalance differential current alarm
5. DIFF 2HAR BLK Differential protection is blocked by 2nd harmonic.
6. DIFF 3/5HAR BLK Differential protection is blocked by 3rd or 5th harmonic.

Table 5-8 List of operating report

No. Description of event Comment

1. Diff Prot ON Differential protection is switched ON (by CW)
2. Diff Prot OFF Differential protection is switched OFF (by CW)

48
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

5.3.7. Appendix: Possible vector groups of two-winding transformer

Yy0, YNy0, Yyn0, YNyn0

⎡ I&A′ ⎤ ⎡1 -1 0 ⎤ ⎡ I&A ⎤
⎢& ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ I B′ ⎥ = ⋅ ⎢0 1 -1⎥⎥ ⋅ ⎢ I&B ⎥
⎢ I&′ ⎥ 3
⎢⎣ -1 0 1 ⎥⎦ ⎢ I&C ⎥
⎣ C⎦ ⎣ ⎦

⎡ I&a′ ⎤ ⎡1 -1 0 ⎤ ⎡ I&a ⎤
⎢& ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ I b′ ⎥ = ⋅ 0 1 -1⎥⎥ ⋅ ⎢ I&b ⎥
⎢ I&′ ⎥ 3 ⎢
⎢⎣-1 0 1 ⎥⎦ ⎢ I&c ⎥
⎣ c⎦ ⎣ ⎦

Yd1, YNd1 [LV D_side Eliminate I0=0-not eliminate]

A
a
⎡ I&A′ ⎤ ⎡1 0 -1⎤ ⎡ I&A ⎤
⎢& ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎢ ⎥
c
⎢ I B′ ⎥ = ⋅ ⎢ -1 1 0 ⎥⎥ ⋅ ⎢ I&B ⎥
⎢ I&′ ⎥ 3
⎢⎣ 0 -1 1 ⎥⎦ ⎢ I&C ⎥
C b B ⎣ C⎦ ⎣ ⎦

Yd1, YNd1 [LV D_side Eliminate I0=1- eliminate]

⎡ I&A′ ⎤ ⎡1 0 -1⎤ ⎡ I&A ⎤
⎢& ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎢ ⎥
A ⎢ I B′ ⎥ = ⋅ ⎢ -1 1 0 ⎥⎥ ⋅ ⎢ I&B ⎥
⎢ I&′ ⎥ 3
⎢⎣ 0 -1 1 ⎥⎦ ⎢ I&C ⎥
a ⎣ C⎦ ⎣ ⎦

c
⎡ •′ ⎤ ⎡•⎤
I
⎢ a ⎥ I
⎡ 2 − 1 − 1⎤ ⎢ a ⎥
C b B ⎢ ⎥ 1⎢
•
⎥.⎢ I• ⎥
⎢ ⎥ ′ = − −
I b
3
.⎢ 1 2 1⎥ ⎢ b⎥
⎢• ⎥ ⎢⎣− 1 − 1 2 ⎥⎦ ⎢ • ⎥
⎢ I ′c ⎥ ⎢I c ⎥
⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦
Yy2, YNy2, Yyn2, YNyn2

49
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

A B C
⎡ I&A′ ⎤ ⎡1 -1 0 ⎤ ⎡ I&A ⎤
⎢& ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ I B′ ⎥ = ⋅ ⎢0 1 -1⎥⎥ ⋅ ⎢ I&B ⎥
⎢ I&′ ⎥ 3
⎢⎣ -1 0 1 ⎥⎦ ⎢ I&C ⎥
⎣ C⎦ ⎣ ⎦

⎡ I&a′ ⎤ ⎡0 -1 1 ⎤ ⎡ I&a ⎤
⎢& ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ I b′ ⎥ = ⋅ 1 0 -1⎥⎥ ⋅ ⎢ I&b ⎥
⎢ I&′ ⎥ 3 ⎢
⎢⎣-1 1 0 ⎥⎦ ⎢ I&c ⎥
b c a ⎣ c⎦ ⎣ ⎦

Yd3, YNd3 [LV D_side Eliminate I0=0-not eliminate]

A B C

⎡ I&A′ ⎤ ⎡0 1 -1⎤ ⎡ I&A ⎤

⎢& ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ I B′ ⎥ = ⋅ -1 0 1 ⎥⎥ ⋅ ⎢ I&B ⎥
⎢ I&′ ⎥ 3 ⎢
⎢⎣1 -1 0 ⎥⎦ ⎢ I&C ⎥
⎣ C⎦ ⎣ ⎦

c a b

Yd3, YNd3 [LV D_side Eliminate I0=1- eliminate]

A B C ⎡ I&A′ ⎤ ⎡0 1 -1⎤ ⎡ I&A ⎤
⎢& ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ I B′ ⎥ = ⋅ ⎢ -1 0 1 ⎥⎥ ⋅ ⎢ I&B ⎥
⎢ I&′ ⎥ 3
⎢⎣1 -1 0 ⎥⎦ ⎢ I&C ⎥
⎣ C⎦ ⎣ ⎦

⎡ •′ ⎤ ⎡•⎤
I
⎢ ⎥ I
a
⎡ 2 − 1 − 1⎤ ⎢ a ⎥
⎢• ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎥ ⎢• ⎥
⎢ I ′b ⎥ = .⎢− 1 2 − 1⎥.⎢ I b ⎥
⎢ • ⎥ 3 ⎢− 1 − 1 2 ⎥ ⎢ • ⎥
c a b
⎢ I ′c ⎥ ⎣ ⎦ ⎢I c ⎥
⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦
Yy4, YNy4, Yyn4, YNyn4

⎡ I&A′ ⎤ ⎡1 -1 0 ⎤ ⎡ I&A ⎤
⎢& ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ I B′ ⎥ = ⋅ 0 1 -1⎥⎥ ⋅ ⎢ I&B ⎥
⎢ I&′ ⎥ 3 ⎢
⎢⎣ -1 0 1 ⎥⎦ ⎢ I&C ⎥
⎣ C⎦ ⎣ ⎦

⎡ I&a′ ⎤ ⎡-1 0 1⎤ ⎡ I&a ⎤

⎢& ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ I b′ ⎥ = ⋅ ⎢1 -1 0 ⎥⎥ ⋅ ⎢ I&b ⎥
⎢ I&′ ⎥ 3
⎢⎣0 1 -1⎦⎥ ⎢ I&c ⎥
⎣ c⎦ ⎣ ⎦

Yd5, YNd5 [LV D_side Eliminate I0=0-not eliminate]

50
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

⎡ I&A′ ⎤ ⎡ -1 1 0 ⎤ ⎡ I&A ⎤
⎢& ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ I B′ ⎥ = ⋅ 0 -1 1 ⎥⎥ ⋅ ⎢ I&B ⎥
⎢ I&′ ⎥ 3 ⎢
⎢⎣1 0 -1⎥⎦ ⎢ I&C ⎥
⎣ C⎦ ⎣ ⎦

Yd5, YNd5 [LV D_side Eliminate I0=1- eliminate]

⎡ I&A′ ⎤ ⎡ -1 1 0 ⎤ ⎡ I&A ⎤
⎢& ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ I B′ ⎥ = ⋅ ⎢ 0 -1 1 ⎥⎥ ⋅ ⎢ I&B ⎥
⎢ I&′ ⎥ 3
⎢⎣1 0 -1⎥⎦ ⎢ I&C ⎥
⎣ C⎦ ⎣ ⎦

⎡ •′ ⎤ ⎡•⎤
I
⎢ a ⎥ I
⎡ 2 − 1 − 1⎤ ⎢ a ⎥
⎢• ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎥ ⎢• ⎥
⎢ I ′b ⎥ = .⎢− 1 2 − 1⎥.⎢ I b ⎥
⎢ • ⎥ 3 ⎢− 1 − 1 2 ⎥ ⎢ • ⎥
⎢ I ′c ⎥ ⎣ ⎦ ⎢I c ⎥
⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦
Yy6, YNy6, Yyn6, YNyn6

⎡ I&A′ ⎤ ⎡1 -1 0 ⎤ ⎡ I&A ⎤
⎢& ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎢ ⎥
-1⎥⎥ ⋅ ⎢ I&B ⎥
A
⎢ I B′ ⎥ = ⋅ ⎢0 1
⎢ I&′ ⎥ 3
⎢⎣ -1 0 1 ⎥⎦ ⎢ I&C ⎥
b c
⎣ C⎦ ⎣ ⎦

⎡ I&a′ ⎤ ⎡-1 1 0 ⎤ ⎡ I&a ⎤

⎢& ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎢ ⎥
1 ⎥⎥ ⋅ ⎢ I&b ⎥
C a B
⎢ I b′ ⎥ = ⋅ 0 -1
⎢ I&′ ⎥ 3 ⎢
⎢⎣1 0 -1⎥⎦ ⎢ I&c ⎥
⎣ c⎦ ⎣ ⎦

Yd7, YNd7 [LV D_side Eliminate I0=0-not eliminate]

A
b ⎡ I&A′ ⎤ ⎡-1 0 1 ⎤ ⎡ I&A ⎤
⎢& ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ I B′ ⎥ = ⋅ 1 -1 0 ⎥⎥ ⋅ ⎢ I&B ⎥
c
⎢ I&′ ⎥ 3 ⎢
⎢⎣0 1 -1⎥⎦ ⎢ I&C ⎥
⎣ C⎦ ⎣ ⎦
a
C B

Yd7, YNd7 [LV D_side Eliminate I0=1- eliminate]

51
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

⎡ I&A′ ⎤ ⎡-1 0 1 ⎤ ⎡ I&A ⎤

⎢& ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ I B′ ⎥ = ⋅ ⎢1 -1 0 ⎥⎥ ⋅ ⎢ I&B ⎥
⎢ I&′ ⎥ 3
⎢⎣0 1 -1⎥⎦ ⎢ I&C ⎥
⎣ C⎦ ⎣ ⎦

⎡ •′ ⎤ ⎡•⎤
I
⎢ a ⎥ I
⎡ 2 − 1 − 1⎤ ⎢ a ⎥
⎢• ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎥ ⎢• ⎥
⎢ I ′b ⎥ = .⎢− 1 2 − 1⎥.⎢ I b ⎥
⎢ • ⎥ 3 ⎢− 1 − 1 2 ⎥ ⎢ • ⎥
⎢ I ′c ⎥ ⎣ ⎦ ⎢I c ⎥
⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦
Yy8, YNy8, Yyn8, YNyn8
⎡ I&A′ ⎤ ⎡1 -1 0 ⎤ ⎡ I&A ⎤
⎢& ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ I B′ ⎥ = ⋅ ⎢0 1 -1⎥⎥ ⋅ ⎢ I&B ⎥
⎢ I&′ ⎥ 3
⎢⎣ -1 0 1 ⎥⎦ ⎢ I&C ⎥
⎣ C⎦ ⎣ ⎦

⎡ I&a′ ⎤ ⎡0 1 -1⎤ ⎡ I&a ⎤

⎢& ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ I b′ ⎥ = ⋅ -1 0 1 ⎥⎥ ⋅ ⎢ I&b ⎥
⎢ I&′ ⎥ 3 ⎢
⎢⎣1 -1 0 ⎥⎦ ⎢ I&c ⎥
⎣ c⎦ ⎣ ⎦

Yd9, YNd9 [LV D_side Eliminate I0=0-not eliminate]

A
b ⎡ I&A′ ⎤ ⎡ 0 -1 1 ⎤ ⎡ I&A ⎤
⎢& ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎢ ⎥
a ⎢ I B′ ⎥ = ⋅ ⎢1 0 -1⎥⎥ ⋅ ⎢ I&B ⎥
⎢ I&′ ⎥ 3
⎢⎣ -1 1 0 ⎥⎦ ⎢ I&C ⎥
⎣ C⎦ ⎣ ⎦
C c B

Yd9, YNd9 [LV D_side Eliminate I0=1- eliminate]

⎡ I&A′ ⎤ ⎡ 0 -1 1 ⎤ ⎡ I&A ⎤
⎢& ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ I B′ ⎥ = ⋅ 1 0 -1⎥⎥ ⋅ ⎢ I&B ⎥
A ⎢ I&′ ⎥ 3 ⎢
⎢⎣ -1 1 0 ⎥⎦ ⎢ I&C ⎥
b ⎣ C⎦ ⎣ ⎦

a
⎡ •′ ⎤ ⎡•⎤
I
⎢ a ⎥ I
C c B ⎡ 2 − 1 − 1⎤ ⎢ a ⎥
⎢• ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎥ ⎢• ⎥
⎢ I ′b ⎥ = .⎢− 1 2 − 1⎥.⎢ I b ⎥
⎢ • ⎥ 3 ⎢− 1 − 1 2 ⎥ ⎢ • ⎥
⎢ I ′c ⎥ ⎣ ⎦ ⎢I c ⎥
⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦

52
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

Yy10, YNy10, Yyn10, YNyn10

A B C
⎡ I&A′ ⎤ ⎡1 -1 0 ⎤ ⎡ I&A ⎤
⎢& ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎢ ⎥
-1⎥⎥ ⋅ ⎢ I&B ⎥
A
⎢ I B′ ⎥ = ⋅ 0 1
⎢ I&′ ⎥ 3 ⎢
⎢⎣ -1 0 1 ⎥⎦ ⎢ I&C ⎥
a b
⎣ C⎦ ⎣ ⎦

⎡ I&a′ ⎤ ⎡1 0 -1⎤ ⎡ I&a ⎤

⎢& ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎢ ⎥
0 ⎥⎥ ⋅ ⎢ I&b ⎥
C c B
⎢ I b′ ⎥ = ⋅ ⎢ -1 1
⎢ I&′ ⎥ 3
⎢⎣ 0 -1 1 ⎦⎥ ⎢ I&c ⎥
c a b
⎣ c⎦ ⎣ ⎦

Yd11, YNd11 [LV D_side Eliminate I0=0-not eliminate]

⎡ I&A′ ⎤ ⎡1 -1 0 ⎤ ⎡ I&A ⎤
⎢& ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ I B′ ⎥ = ⋅ ⎢0 1 -1⎥⎥ ⋅ ⎢ I&B ⎥
⎢ I&′ ⎥ 3
⎢⎣ -1 0 1 ⎥⎦ ⎢ I&C ⎥
⎣ C⎦ ⎣ ⎦

Yd11, YNd11 [LV D_side Eliminate I0=1- eliminate]

⎡ I&A′ ⎤ ⎡1 -1 0 ⎤ ⎡ I&A ⎤
⎢& ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ I B′ ⎥ = ⋅ ⎢0 1 -1⎥⎥ ⋅ ⎢ I&B ⎥
⎢ I&′ ⎥ 3
⎢⎣ -1 0 1 ⎥⎦ ⎢ I&C ⎥
⎣ C⎦ ⎣ ⎦

⎡ •′ ⎤ ⎡•⎤
I
⎢ a ⎥ I
⎡ 2 − 1 − 1⎤ ⎢ a ⎥
⎢• ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎥ ⎢• ⎥
⎢ I ′b ⎥ = .⎢− 1 2 − 1⎥.⎢ I b ⎥
⎢ • ⎥ 3 ⎢− 1 − 1 2 ⎥ ⎢ • ⎥
⎢ I ′c ⎥ ⎣ ⎦ ⎢I c ⎥
⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦
Dy1, Dyn1 [HV D_side Eliminate I0=0- not eliminate]

 
 
⎡ I&a′ ⎤ ⎡1 -1 0 ⎤ ⎡ I&a ⎤
⎢& ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ I b′ ⎥ = ⋅ ⎢0 1 -1⎥⎥ ⋅ ⎢ I&b ⎥
⎢ I&′ ⎥ 3
⎢⎣ -1 0 1 ⎥⎦ ⎢ I&c ⎥
⎣ c⎦ ⎣ ⎦

53
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

Dy1, Dyn1 [HV D_side Eliminate I0=1- eliminate]

⎡ •′ ⎤ ⎡• ⎤
I
⎢ A ⎥ I
⎡ 2 − 1 − 1⎤ ⎢ A ⎥
⎢• ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎥ ⎢• ⎥
⎢ I ′ B ⎥ = .⎢− 1 2 − 1⎥.⎢ I B ⎥
⎢ • ⎥ 3 ⎢− 1 − 1 2 ⎥ ⎢ • ⎥
⎢ I ′C ⎥ ⎣ ⎦ ⎢I C ⎥
⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦

⎡ I&a′ ⎤ ⎡1 -1 0 ⎤ ⎡ I&a ⎤
⎢& ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ I b′ ⎥ = ⋅ 0 1 -1⎥⎥ ⋅ ⎢ I&b ⎥
⎢ I&′ ⎥ 3 ⎢
⎢⎣ -1 0 1 ⎥⎦ ⎢ I&c ⎥
⎣ c⎦ ⎣ ⎦

Dy3, Dyn3 [HV D_side Eliminate I0=0- not eliminate]

⎡ I&a′ ⎤ ⎡0 -1 1 ⎤ ⎡ I&a ⎤
⎢& ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ I b′ ⎥ = ⋅ ⎢1 0 -1⎥⎥ ⋅ ⎢ I&b ⎥
⎢ I&′ ⎥ 3
⎢⎣-1 1 0 ⎥⎦ ⎢ I&c ⎥
⎣ c⎦ ⎣ ⎦

Dy3, Dyn3 [HV D_side Eliminate I0=1- eliminate]

⎡ •′ ⎤ ⎡• ⎤
I
⎢ ⎥ I
A
⎡ 2 − 1 − 1⎤ ⎢ A ⎥
⎢ ⎥ 1⎢
•
⎥.⎢ I• ⎥
⎢ ⎥ ′ = − −
I B
3
.⎢ 1 2 1⎥⎢ B⎥
⎢ ⎥• ⎢⎣− 1 − 1 2 ⎥⎦ ⎢ • ⎥
⎢ I ′C ⎥ ⎢I C ⎥
⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦

⎡ I&a′ ⎤ ⎡0 -1 1 ⎤ ⎡ I&a ⎤
⎢& ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ I b′ ⎥ = ⋅ 1 0 -1⎥⎥ ⋅ ⎢ I&b ⎥
⎢ I&′ ⎥ 3 ⎢
⎢⎣-1 1 0 ⎥⎦ ⎢ I&c ⎥
⎣ c⎦ ⎣ ⎦

Dy5, Dyn5 [HV D_side Eliminate I0=0- not eliminate]

54
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

A B C

⎡ I&a′ ⎤ ⎡-1 0 1⎤ ⎡ I&a ⎤

⎢& ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ I b′ ⎥ = ⋅ 1 -1 0 ⎥⎥ ⋅ ⎢ I&b ⎥
⎢ I&′ ⎥ 3 ⎢
⎢⎣0 1 -1⎥⎦ ⎢ I&c ⎥
⎣ c⎦ ⎣ ⎦

c a b

Dy5, Dyn5 [HV D_side Eliminate I0=1- eliminate]

C
⎡ •′ ⎤ ⎡• ⎤
A B I
⎢ A ⎥ I
⎡ 2 − 1 − 1⎤ ⎢ A ⎥
⎢ ⎥ 1⎢
•
⎥.⎢ I• ⎥
⎢ ⎥ ′ = − −
I B
3
.⎢ 1 2 1⎥⎢ B⎥
⎢• ⎥ ⎢⎣− 1 − 1 2 ⎥⎦ ⎢ • ⎥
⎢ I ′C ⎥ ⎢I C ⎥
⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦

⎡ I&a′ ⎤ ⎡-1 0 1⎤ ⎡ I&a ⎤

⎢& ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ I b′ ⎥ = ⋅ 1 -1 0 ⎥⎥ ⋅ ⎢ I&b ⎥
⎢ I&′ ⎥ 3 ⎢
c a b ⎢⎣0 1 -1⎥⎦ ⎢ I&c ⎥
⎣ c⎦ ⎣ ⎦
Dy7, Dyn7 [HV D_side Eliminate I0=0- not eliminate]

⎡ I&a′ ⎤ ⎡-1 1 0 ⎤ ⎡ I&a ⎤

⎢& ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ I b′ ⎥ = ⋅ 0 -1 1 ⎥⎥ ⋅ ⎢ I&b ⎥
⎢ I&′ ⎥ 3 ⎢
⎢⎣1 0 -1⎥⎦ ⎢ I&c ⎥
⎣ c⎦ ⎣ ⎦

Dy7, Dyn7 [HV D_side Eliminate I0=1- eliminate]

⎡ •′ ⎤ ⎡• ⎤
I
⎢ ⎥ I
A
⎡ 2 − 1 − 1⎤ ⎢ A ⎥
⎢• ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎥.⎢ I• ⎥
⎢ ⎥ ′ = − −
I B .⎢ 1 2 1⎥⎢ B⎥
⎢ • ⎥ 3 ⎢− 1 − 1 2 ⎥ ⎢ • ⎥
⎢ I ′C ⎥ ⎣ ⎦ ⎢I C ⎥
⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦

⎡ I&a′ ⎤ ⎡-1 1 0 ⎤ ⎡ I&a ⎤

⎢& ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ I b′ ⎥ = ⋅ ⎢0 -1 1 ⎥⎥ ⋅ ⎢ I&b ⎥
⎢ I&′ ⎥ 3
⎢⎣1 0 -1⎥⎦ ⎢ I&c ⎥
⎣ c⎦ ⎣ ⎦

55
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

Dy9, Dyn9 [HV D_side Eliminate I0=0- not eliminate]

⎡ I&a′ ⎤ ⎡0 1 -1⎤ ⎡ I&a ⎤

⎢& ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ I b′ ⎥ = ⋅ ⎢ -1 0 1⎥⎥ ⋅ ⎢ I&b ⎥
⎢ I&′ ⎥ 3
⎢⎣1 -1 0 ⎥⎦ ⎢ I&c ⎥
⎣ c⎦ ⎣ ⎦

Dy9, Dyn9 [HV D_side Eliminate I0=1- eliminate]

⎡ •′ ⎤ ⎡• ⎤
I
⎢ ⎥ I
A
⎡ 2 − 1 − 1⎤ ⎢ A ⎥
⎢ ⎥ 1⎢
•
⎥.⎢ I• ⎥
⎢ ⎥ ′ = − −
I B .⎢ 1 2 1⎥⎢ B⎥
⎢ • ⎥ 3 ⎢− 1 − 1 2 ⎥ ⎢ • ⎥
⎢ I ′C ⎥ ⎣ ⎦ ⎢I C ⎥
⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦

⎡ I&a′ ⎤ ⎡0 1 -1⎤ ⎡ I&a ⎤

⎢& ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ I b′ ⎥ = ⋅ -1 0 1⎥⎥ ⋅ ⎢ I&b ⎥
⎢ I&′ ⎥ 3 ⎢
⎢⎣1 -1 0 ⎥⎦ ⎢ I&c ⎥
⎣ c⎦ ⎣ ⎦
Dy11, Dyn11 [HV D_side Eliminate I0=0- not eliminate]

⎡ I&a′ ⎤ ⎡1 0 -1⎤ ⎡ I&a ⎤

⎢& ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ I b′ ⎥ = ⋅ ⎢ -1 1 0 ⎥⎥ ⋅ ⎢ I&b ⎥
⎢ I&′ ⎥ 3
⎢⎣ 0 -1 1 ⎥⎦ ⎢ I&c ⎥
⎣ c⎦ ⎣ ⎦

Dy11, Dyn11 [HV D_side Eliminate I0=1- eliminate]

56
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

⎡ •′ ⎤ ⎡• ⎤
I
⎢ ⎥ I
A
⎡ 2 − 1 − 1⎤ ⎢ A ⎥
⎢ ⎥ 1⎢
•
⎥.⎢ I• ⎥
⎢ ⎥ ′ = − −
I B
3
.⎢ 1 2 1⎥⎢ B⎥
⎢• ⎥ ⎢⎣− 1 − 1 2 ⎥⎦ ⎢ • ⎥
⎢ I ′C ⎥ ⎢I C ⎥
⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦

⎡ I&a′ ⎤ ⎡1 0 -1⎤ ⎡ I&a ⎤

⎢& ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ I b′ ⎥ = ⋅ ⎢ -1 1 0 ⎥⎥ ⋅ ⎢ I&b ⎥
⎢ I&′ ⎥ 3
⎢⎣ 0 -1 1 ⎥⎦ ⎢ I&c ⎥
⎣ c⎦ ⎣ ⎦

57
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

5.4 Restricted Earth Fault protection function (ANSI-87TN)

5.4.1. Introduction
The restricted earth fault protection detects earth faults in power transformers with earthed starpoint
or in non-earthed power transformers with a starpoint former (earthing transformer/reactor) installed
inside the protected zone. A precondition for using this function is that a CT should be installed in the
starpoint connection, i.e. between the starpoint and earth. The starpoint CT and the phase CTs
define the limits of the protected zone by restricted earth fault protection.

5.4.2. Application Examples

The CSC-326 provides two restricted differential protection functions which can be used
independently at various locations. For example, it is possible to use them for both windings of YNyn
transformer which is earthed at both starpoints. Further, one of them can be implemented to protect
an earthed transformer winding and the other for an earthing transformer/reactor. In case of
auto-transformers, one of them is sufficient to protect the auto-windings. Examples for some of
applications are illustrated in the Figs. 5-21 to 5-24.
HV LV
I& A.2
A a
I&B.2
B b
I&C .2
C c

3I&02 = I&A.2 + I&B.2 + I&C .2

3I&01
CSC-326

Fig. 5-21 Application of restricted earth fault protection on an earthed transformer

winding

I&a′ .2

I&b′ .2

I&c′.2

3I&01
′

3I&02
′ = I&a′ .2 + I&b′ .2 + I&c′.2

Fig. 5-22 Application of restricted earth fault protection on an earthing transformer

winding

58
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

I& A.2
I&a′ .2

I&B.2
I&b′ .2

I&C .2 I&c′ .2

3I&01 3I&01
′

3I&02 = I&A.2 + I&B.2 + I&C .2

3I&02
′ = I&a′ .2 + I&b′ .2 + I&c′.2

Fig. 5-23 Application of restricted earth fault protection on both sides of transformer
I& A.2

I&B.2

I&C .2

3I&02 = I&A.2 + I&B.2 + I&C .2

3I&03 = I&a.3 + I&b.3 + I&c.3

Fig. 5-24 Application of restricted earth fault protection on an auto-transformer

5.4.3. Function Description

During healthy operation condition, no starpoint current 3I01 flows through the starpoint CT.
Furthermore, the sum of the phase currents 3I02 =IA.2 + IB.2 + IC.2 is almost zero. In case of
auto-transformer, both the residual currents 3I02 =IA.2 + IB.2 + IC.2 and 3I03 =IA.3 + IB.3 + IC.3 are zero
(see Figs. 5-21 to 5-24). With an earth fault inside the protected zone, a starpoint current 3I01 flows.
Moreover, depending on the earthing conditions of the power system outside the protected zone, a
further earth current may be recognized in the residual current path of the phase CTs (3I02 and 3I03).
Since all the currents flowing into the protected zone are defined positive, the residual current from
the system (3I02 and 3I03) is more or less in phase with the starpoint current (3I01). With an earth fault
outside the protected zone, a starpoint current 3I01 flows into the protected zone, together with equal
residual current 3I02 and 3I03 which flows toward outside of the protected zone, through the phase
CTs. Keeping in mind positive direction current flow, which is toward the protected zone, the
starpoint current is in phase opposition with 3I02 and 3I03.

59
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

With the described situations, it may seem to be simple to discriminate an internal fault from an
external one. However, there are some difficulties to do so. For instance, when a strong fault without
earth connection occurs outside the protected zone, a residual current may appear in the residual
current path of the phase CTs. The residual current is caused by different degrees of saturation in
phase CTs and could simulate a fault in the protected zone. Thus, additional measures should be
taken to prevent this current to cause false tripping. To achieve this objective, the restricted earth
fault protection provides a restraint quantity.

5.4.3.1. Differential and restraint current calculation

The differential current Idiff0 and the restraining current Irest0 are calculated according to (1-32).
⎧ I diff 0 = 3I&01 + 3I&02 + 3I&03
⎪
⎨
{
⎪⎩ I rest 0 = max 3I&01 , 3I&02 , 3I&03 } (1-32)

Idiff0 and Irest0 are compared by the restricted earth fault protection with a dual-slope operating
characteristic defined by (1-33) and shown in Fig. 5-25.
⎧⎪I diff 0 ≥ I 0 D if I res 0 ≤ I 0 D / S 0 D
⎨
⎪⎩I diff 0 ≥ S 0 D × I res0 if I res 0 > I 0 D / S 0 D (1-33)
Where I0D is the setting for sensitivity threshold of restricted earth fault protection (setting “HV REF
I0D”, “MV REF I0D” or “LV REF I0D”), and S0D is slope of the branch (setting “HV REF SLOPE”, “MV
REF SLOPE” or “LV REF SLOPE”).
This characteristic can be enabled or disabled by using control word “HV REF TRIP ON”, “MV REF
TRIP ON” or “LV REF TRIP ON”). If setting “1-on” is selected, a trip signal is issued by restricted
earth fault protection when the operating point lies into tripping area (see Fig.5-25) and the preset
time delay is expired (setting “HV REF TRIP T”, “MV REF TRIP T” or “LV REF TRIP T”).
The trip logic for restricted earth fault protection is shown in Fig.5-26.

I Diff0

S0D

I 0D

I Res0

Fig. 5-25 Characteristic of restricted earth fault protection

60
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

Fig. 5-26 Tripping logic of the restricted earth fault protection

To clarify the proper operation of CSC-326 during various situations, three important operating
conditions are examined.
1. External fault:
3I01 enters the protected zone, whereas 3I02 leaves the protected zone, i.e. is negative
according to the definition of signs, therefore 3I02 = –3I01.
Idiff0 = |3I01 + 3I02| = |3I01 – 3I02|= 0
Ires0 = max {|3I01|, |3I02|} = |3I01|
No tripping quantity (Idiff0 = 0); the restraint quantity (Irest0) corresponds to the external fault
current flowing through the starpoint connection.
2. Internal fault, fed only from the starpoint:
In this case, 3I02=0, thus,
Idiff0 = |3I01 + 3I02| = |3I01 + 0| = |3I01|
Ires0 = max {|3I01|, |3I02|} = |3I01|
Both the tripping (Idiff0) and the restraint (Irest0) quantities correspond to the fault current flowing
through the starpoint.
3. Internal fault, fed from the starpoint and from the system, e.g. with equal earth current
magnitude:
Both the 3I01 3I02 enter the protected zone, thus having positive sign. The condition results
in 3I02 = 3I01.
Idiff0 = |3I01 + 3I02| = |3I01 + 3I02|= 2×|3I01|
Ires0 = max {|3I01|, |3I02|} = |3I01|
Tripping quantity (Idiff0) corresponds to double the fault current flowing through the starpoint
connection, and restraint quantity (Irest0) is equal to the fault current.
The results show that the device is capable to properly discriminate internal and external earth faults
by using the definitions proposed for differential and restraint current. However, the device is still
subjected to some influences that induce differential currents even during normal operation
condition. These influences should be compensated in appropriate manner. The specific treatments
designed to cope with these influences includes automatic ratio compensation which is explored as
follows.

5.4.3.2. Automatic Ratio compensation

Restricted earth fault protection represents some problems in the application of current transformers
regarding to matching between phase and starpoint CTs. The problem is originated from different

61
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

ratio of phase and starpoint CTs. The difference may result in a differential current in normal
operation condition. To remove this problem, the input currents of the relay from starpoint CTs
should be converted according to primary rated currents of phase and starpoint CTs. In the
CSC-326, this objective is achieved by taking a common reference value and converting all
secondary currents of starpoint CTs into the same reference. The conversion is performed by
calculation of ratio compensation factor for starpoint CTs. The compensation factors are then
multiplied by the secondary current of starpoint CTs to make them comparable with those current
measured at phase CTs. The conversion procedure is performed inside the device. The ratio
compensation factors are calculated as follow:
nStarpo int − HV
K Starpo int − HV =
nPhase− HV (1-34)
nStarpo int − MV
K Starpo int − MV =
nPhase− MV (1-35)
nStarpo int − LV
K Starpo int − LV = (1-36)
nPhase− LV
Where K Starpo int − HV is the ratio compensation factor for HV starpoint CT; K Starpo int − MV is the ratio
compensation for MV starpoint CT and K Starpo int − LV is the ratio compensation for LV starpoint CT;

For auto-transformer, in addition to the common winding starpoint CT, the measured current from
phase winding of MV winding should also be converted to the common reference current. in this
context, the ratio compensation factors are calculated as follow:
nPhase−MV
K MV =
nPhase− HV (1-37)
nStarpo int
K Starpo int =
nPhase− HV (1-38)
Where K MV is the ratio compensation factor for MV phase CT, and K Starpo int is the ratio
compensation factor for common winding starpoint CT.
The reference current is selected as is shown in Table 5-9.

Table 5-9 Reference side selection for REF functions

Type function HV REF MV REF LV REF
2 winding HV CT --- LV CT
3 winding HV CT MV CT ---
Auto-transformer HV CT --- ---

5.4.3.3. Restricted earth fault current alarm

In normal operation condition, zero differential current is expected for restricted earth fault protection.
The Restricted earth fault current supervision monitors Idiff0 and checks its value to be less than a
threshold. An alarm report is generated as “HV REF Alarm”, “MV REF Alarm” or “LV REF Alarm”,
after the preset time of “HV REF Alarm T”, “MV REF Alarm T” or “LV REF Alarm T”, if the differential

62
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

current exceeds the threshold value “HV REF ALARM I0D”, “MV REF ALARM I0D” or “LV REF
ALARM I0D”. The alarm is an indication of miss-connection in phase or starpoint CT secondary
windings, and therefore is released to remind user to detect the faulty connection in secondary
circuit and remove it. The function can be enabled or disabled by using setting “HV REF ALARM
ON”, “MV REF ALARM ON” or “LV REF ALARM ON”, (1-On, 0-Off). The setting range of the
threshold differential current to release restricted earth fault current alarm is on [0.08-10A]. However,
to avoid incorrect alarm indications, the threshold value is increased to 0.1A (in 1A nominal current
inputs) and to 0.3A (in 5A nominal current inputs), if the set value is less than 0.1A.

DANGER: Before Restricted Earth Fault protection is put into operation on site, polarity of
neutral current transformer for REF must have been checked right by an energizing test of every side
of the transformer or a test of simulating an external fault of the side in primary system. Otherwise a
mal-operation may occur during an external earth fault.

5.4.4. Settings, Control Words and operation data of restricted earth fault
protection
Table 5-10 Settings of Restricted earth fault protection
N Setting Default
Setting Title Comment
o options setting
Current setting for HV Restricted Earth
1. HV REF I0D 0.08..10A 2
Fault protection
Slope setting for HV Restricted Earth Fault
2. HV REF SLOPE 0.25..0.95 0.5
protection
3. HV REF TRIP T 0…60s 0.03 HV Restricted Earth Fault trip time setting
HV REF ALARM HV Restricted Earth Fault alarm current
4. 0.08..10A 2
I0D setting
HV Restricted Earth Fault alarm time
5. HV REF ALARM T 0…60s 0.03
setting
Current setting for MV Restricted Earth
6. MV REF I0D 0.08..10A 2
Fault protection
Slope setting for MV Restricted Earth Fault
7. MV REF SLOPE 0.25..0.95 0.5
protection
8. MV REF TRIP T 0…60s 0.03 MV Restricted Earth Fault trip time setting
MV REF ALARM MV Restricted Earth Fault alarm current
9. 0.08..10A 2
I0D setting
MV Restricted Earth Fault alarm time
10. MV REF ALARM T 0…60s 0.03
setting
Current setting for LV Restricted Earth
11. LV REF I0D 0.08..10A 2
Fault protection
Slope setting for LV Restricted Earth Fault
12. LV REF SLOPE 0.25..0.95 0.5
protection
13. LV REF TRIP T 0…60s 0.03 LV Restricted Earth Fault trip time setting
LV Restricted Earth Fault alarm current
14. LV REF ALARM I0D 0.08..10A 2
setting
LV Restricted Earth Fault alarm time
15. LV REF ALARM T 0…60s 0.03
setting

63
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

Table 5-11 Control Words of restricted earth fault protection

HV Restricted earth fault trip-stage ON
1. HV REF TRIP ON 1/0 0
1-on; 0-off.
HV Restricted earth fault Alarm-stage ON
2. HV REF ALARM ON 1/0 0
1-on; 0-off.
MV Restricted earth fault trip-stage ON 1-on;
3. MV REF TRIP ON 1/0 0
0-off.
MV Restricted earth fault Alarm-stage ON
4. MV REF ALARM ON 1/0 0
1-on; 0-off.
LV Restricted earth fault trip-stage ON
5. LV REF TRIP ON 1/0 0
1-on; 0-off.
LV Restricted earth fault Alarm-stage ON
6. LV REF ALARM ON 1/0 0
1-on; 0-off.

Table 5-12 Restricted earth fault protection operation data

Restricted earth fault Times
protection Operating time less than 30ms
( At 3 times of set value)
Drop-off time approx. 40ms
Drop-off ratio approx. 0.7
Tolerance
Pickup characteristic ±5% of set value or ±0.02IN
Additional time delay less than 30ms

5.4.5. Annunciations
Table 5-13 List of event report

No. Abbr. (LCD Display) Comment

1. HV REF Trip HV Restricted Earth fault (REF) protection trip
2. MV REF Trip MV Restricted Earth fault (REF) protection trip
3. LV REF Trip LV Restricted Earth fault (REF) protection trip

Table 5-14 List of alarm report

No. Abbr. (LCD Display) Comment
1. HV REF Alarm HV Imbalance zero differential current alarm
2. MV REF Alarm MV Imbalance zero differential current alarm
3. LV REF Alarm LV Imbalance zero differential current alarm

Table 5-15 List of operating report

No. Description of event comment

1. HV REF Prot ON HV REF protection is switched ON (by CW)
2. HV REF Prot OFF HV REF protection is switched OFF (by CW)
3. MV REF Prot ON MV REF protection is switched ON (by CW)

64
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

4. MV REF Prot OFF MV REF protection is switched OFF (by CW)

5. LV REF Prot ON LV REF protection is switched ON (by CW)
6. LV REF Prot OFF LV REF protection is switched OFF (by CW)

65
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

5.5 Overflux protection function (ANSI-24)

5.5.1. Introduction

The overflux protection is used to detect impermissible overflux conditions which can endanger
power transformers. An increase in transformer flux beyond the rated values leads to saturation of
the iron core and to large eddy current losses which cause impermissible temperature rise in
transformer core.

5.5.2. Function Description

The overflux condition may occur in power plant transformers when a load center is disconnected
from the system, and the voltage regulator does not operate sufficiently fast to control the
associated voltage rise. Similarly, the overflux condition may occur as result of a decrease in
frequency, e.g. in island system. To protect the power transformer in such conditions, the overflux
protection function should pick up when the permissible limit of flux is exceeded in the transformer
core. To do so, the overflux protection function measures the voltage/frequency (U/f) ratio which is
proportional to the flux density B in transformer core, and puts it in relation to the nominal flux
density BN. The decision is then made based on the calculated ratio as is shown in (1-39).
B U f
N= = (1-39)
BN U N f N

Where N is the ratio of volt/hertz calculated by the device.

U and f are the measured voltage and frequency, and UN and fN are the rated voltage and frequency
of the device. While the rated frequency is fixed to 50Hz in software, device is informed about rated
voltage by setting “Reference Voltage” which corresponds to nominal phase-neutral voltage of the
protected transformer when is transferred to secondary value, using the turn ratio of voltage
transformer. Thus, the use of the overflux protection presumes that measured voltage is connected
to the device. Calculation of voltage/hertz ratio in (1-38) is performed based on the maximum
voltage of the three phase-neutral or phase-phase voltages. Control word “V/F Voltage
(0-VPP,1-VPN)” determines whether phase-to-phase voltage or phase-neutral voltage should be
used for overflux protection, by setting “0-VPP” or “1-VPN”, respectively.
It should be mentioned that the overflux protection can operate properly, only if frequency is in range
of 0.5 - 1.3 rated frequency (25Hz – 65Hz) and voltage is greater than 0.7 times the rated voltage. If
frequency or voltage is out of the specified range, an alarm report “U or F EXCEED” is generated by
the device, after a fixed time delay of 150ms, and the overflux protection is blocked. The logic is
shown in Fig. 5-27.

V < 0.7 × Un

Fig. 5-27 Condition for generating “U or F EXCEED” alarm

66
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

The overflux protection includes two definite characteristics (alarm and trip) and one thermal
characteristic. The latter characteristic provides an approximate replica of the temperature rise
caused by overflux in the protected object. The definite alarm stage can be enabled or disabled by
using control word “DEF V/F ALARM ON”. Similarly, the definite trip stage can be enabled or
disabled by using control word “DEF V/F TRIP ON”. Furthermore, the thermal characteristic can be
set by control word “IVR V/F TRIP ON”. It should be mentioned that the overflux protection can be
applied at HV, MV or LV side of the protected transformer. However, it is not recommended to apply
the function on the transformer side with variable winding turns such as the transformer side with an
installed tap changer. To enable the protection on a given side, setting of “HV OverFlux ON”, “MV
OverFlux ON” and “LV OverFlux ON” should be applied to corresponding control words. However,
these settings should be applied to 1 only on one side at the same time. If any two of “HV OverFlux
ON”, “MV OverFlux ON” and “LV OverFlux ON” are set to 1 at the same time, alarm report “SetErr”
will be given by the device.
All the three available stages of the overflux protection use phase-to-phase voltage or phase-neutral
voltage of the corresponding side in their calculations, based on the setting applied at control word
“V/F Voltage (0-VPP,1-VPN)”.
If the definite alarm stage is enabled in one side, and the calculated volt/hertz ration exceeds the
threshold defined by setting “DEF ALARM V/F”, an alarm report “DEF V/F Alarm” is generated by
the device, after the time delay “Time DEF V/F Alarm” elapsed. The logic for the definite alarm stage
of overflux protection is shown in Fig.5-28 when it is applied to HV side. The logic is the same when
the protection function is applied to other sides.

67
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

N(U AB_ Hv, f ) 〉 DEF Alarm V / F

N(UBC_ Hv, f ) 〉 DEF Alarm V / F

N(UAC_ Hv, f ) 〉 DEF Alarm V / F

N(UA_ Hv , f ) 〉 DEF Alarm V / F

N(UB_ Hv , f ) 〉 DEF Alarm V / F

N(UC_Hv , f ) 〉 DEF AlarmV / F

Fig. 5-28 Logic of the definite alarm stage for overflux protection

Similarly, if the definite trip stage is enabled in one side, and the calculated volt/hertz ration exceeds
the threshold defined by setting “DEF TRIP V/F”, an event report “DEF V/F Trip” is generated by the
device, subsequent to the expiration of time delay “Time DEF V/F Trip”. Tripping Logic of the definite
trip stage of overflux protection is shown in Fig. 5-29.

68
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

N(UAB_ Hv , f ) 〉 DEF Trip V / F

N(UBC_ Hv , f ) 〉 DEF Trip V / F

N(UAC_ Hv , f ) 〉 DEF Trip V / F

N (U A _ Hv , f ) 〉 DEF Trip V / F

N (U B _ Hv , f ) 〉 DEF Trip V / F

N (UC _ Hv , f ) 〉 DEF Trip V / F

Fig. 5-29 Tripping logic of the definite trip stage for overflux protection

If thermal characteristic is set to “1-on” in one of transformer sides, it uses the measured voltage and
frequency of the corresponding side (depending on the setting applied at control word “V/F Voltage
(0-VPP,1-VPN)”), together with ten points derived from the manufacturer data (see Fig.5-30). The
points correspond to the desired tripping times for a given volt/hertz ratios. Intermediate values are
determined by performing linear interpolation by the device. The ratios range from N=1.05 to N=1.50.
They are entered into the device by settings “T1 IVR V/F=1.05”, “T2 IVR V/F=1.10”, “T3 IVR
V/F=1.15”, “T4 IVR V/F=1.20”, “T5 IVR V/F=1.25”, “T6 IVR V/F=1.30”, “T7 IVR V/F=1.35”, “T8 IVR
V/F=1.40”, “T9 IVR V/F=1.45” and “T10 IVR V/F=1.50”. The device uses these points to form an
inverse characteristic such as those shown in Fig. 5-30.

69
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

Fig. 5-30 Thermal overflux characteristic

As can be seen from Fig. 5-30, N=1.05 works as a pickup threshold for thermal stage. The thermal
replica is implemented in CSC-326 by a counter which is incremented from 0% to 100%, as soon as
the calculated voltage/hertz ratio of (1-38) exceeds the pickup threshold (N=1.05). If the counter
reaches to 100% corresponding to expiration of trip time delay according to the trip characteristic,
the event report “IVR V/F Trip” is given. The trip signal is cancelled as soon as the calculated
voltage/hertz ratio falls below the pickup threshold (N=1.05). However, the counter is decremented
to zero according to cool down time of the transformer (the time by which the thermal replica counter
reaches from 100% to 0%). The cool down time is informed to the device by setting “Cool down
Time”.

Tripping Logic of the inverse thermal trip stage of overflux protection is shown in Fig.5-31.

70
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

N (U AB− HV , f )

N (U BC − HV , f )

N (U AC − HV , f )

N (U A− HV , f )

N (U B− HV , f )

N (U C − HV , f )

Fig. 5-31 Tripping logic of the thermal trip stage for overflux protection

NOTE: If it is possible for a given transformers to operate continuously under the condition of
N=1.05, corresponding time delay setting (“T1 IVR V/F=1.05”) should be set to 9999s. The same
approach can be taken when, for example, it is permissible for a transformer to operate continuously

71
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

under the condition N=1.10, N=1.15 and so on. It means that the thermal characteristic is compound of
10 points at most, and it maybe contains less than 10 points. The thermal characteristic would be
disabled if all the delay time settings are set to 9999s.

5.5.3. Voltage channel configuration

U1A/B/C in 1st Analog input module (AI1) is provided with the hardware so accurate frequency
measurement. In order to offer the high performance overflux function for HV or MV or LV side, the
corresponding voltage channel must be marshaled to the AI1 module.

HV overflux, MV overflux and LV overflux functions should be applied only one side at the same time,
so settings of “HV VOLTAGE CHAN SEL” and “MV VOLTAGE CHAN SEL” (only for CSC-326(M2))
under “Comm Para” submenu are used to select the voltage channel.

For example of HV side; the setting “HV VOLTAGE CHAN SEL” can be set as 1, 2 and 3 which
means voltage channels are connected to the corresponding analog input module (see Table 5-16).

If control word “HV OverFlux ON” is set 1 and “HV VOLTAGE CHAN SEL” is set 2 or 3 (not 1), alarm
report “SetErr” will be given by the device. If control word “MV OverFlux ON” is set 1 and “MV
VOLTAGE CHAN SEL” is set 2 or 3 (not 1), alarm report “SetErr” will be given by the device. If “LV
OverFlux ON”, anyone of “HV VOLTAGE CHAN SEL” and “MV VOLTAGE CHAN SEL” is set 1,
alarm report “SetErr” will be given by the device.

Table 5-16 Voltage channel selection setting

“VOLTAGE CHAN SEL” Voltage channel connected to the Analog input
1 Connected to U1A/B/C in AI1 module, U1A/B/C
can provide the hardware frequency measurement.
2 Connected to U2A/B/C in AI2 module
3 Connected to U3A/B/C in AI3 module

5.5.4. Settings, Control Words and operation data of differential protection

Table 5-17 Settings of overflux protection

Setting Default
No Setting Title Comment
options setting
1. Reference Voltage 40..130 57.3 Nominal phase voltage in HV side
2. DEF Alarm V/F 1.0..1.5 1.1 Alarming setting of volt/hertz
Timer setting for volt/hertz alarming
3. Time DEF V/F Alarm 0.1..9999s 10
stage
Tripping setting of definite volt/hertz
4. DEF Trip V/F 1.0..1.5 1.2
stage
Timer setting for definite volt/hertz
5. Time DEF V/F Trip 0.1..9999s 10
stage
6. T1 IVR V/F=1.05 0.1..9999s 90 Timer setting for volt/hertz=1.05

72
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

7. T2 IVR V/F=1.10 0.1..9999s 80 Timer setting for volt/hertz=1.10

8. T3 IVR V/F=1.15 0.1..9999s 70 Timer setting for volt/hertz=1.15
9. T4 IVR V/F=1.20 0.1..9999s 60 Timer setting for volt/hertz=1.20
10. T5 IVR V/F=1.25 0.1..9999s 50 Timer setting for volt/hertz=1.25
11. T6 IVR V/F=1.30 0.1..9999s 45 Timer setting for volt/hertz=1.30
12. T7 IVR V/F=1.35 0.1..9999s 40 Timer setting for volt/hertz=1.35
13. T8 IVR V/F=1.40 0.1..9999s 35 Timer setting for volt/hertz=1.40
14. T9 IVR V/F=1.45 0.1..9999s 30 Timer setting for volt/hertz=1.45
15. T10 IVR V/F=1.50 0.1..9999s 25 Timer setting for volt/hertz=1.50
Cool down time delay for overflux
16. Cool Down Time 0.1..9999s 10
protection

Table 5-18 Control Words of overflux protection

Setting Default
No Setting Title Comment
options setting
HV Overflux (V/F) on
1. HV OverFlux ON 1/0 0
1-on; 0-off.
MV Overflux (V/F) on
2. MV OverFlux ON 1/0 0
1-on; 0-off.
LV Overflux (V/F) on
3. LV OverFlux ON 1/0 0
1-on; 0-off.
Definite Overflux (V/F) Alarming on
4. DEF V/F ALARM ON 1/0 0
1-on; 0-off.
Definite (DEF)Overflux (V/F) on
5. DEF V/F TRIP ON 1/0 0
1-on; 0-off.
Inverse (IVR)Overflux (V/F) on
6. IVR V/F ON 1/0 0
1-on; 0-off.
Overflux protection uses
V/F
phase-to-phase voltage (VPP) or
7. Voltage(0-VPP,1-VPN) 1/0 0
phase-to-earth voltage (VPN)
0-VPP; 1-VPN.

Table 5-19 Overflux protection operation data

Overflux protection Times
At 1.2 times of set value less than 70ms
Drop-off time approx. 70ms
Drop-off ratio Not less than 0.96
Tolerance
U /U N ±2.5% of the set value
Ratio( > ):
f / fN
less than 70ms
Time delays for definite
less than 70ms or ±5% of set
Time delays for Inverse
value

73
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

5.5.5. Annunciations

Table 5-20 List of event report

No. Abbr. (LCD Display) Comment

1. DEF V/F Trip Overflux protection(V/F) tripping (Trip) with definite (DEF)
2. IVR V/F Trip and inverse(IVR) time characteristic

Table 5-21 List of alarm report

No. Abbr. (LCD Display) Comment

1. DEF V/F Alarm Overflux alarm

Voltage or frequency is out of the permissible range
2. U or F EXCEED
(25-65Hertz, >0.7 Un)

Table 5-22 List of operating report

No. Description of event comment

Overflux protection of any voltage side is switched ON (by
1. OverFlux ON
CW)
Overflux protection of any voltage side is switched OFF (by
2. OverFlux OFF
CW)

74
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

5.6. Directional / Non-directional overcurrent / earth fault / neutral

overcurrent protection function (ANSI-50(N)/51(N), 67(N), 50G/51G,
67G)

5.6.1. Introduction

The non-directional overcurrent elements can be applied as backup protection functions for
transformer as well as power system protection in networks with radial nature and those which are
supplied from a single source. The directional overcurrent protection can also be applied in systems
where protection coordination depends on both the magnitude of the fault current and the direction
of power flow to the fault location, for instance in case of parallel transformers supplied from a
single source.

5.6.2. Function Description

5.6.2.1. Directional / Non-directional Overcurrent Protection

5.6.2.1.1. Protection Elements

Each voltage side of the protected transformer is provided with three overcurrent protection
elements from which two elements operate as definite overcurrent stages and the other one
operates with inverse time-current characteristic. All the elements can operate in conjunction with
the integrated inrush restraint and directional functions.
Various stages of the elements are independent from each other and can be combined as desired.
They can be enabled or disabled in each side using dedicated control words. These control words
include “HV OC_1 ON”, “HV OC_2 ON” and “HV IDMTL OC ON”, for HV side overcurrent protection,
“MV OC_1 ON”, “MV OC_2 ON” and “MV IDMTL OC ON”, for MV side overcurrent protection, “LV
OC_1 ON”, “LV OC_2 ON” and “LV IDMTL OC ON”, for LV side overcurrent protection. For example
by applying setting “1-on” to “HV OC_1 ON”, respective stage of overcurrent protection would be
enabled in HV side.
Individual pickup value for each definite stage can be defined by setting “HV OC I1” and “HV OC I2”
for HV side, “MV OC I1” and “MV OC I2” for MV side, “LV OC I1” and “LV OC I2” for LV side. By
applying these settings, each phase current is compared separately with the setting value for each
stage. If the respective value is exceeded, a trip time delay timer is started. The condition for start of
the delay timer is expressed mathematically by (1-40), in which a, b and c represent three phases.
I Φ > I set ( Φ = a, b, c ) (1-40)
The timer is set to count up to a user-defined time delay. The time delay can be set for each definite
stage individually through settings “T HV OC I1” and “T HV OC I2” for HV side, “T MV OC I1” and “T
MV OC I2” for MV side, “T LV OC I1” and “T LV OC I2” for LV side. After the user-defined time delays
have been elapsed, a trip signal is issued if the inrush restraint feature is applied and no inrush
current is detected or if inrush restraint is disabled. However, the overcurrent protection would be
blocked and therefore, no tripping takes place if the inrush restraint feature is enabled and an inrush
condition exists. Further, an alarm report is issued as “HV Inrush Blk BU”, “MV Inrush Blk BU” or “LV
Inrush Blk BU” indicating that a blocking condition is imposed to overcurrent element by inrush
condition detection.

75
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

The pickup value for the inverse time-current stage can be defined by setting “IDMTL HV OC I”,
“IDMTL MV OC I” and “IDMTL LV OC I” for HV, MV and LV sides, respectively. Each phase current is
separately compared with corresponding setting value. If a current exceeds 1.1 times the setting
value, corresponding stage picks up. If an inverse time-current stage picks up, the tripping time is
calculated from the actual fault current flowing, using the selected tripping curve. Maximum tripping
time is limited to 100s.
The tripping curve can be selected from IEC or ANSI standard curves. The provided curves
comprise four types of IEC curves and three types of ANSI curves. The IEC curves include Normal
Inverse (NI), Very Inverse (VI), Extremely Inverse (EI), and Long Inverse (LI). The ANSI curves
include Moderately Inverse (MI), Very Inverse (VI) and Extremely Inverse (EI). Selection among the
curves can be carried out by settings “IDMTL HV OC CRV SEL”, “IDMTL MV OC CRV SEL” and
“IDMTL LV OC CRV SEL” for HV, MV and LV sides, respectively. The possible choices for each
setting word include the curve no. 1, curve no.2,…, curve no. 7. All the curves can be expressed by
following formula:
⎡ ⎤
⎢ ⎥
⎢ A ⎥
t = M ×⎢ P
+ B⎥ (1-41)
⎢⎡ I ⎤ ⎥
⎢⎢ ⎥ −1 ⎥
⎣⎣IS ⎦ ⎦
Where I is the fault current;
Is is the current setting;
M is the time multiplier;
A, P and B are the characteristic parameters for IDMTL curves. These characteristic parameters
have been defined for each curve in IEC and ANSI standards. Table 5-23 provides a summary of the
parameter values for each selected curve.

Table 5-23 Characteristic parameters for IDMTL curves

Curves No. IDMTL Curves Parameter A Parameter P Parameter B

1 IEC INV. 0.14 0.02 0

2 IEC VERY INV. 13.5 1.0 0
3 IEC EXTERMELY INV. 80.0 2.0 0
4 IEC LONG INV. 120.0 1.0 0
5 ANSI MODERATELY INV. 0.0515 0.02 0.114
6 ANSI VERY INV. 19.61 2.0 0.491
7 ANSI EXTEREMELY INV. 28.2 2.0 0.1217

76
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

As mentioned previously, selection among the curves can be carried out by settings “IDMTL HV OC
CRV SEL”, “IDMTL MV OC CRV SEL” and “IDMTL LV OC CRV SEL” for HV, MV and LV sides,
respectively. For example by applying “5” to setting “IDMTL HV OC CRV SEL”, ANSI moderately
inverse characteristic is applied to HV side overcurrent IDMTL stage. By applying this selection,
corresponding parameter values of Table 23 are automatically activated by the relay. Furthermore,
the time multiplier M can be set by user to coordinate the integrated inverse time-current
characteristic of the device with other overcurrent relays installed for power system protection. This
can be performed by settings “IDMTL HV OC TimeMult”, “IDMTL MV OC TimeMult” and “IDMTL LV
OC TimeMult” in case of HV, MV and LV overcurrent elements, respectively.
By applying pickup current and time multiplier settings, the device calculates the tripping time from
the measured current in each phase separately, based on the selected inverse curve. Once the
calculated time has been elapsed, a trip signal is issued provided that no inrush current is detected
or inrush restraint is disabled. If the inrush restraint feature is enabled and an inrush condition exists,
the overcurrent protection would be blocked and therefore no tripping takes place. However, an
alarm report is generated as “HV Inrush Blk BU”, “MV Inrush Blk BU” or “LV Inrush Blk BU”,
indicating the blocking condition which is imposed to overcurrent element by detection of inrush
condition.
The trip signals and corresponding event reports are available separately for each stage. These
include “HV OC_1 Trip”, “HV OC_2 Trip” and “HV IDMTL OC Trip” for HV side, “MV OC_1 Trip”, “MV
OC_2 Trip” and “MV IDMTL OC Trip” for MV side, “LV OC_1 Trip”, “LV OC_2 Trip” and “LV IDMTL
OC Trip” for LV side overcurrent elements.

5.6.2.1.2. Inrush Restraint Feature

The transformer overcurrent protection may detect large magnetizing inrush currents flowing when
transformer is energized. The inrush current may be several times of the nominal current, and may
last from several tens of milliseconds to several seconds. Inrush current comprises second
harmonic as well as considerable fundamental component. So it may affect the overcurrent
protection which operates based on the fundamental component of the measured current. Inrush
blocking unit in overcurrent function is provided for this purpose. It is possible to apply the inrush
restraint feature separately to each definite stage and inverse time-current stage of overcurrent
element by using control words “HV OC_1 Inrush Detect ON”, “HV OC_2 Inrush Detect ON” and
“HV IDMTL OC Inrush Detect ON” for HV side, “MV OC_1 Inrush Detect ON”, “MV OC_2 Inrush
Detect ON” and “MV IDMTL OC Inrush Detect ON” for MV side, “LV OC_1 Inrush Detect ON”, “LV
OC_2 Inrush Detect ON” and “LV IDMTL OC Inrush Detect ON” for LV side. By applying setting
“1-on” to each of the mentioned control words, no trip command would be possible by
corresponding stage, if an inrush condition is detected.
Since Inrush current contains a relatively large second harmonic component which is nearly absent
during a fault current, the inrush restraint feature operates based on the evaluation of the second
harmonic content which is present in the measured current. The inrush condition is recognized if the
ratio of second harmonic current to fundamental component exceeds the setting values “HV OC
2HAR RATIO”, “MV OC 2HAR RATIO” or “LV OC 2HAR RATIO” in each phase. The setting is
applicable to both the definite stages of overcurrent protection element as well as the inverse
time-current stage for each voltage side of the protected transformer. As soon as the measured ratio
exceeds the set threshold, a restraint is applied to those stages for which corresponding setting is

77
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

applied to make them blocked in inrush condition detection (“HV OC_1 Inrush Detect ON”, “HV
OC_2 Inrush Detect ON” and “HV IDMTL OC Inrush Detect ON” for HV side, “MV OC_1 Inrush
Detect ON”, “MV OC_2 Inrush Detect ON” and “MV IDMTL OC Inrush Detect ON” for MV side, “LV
OC_1 Inrush Detect ON”, “LV OC_2 Inrush Detect ON” and “LV IDMTL OC Inrush Detect ON” for LV
side.).
Since the applied restraint by second harmonic detection operates individually per phase, the
protection is fully operative even when the protected transformer is switched onto a single-phase
fault, whereas inrush currents may possibly be present in one of the healthy phases. It is, however,
possible to set the protection in a way that when the second harmonic recognition is fulfilled only in
one single phase, not only the phase with the inrush current, but also the remaining phases of the
overcurrent protection are blocked. This is achieved by cross-blocking the overcurrent protection for
a certain period to avoid spurious tripping. The setting corresponds to “2nd HAR BLOCK TIME”.
Within this time, the overcurrent protection in all three phases is blocked as soon as an inrush
current is detected in any one phase. After the timer is expired, the overcurrent protection is blocked
only in the phase with inrush current content. To put it more simply, cross blocking is reset if there is
no more inrush in any phase, or the cross blocking time interval is elapsed. It should be noted that
inrush currents flowing in the earth/ground path will not cross-block tripping by the phase elements.
Furthermore, if the fundamental component of phase current exceeds the upper limit value “HV OC
2HAR BLK Imax”, “MV OC 2HAR BLK Imax” or “LV OC 2HAR BLK Imax”, the inrush restraint will no
longer effective in respective side, since a high-current fault is assumed in this case. The setting can
be applied for each overcurrent element in each side of the protected transformer.

5.6.2.1.3. Direction Determination Feature

The integrated directional function can be applied to each stage of overcurrent element via
dedicated control words. These control words include “HV OC_1 DIR ON”, “HV OC_2 DIR ON” and
“HV IDMTL OC DIR ON” for HV side overcurrent stages, “MV OC_1 DIR ON”, “MV OC_2 DIR ON”
and “MV IDMTL OC DIR ON” for MV side overcurrent stages and “LV OC_1 DIR ON”, “LV OC_2 DIR
ON” and “LV IDMTL OC DIR ON” for LV side overcurrent stages. Furthermore, the directional
orientation can be set individually for each stage of the overcurrent elements in various sides of the
protected transformer. This can be performed by using control words “HV OC_1 DIR TO SYS”, “HV
OC_2 DIR TO SYS” and “HV IDMTL OC DIR TO SYS” for HV side, “MV OC_1 DIR TO SYS”, “MV
OC_2 DIR TO SYS” and “MV IDMTL OC DIR TO SYS” for MV side, “LV OC_1 DIR TO SYS”, “LV
OC_2 DIR TO SYS” and “LV IDMTL OC DIR TO SYS” for LV side. The possible settings for these
control words comprise “0-toward transformer” and “1-toward system”.
Basically, the direction determination is performed by determining the phase angle between the fault
current and a reference voltage. The direction of a phase-directional element is detected by means
of a cross-polarized voltage. It means that the fault current of the corresponding phase is used
together with the healthy phase-to-phase voltage to determine direction of fault current. This takes
effect to all three phases. Table 5-24 shows the assignment of the measured values for the
determination of fault direction for various types of pickups in phase overcurrent elements.

NOTE: The direction mentioned above is based on that the positive polarity is at the side of the
busbar and the negative polarity is at the side the transformer. Details are shown in Fig.1-1.

78
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

Table 5-24 Voltage and current measurement used for direction determination
Phase Current Voltage
A Ia U bc
B Ib U ca
C Ic U ab

As can be seen from Table 5-24, the healthy voltages are used in direction determination. This
allows for a correct direction determination even if the fault voltage has collapsed entirely because
of a single-phase short-line fault. With three-phase short-line faults, memory voltage values are
used to clearly determine the direction if the measurement voltages are not sufficient. The
directional element of each side uses the voltage on itself side.
In a single-phase fault, the cross-polarized voltage (reference voltage) is 90° out of phase with the
fault voltage. With phase-to-phase faults, the position of the reference voltage changes up to 30°,
depending on the degree of collapse in the fault voltages. In order to satisfy different network
conditions and applications, the reference voltage can be rotated by an adjustable angle. For each
side of the protected transformer, the directional angle can be set independently. The settings
include “HV OC Angle SEL”, “MV OC Angle SEL” and “LV OC Angle SEL”, for HV, MV and LV sides,
respectively. It should be noted that the settings affect all the directional stages of the corresponding
overcurrent element. Take an example of HV side; the setting “HV OC Angle SEL” can be set as 0, 1,
2, 3 and 4 which means rotation angles of 0°, 15°, 30°, 45° and 60° are applied to the reference
voltage (see Table 5-25). In this way, the vector of rotated reference voltage can be closely adjusted
to the vector of fault current in order to provide the best possible result for the direction
determination. The rotated reference voltage defines the forward and reverse area. The forward
area is a range of ±85° around the rotated reference voltage. If the vector of the fault current is in
this area, the device detects forward direction. In the mirrored area, the device detects reverse
direction, and in the intermediate area, the direction result is undefined.

Table 5-25 Rotation angle setting of reference voltage for phase directional
elements
Angel setting
Rotation angle of reference voltage
“OC Angle SEL”
0 0 degree
1 15 degree
2 30 degree
45 degree
3
(This case is demonstrated in Fig. 5-32)
4 60 degree

79
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

⋅ ⋅
⋅ Ubc rotated ⋅
Ubc rotated I a Ia
850 ⋅
⋅
450 450 U bc
U bc 850
850
850

a) Direction to transformer b) Direction to system

Fig. 5-32 phase-phase directional element characteristic

During direction decision by directional function, a VT Fail condition (a short circuit or broken wire in
the voltage transformer's secondary circuit or operation of the voltage transformer fuse) may result
in false or undesired tripping by directional overcurrent elements. In such a situation, it is possible to
select operation status of the directional overcurrent protection elements in each side by using a
number of control worlds to block the overcurrent protection elements or keep them in operational
state with no direction decision (block direction decision). The corresponding control words include
“Blk HV OC at HV VT FAIL”, “Blk MV OC at MV VT FAIL” and “Blk LV OC at LV VT FAIL”, for HV,
MV and LV sides, respectively. When the control words are set as 0 to select “Direct OK at VT Fail”,
corresponding overcurrent protection elements will not judge direction at the local side VT failure.
When they set as 1 to select “Blk O/C at VT Fail”, no operation is possible by the overcurrent
protection elements. It is noted that the control words affect all the stages of corresponding
overcurrent elements at each side. For instance, by applying setting “0-HV Direct OK at HV VT Fail”,
all the three stages of the overcurrent element will remain operative without direction determination
in case of any fault in secondary circuit of HV side voltage transformer. On the other hand, setting
“1- Blk HV OC at HV VT Fail” makes them blocked.
The logic for Definite and Inverse time IDMTL overcurrent protection is shown in Fig. 5-33.

80
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

O/C DIR ON

DIR Positive AND OR Direction Unit OK

VT failure

Direct OK AND
at VT FAIL

O/C ON
(Definite Stg1, 2)
I>Iset AND T OC Trip

Direction Unit OK

Inrush BLK OC

Inverse IDMTL
O/C ON
Inverse Curve> AND T IDMTL OC Trip

Direction Unit OK

Inrush BLK OC

Fig. 5-33 Tripping logic for definite and IDMTL overcurrent protection

5.6.2.1.4. CBF initiation Feature

It is possible to set whether the overcurrent protection elements can initiate the integrated CBF
protection or not. The available choices depend on the voltage side of the power transformer at
which overcurrent protection is applied. In this context, HV side overcurrent protection element
always initiates HV side CBF function with no additional setting. However, it is possible to select
whether it can initiate MV and LV CBF protection functions via control words “Start MV CBF ON” (for
CSC-326(M2)) and “Start LV CBF ON”, respectively.
MV side overcurrent protection element always initiates MV side CBF function with no additional
setting. However, it is possible to select whether it can initiate HV side CBF protection function via
control word “Start HV1 CBF ON”.
LV side overcurrent protection element always initiates LV side CBF function with no additional
setting. However, it is possible to select whether it can initiate HV side CBF protection function via
control word “Start HV1 CBF ON”.
More detail information about the initiation conditions and related control words can be found in
Section 5.8.

81
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

5.6.2.2. Directional / Non-directional Earth fault Protection

5.6.2.2.1 Protection Elements

Each voltage side of the protected transformer is provided with three earth fault protection elements
from which two elements operate as definite earth fault stages and the other one operates with
inverse time-current characteristic. All the elements can operate in conjunction with the integrated
inrush restraint and directional functions.
Various stages of each element are independent from each other and can be combined as desired.
They can be enabled or disabled in each side using dedicated control words. These control words
include “HV EF_1 ON”, “HV EF_2 ON” and “HV IDMTL EF ON”, for HV side earth fault protection,
“MV EF_1 ON”, “MV EF_2 ON” and “MV IDMTL EF ON”, for MV side earth fault protection, “LV
EF_1 ON”, “LV EF_2 ON” and “LV IDMTL EF ON”, for LV side earth fault protection. For example by
applying setting “1-on” to “HV EF_1 ON”, respective stage of earth fault protection would be enabled
in HV side.
Individual pickup value for each definite stage can be defined by setting “HV EF I01” and “HV EF
I02” for HV side, “MV EF I01” and “MV EF I02” for MV side, “LV EF I01” and “LV EF I02” for LV side.
By applying these settings, each earth current (quantity 3I0) calculated from the three phase
currents is compared separately with the setting value for each stage. If the respective value is
exceeded, a trip time delay timer is started. The condition for start of the delay timer is expressed
mathematically by (1-42).
3I 0 > 3I 0 set (1-42)

The timer is set to count up to a user-defined time delay. The time delay can be set for each definite
stage individually through settings “T HV EF I01” and “T HV EF I02” for HV side, “T MV EF I01” and
“T MV EF I02” for MV side, “T LV EF I01” and “T LV EF I02” for LV side. After the user-defined time
delay has been elapsed, a trip signal is issued if the inrush restraint feature is applied and no inrush
current is detected or inrush restraint is disabled. The earth fault protection would be blocked and
therefore, no tripping takes place if the inrush restraint feature is enabled and an inrush condition
exists. However, an alarm report is issued nominated as “HV Inrush Blk BU”, “MV Inrush Blk BU” or
“LV Inrush Blk BU”, indicating the blocking condition of earth fault element caused by inrush
condition detection.
Pickup value for the inverse time-current stage can be set by setting “IDMTL HV EF I0”, “IDMTL MV
EF I0” and “IDMTL MV EF I0” for HV, MV and LV sides, respectively. Each earth current (quantity 3I0)
calculated from the three phase currents is separately compared with corresponding setting value. If
a current exceeds 1.1 times the setting value, corresponding stage picks up. When an inverse
time-current stage picks up, the tripping time is calculated from the calculated quantity 3I0, using the
selected tripping curve. Maximum tripping time is limited to 100s.
Tripping curves can be selected from IEC or ANSI standard. The provided curves comprise four
types of IEC curves and three types of ANSI curves. The IEC curves include Normal Inverse (NI),
Very Inverse (VI), Extremely Inverse (EI), and Long Inverse (LI). The ANSI curves include
Moderately Inverse (MI), Very Inverse (VI) and Extremely Inverse (EI). Selection among the curves
can be carried out by settings “IDMTL HV EF CRV SEL”, “IDMTL MV EF CRV SEL” and “IDMTL LV
EF CRV SEL” for HV, MV and LV sides, respectively. The possible choices for each setting word
includes curve no. 1, curve no.2,…, curve no. 7. All the curves can be expressed by following
formula:

82
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

⎡ ⎤
⎢ ⎥
⎢ A ⎥
t = M ×⎢ P
+ B⎥ (1-43)
⎢⎡ I ⎤ ⎥
⎢⎢ ⎥ −1 ⎥
⎣⎣IS ⎦ ⎦
Where I is the calculated earth fault current;
Is is the current setting;
M is the time multiplier;
A, P and B are the characteristic parameters for IDMTL curves. They have been defined for each
curve in IEC and ANSI standards.
As mentioned previously, selection among the curves can be carried out by settings “IDMTL HV EF
CRV SEL”, “IDMTL MV EF CRV SEL” and “IDMTL LV EF CRV SEL” for HV, MV and LV sides,
respectively. For example by applying “5” to setting “IDMTL HV EF CRV SEL”, ANSI moderately
inverse characteristic is applied to HV side earth fault IDMTL stage. By applying this setting,
corresponding parameter values of Table 23 are automatically activated by the relay. Furthermore,
the time multiplier M can be applied by user to coordinate the integrated inverse time-current
characteristic of the device with other earth fault relays installed for power system protection. This
can be performed by settings “IDMTL HV EF TimeMult”, “IDMTL MV EF TimeMult” and “IDMTL LV
EF TimeMult” in case of HV, MV and LV earth fault elements.
By applying pickup current and time multiplier settings, the device determines the tripping time from
the calculated earth current, based on the selected inverse curve. Once the calculated time has
been elapsed, a trip signal is issued provided that no inrush current is detected or inrush restraint is
disabled. If the inrush restraint feature is enabled and an inrush condition exists the earth fault
protection would be blocked and therefore no tripping takes place. However, an alarm report is
issued designated as “HV Inrush Blk BU”, “MV Inrush Blk BU” or “LV Inrush Blk BU”, indicating the
blocking condition of overcurrent element caused by inrush condition detection.
The trip signals and corresponding event reports are available separately for each stage. They
include “HV EF_1 Trip”, “HV EF_2 Trip” and “HV IDMTL EF Trip” for HV side, “MV EF_1 Trip”, “MV
EF_2 Trip” and “MV IDMTL EF Trip” for MV side, “LV EF_1 Trip”, “LV EF_1 Trip” and “LV IDMTL EF
Trip” for LV side earth fault elements.

5.6.2.2.2 Inrush Restraint Feature

The transformer earth fault protection may detect large magnetizing inrush currents flowing when
transformer is energized. The inrush current may be several times of the nominal current, and may
last from several tens of milliseconds to several seconds.
Inrush current comprises second harmonic as well as a considerable fundamental component. So, it
may affect earth fault protection which operates based on the fundamental component of the
measured current. Inrush blocking unit in earth fault function is provided for this purpose.
It is possible to apply the inrush restraint feature separately to each definite stage and inverse
time-current stage of earth fault element by using control words “HV EF_1 Inrush Detect ON”, “HV
EF_2 Inrush Detect ON” and “HV IDMTL EF Inrush Detect ON” for HV side, “MV EF_1 Inrush Detect
ON”, “MV EF_2 Inrush Detect ON” and “MV IDMTL EF Inrush Detect ON” for MV side, “LV EF_1
Inrush Detect ON”, “LV EF_2 Inrush Detect ON” and “LV IDMTL EF Inrush Detect ON” for LV side.
By applying setting “1-on” to each of the mentioned control words, no trip command would be
possible by corresponding stage, if an inrush condition is detected.
Since the inrush current contains a relatively large second harmonic component which is nearly

83
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

absent during a fault current, the inrush restraint operates based on the evaluation of the second
harmonic content which is present in the phase currents. The inrush condition is recognized if the
ratio of second harmonic current to the fundamental component exceeds the setting value “HV EF
2HAR RATIO”, “MV EF 2HAR RATIO” or “LV EF 2HAR RATIO” in each phase current. The setting is
applicable to both the definite stages of earth fault protection element as well as the inverse
time-current stage. As soon as the measured ratio exceeds the set threshold, a restraint is applied
to those stages for which corresponding setting is applied to make them blocked in inrush condition
detection (“HV EF_1 Inrush Detect ON”, “HV EF_2 Inrush Detect ON” and “HV IDMTL EF Inrush
Detect ON” for HV side, “MV EF_1 Inrush Detect ON”, “MV EF_2 Inrush Detect ON” and “MV IDMTL
EF Inrush Detect ON” for MV side, “LV EF_1 Inrush Detect ON”, “LV EF_2 Inrush Detect ON” and
“LV IDMTL EF Inrush Detect ON” for LV side).
Furthermore, if the fundamental component of each phase current exceeds the upper limit value
“HV EF 2HAR BLK Imax”, “MV EF 2HAR BLK Imax” or “LV EF 2HAR BLK Imax”, the inrush restraint
will no longer effective in respective side, since a high-current fault is assumed in this case.

5.6.2.2.3 Direction Determination Feature

The integrated directional function can be applied to each stage of earth fault elements via control
words. The control words include “HV EF_1 DIR ON”, “HV EF_2 DIR ON” and “HV IDMTL EF DIR
ON” for HV side earth fault stages, “MV EF_1 DIR ON”, “MV EF_2 DIR ON” and “MV IDMTL EF DIR
ON” for MV side earth fault stages and “LV EF_1 DIR ON”, “LV EF_2 DIR ON” and “LV IDMTL EF
DIR ON” for LV side earth fault stages.
Furthermore, the directional orientation can be set individually for each stage of earth fault elements
in various sides of the protected transformer. This can be performed by control words “HV EF_1 DIR
TO SYS”, “HV EF_2 DIR TO SYS” and “HV IDMTL EF DIR TO SYS” for HV side, “MV EF_1 DIR TO
SYS”, “MV EF_2 DIR TO SYS” and “MV IDMTL EF DIR TO SYS” for MV side, “LV EF_1 DIR TO
SYS”, “LV EF_2 DIR TO SYS” and “LV IDMTL EF DIR TO SYS” for LV side. The possible settings for
these control word comprise “0-toward transformer” and “1-toward system”.
Basically, the direction determination is performed by comparing the zero sequence system
quantities. In the current path, 3I0 current is calculated from the sum of the three phase currents. In
the voltage path, the displacement voltage VN is used as reference voltage, if it is connected.
Otherwise the device calculates the zero sequence voltage 3V0 from the sum of the three phase
voltages. Contrary to the directional phase elements, which work with the un-faulted voltage as
reference voltage, the fault voltage itself is the reference voltage for the directional ground element.
Depending on the connection of the voltage transformer, this is the voltage 3V0 or VN. The
directional element at each side operates with the residual/ neutral voltage of the same side.
In order to satisfy different network conditions and applications, the reference voltage can be rotated
by an adjustable angle. For each side of the protected transformer, the directional angle can be set
independently. The settings include “HV EF Angle SEL”, “MV EF Angle SEL” and “LV EF Angle SEL”,
for HV, MV and LV sides, respectively. It should be noted that the settings affect all the directional
stages of the corresponding earth fault element. Take an example of HV side, the setting “HV EF
Angle SEL” can be set as 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 which means rotation angles of 100°, 110°, 120°, 130°,
140° and 150° are applied to the reference voltage (see Table 5-26). In this way, the vector of the
rotated reference voltage can be closely adjusted to the vector of the fault current in order to provide
the best possible result for the direction determination. The rotated reference voltage defines the
forward and reverse area. The forward area is a range of ±80° around the rotated reference voltage.
If the vector of the fault current is in this area, the device detects forward direction. In the mirrored
area, the device detects reverse direction. In the intermediate area, the direction result is undefined.

84
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

NOTE: The direction mentioned above is based on that the positive polarities of three phases CT.
The voltage used by directional element is calculated by three phase voltage. Details are shown in
Fig.1-1.

Table 5-26 Angle setting “EF Angle SEL”

Angel setting
Rotation angle of reference voltage
“EF Angle SEL”
100 degree
0
(This case is demonstrated in Fig. 5-34)
1 110 degree
2 120 degree
3 130 degree
4 140 degree
5 150 degree

3I 0 3I 0
3U 0 rotated 3U 0 rotated

3U0 3U 0

a) Direction to transformer b) Direction to system

Fig. 5-34 Zero sequence directional element characteristic

During direction decision by directional function, a VT Fail condition (a short circuit or broken wire in
the voltage transformer's secondary system or an operation of the voltage transformer fuse) may
result in false or undesired tripping by directional earth fault elements. In such a situation, it is
possible to select operation status of the directional earth fault protection elements in each side by
using a number of control words to block the earth fault protection elements or keep them in
operational state with no direction decision (block direction decision). The control words are
designated as “Blk HV EF at HV VT FAIL”, “Blk MV EF at MV VT FAIL” and “Blk LV EF at LV VT
FAIL”, for HV, MV and LV sides, respectively. When the control words are set as 0 to select “Direct
OK at VT Fail”, corresponding earth fault protection elements will not judge direction at the local side
VT failure. When they set as 1 to select “Blk EF at VT Fail”, no operation is possible by the earth
fault protection elements. It is noted that the control words affect all the stages of corresponding
earth fault elements at each side. For instance, by applying setting “0-HV Direct OK at HV VT Fail”,
all the three stages of the earth fault element will remain operative without direction determination in
case of any fault in secondary circuit of HV side voltage transformer. On the other hand, setting “1-
Blk HV EF at HV VT Fail” makes them blocked.

85
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

It is possible to block earth fault protection elements in each side of the protected transformer if a CT
fail is detected in the same side. This can be performed by control words “Blk HV EF at HV CT FAIL”,
“Blk MV EF at MV CT FAIL” and “Blk LV EF at LV CT FAIL” in each voltage side. If setting 1 is
applied to these control words, any CT fail detection in a given side of the power transformer would
bring blocking condition to all stages of the earth fault element which is applied in the same side.
The logic for definite and inverse time IDMTL earth fault protection is shown in Fig.5-35.

Fig. 5-35 Tripping logic for definite and inverse IDMTL earth fault protection

5.6.2.2.4 CBF initiation Feature

It is possible to set whether the earth fault protection elements can initiate the integrated CBF
protection or not. The available choices depend on the voltage side of the power transformer at
which earth fault protection is applied. In this context, HV side earth fault protection element always
initiates HV side CBF function with no additional setting. However, it is possible to select whether it
can initiate MV and LV CBF protection functions via control words “Start MV CBF ON” (for
CSC-326(M2)) and “Start LV CBF ON”, respectively.
MV side earth fault protection element always initiates MV side CBF function with no additional
setting. However, it is possible to select whether it can initiate HV side CBF protection function via
control word “Start HV1 CBF ON”.
LV side earth fault protection element always initiates LV side CBF function with no additional
setting. However, it is possible to select whether it can initiate HV side CBF protection function via
control word “Start HV1 CBF ON”.
More detail information about the initiation conditions and related control words can be found in
Section 5.8.

86
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

5.6.2.3. Directional / Non-directional Neutral Overcurrent Protection

5.6.2.3.1. Protection Elements

Each voltage side of the protected transformer is provided with three neutral overcurrent protection
elements from which two elements operate as definite earth fault stages and the other one operates
with inverse time-current characteristic. All the elements can operate in conjunction with the
integrated inrush restraint and directional functions.
Various stages of each element are independent from each other and can be combined as desired.
They can be enabled or disabled in each side using dedicated control words. These control words
include “HV NEU OC_1 ON”, “HV NEU OC_2 ON” and “HV IDMTL NEU OC ON”, for HV side earth
fault protection, “MV NEU OC_1 ON”, “MV NEU OC_2 ON” and “MV IDMTL NEU OC ON”, for MV
side earth fault protection, “LV NEU OC_1 ON”, “LV NEU OC_2 ON” and “LV IDMTL NEU OC ON”,
for LV side earth fault protection. For example by applying setting “1-on” to “HV NEU OC_1 ON”,
respective stage of neutral overcurrent protection would be enabled in HV side.
Individual pickup value for each definite stage can be defined by setting “HV Neutral OC I1” and “HV
Neutral OC I2” for HV side, “MV Neutral OC I1” and “MV Neutral OC I2” for MV side, “LV Neutral OC
I1” and “LV Neutral OC I2” for LV side. By applying these settings, each neutral current (quantity IN)
measured from the installed neutral CT is compared separately with the setting value for each stage.
If the respective value is exceeded, a trip time delay timer is started. The condition for start of the
delay timer is expressed mathematically by (1-44).

I N > I N _ set (1-44)

The timer is set to count up to a user-defined time delay. The time delay can be set for each definite
stage individually through settings “T HV Neutral OC I1” and “T HV Neutral OC I2” for HV side, “T
MV Neutral OC I1” and “T MV Neutral OC I2” for MV side, “T LV Neutral OC I1” and “T LV Neutral
OC I2” for LV side. After the user-defined time delay has been elapsed, a trip signal is issued if the
inrush restraint feature is applied and no inrush current is detected or inrush restraint is disabled.
The neutral overcurrent protection would be blocked and therefore, no tripping takes place if the
inrush restraint feature is enabled and an inrush condition exists. However, an alarm report is issued
nominated as “HV Inrush Blk BU”, “MV Inrush Blk BU” or “LV Inrush Blk BU”, indicating the blocking
condition of neutral overcurrent element caused by inrush condition detection.
Pickup value for the inverse time-current stage can be set by setting “IDMTL HV NOC I0”, “IDMTL
MV NOC I0” and “IDMTL MV NOC I0” for HV, MV and LV sides, respectively. Each neutral current
(quantity IN) measured by installed neutral CT is separately compared with corresponding setting
value. If a current exceeds 1.1 times the setting value, corresponding stage picks up. When an
inverse time-current stage picks up, the tripping time is calculated from the measured quantity IN,
using the selected tripping curve. Maximum tripping time is limited to 100s.
Tripping curves can be selected from IEC or ANSI standard. The provided curves comprise four
types of IEC curves and three types of ANSI curves. The IEC curves include Normal Inverse (NI),
Very Inverse (VI), Extremely Inverse (EI), and Long Inverse (LI). The ANSI curves include
Moderately Inverse (MI), Very Inverse (VI) and Extremely Inverse (EI). Selection among the curves
can be carried out by settings “IDMTL HV Neu CRV SEL”, “IDMTL MV Neu CRV SEL” and “IDMTL
LV Neu CRV SEL” for HV, MV and LV sides, respectively. The possible choices for each setting
word includes curve no. 1, curve no.2,…, curve no. 7. All the curves can be expressed by following
formula:

87
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

⎡ ⎤
⎢ ⎥
⎢ A ⎥
t = M ×⎢ P
+ B⎥ (1-45)
⎢⎡ I ⎤ ⎥
⎢⎢ ⎥ −1 ⎥
⎣⎣IS ⎦ ⎦
Where I is the calculated neutral current;
Is is the current setting;
M is the time multiplier;
A, P and B are the characteristic parameters for IDMTL curves. They have been defined for each
curve in IEC and ANSI standards (see Table 5-20 for more details).
As mentioned previously, selection between the curves can be carried out by settings “IDMTL HV
Neu CRV SEL”, “IDMTL MV Neu CRV SEL” and “IDMTL LV Neu CRV SEL” for HV, MV and LV
sides, respectively. For example by applying “5” to setting “IDMTL HV Neu CRV SEL”, ANSI
moderately inverse characteristic is applied to HV side neutral overcurrent IDMTL stage. By
applying this setting, corresponding parameter values of Table 23 are automatically activated by the
relay. Furthermore, the time multiplier M can be applied by user to coordinate the integrated inverse
time-current characteristic of the device with other relays installed for power system protection. This
can be performed by settings “IDMTL HV NeuTimeMult”, “IDMTL MV NeuTimeMult” and “IDMTL LV
NeuTimeMult” in case of HV, MV and LV neutral overcurrent elements.
By applying pickup current and time multiplier settings, the device determines the tripping time from
the measured neutral current, based on the selected inverse curve. Once the calculated time has
been elapsed, a trip signal is issued provided that no inrush current is detected or inrush restraint is
disabled. If the inrush restraint feature is enabled and an inrush condition exists, the neutral
overcurrent protection would be blocked and therefore no tripping takes place. However, alarm
report of “HV Inrush Blk BU”, “MV Inrush Blk BU” or “LV Inrush Blk BU” is issued, indicating the
blocking condition of neutral overcurrent element caused by inrush condition detection.
The trip signals and corresponding event reports are available separately for each stage. They
include “HV Neu OC_1 Trip”, “HV Neu OC_2 Trip” and “HV Neu OC IDMTL” for HV side, “MV Neu
OC_1 Trip”, “MV Neu OC_2 Trip” and “MV Neu OC IDMTL” for MV side, “LV Neu OC_1 Trip”, “LV
Neu OC_1 Trip” and “LV Neu OC IDMTL” for LV side neutral overcurrent elements.

5.6.2.3.2. Inrush Restraint Feature

The transformer neutral overcurrent protection may detect large magnetizing inrush currents flowing
when transformer is energized. The inrush current may be several times of the nominal current, and
may last from several tens of milliseconds to several seconds.
Inrush current comprises second harmonic as well as a considerable fundamental component. So, it
may affect neutral overcurrent protection which operates based on the fundamental component of
the measured current. Inrush blocking unit in neutral overcurrent function is provided for this
purpose.
It is possible to apply the inrush restraint feature separately to each definite stage and inverse
time-current stage of earth fault element by using control words “HV Neu OC_1 Inrush Detect ON”,
“HV Neu OC_2 Inrush Detect ON” and “H_IDMTL NOC Inrush Detect ON” for HV side, “MV Neu
OC_1 Inrush Detect ON”, “MV Neu OC_2 Inrush Detect ON” and “M_IDMTL NOC Inrush Detect
ON” for MV side, “LV Neu OC_1 Inrush Detect ON”, “LV Neu OC_2 Inrush Detect ON” and
“L_IDMTL NOC Inrush Detect ON” for LV side. By applying setting “1-on” to each of the mentioned
control words, no trip command would be possible by corresponding stage, if an inrush condition is

88
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

detected.
Since the inrush current contains a relatively large second harmonic component which is nearly
absent during a fault current, the inrush restraint operates based on the evaluation of the second
harmonic content which is present in the measured neutral current (quantity IN), or in the phase
currents, based on setting. The inrush condition is recognized if the ratio of second harmonic current
to the fundamental component exceeds the setting value “HV NOC 2HAR RATIO”, “MV NOC 2HAR
RATIO” or “LV NOC 2HAR RATIO” in the measured neutral current. The setting is applicable to both
the definite stages of neutral overcurrent protection element as well as the inverse time-current
stage. As soon as the measured ratio exceeds the set threshold, a restraint is applied to those
stages for which corresponding setting is applied to make them blocked in inrush condition detection
(“HV Neu OC_1 Inrush Detect ON”, “HV Neu OC_2 Inrush Detect ON” and “H_IDMTL NOC Inrush
Detect ON” for HV side, “MV Neu OC_1 Inrush Detect ON”, “MV Neu OC_2 Inrush Detect ON” and
“M_IDMTL NOC Inrush Detect ON” for MV side, “LV Neu OC_1 Inrush Detect ON”, “LV Neu OC_2
Inrush Detect ON” and “L_IDMTL NOC Inrush Detect ON” for LV side).
Furthermore, if the fundamental component of the measured neutral current exceeds the upper limit
value “HV NOC 2HAR BLK Imax”, “MV NOC 2HAR BLK Imax” or “LV NOC 2HAR BLK Imax”, the
inrush restraint will no longer effective in respective side, since a high-current fault is assumed in
this case.

5.6.2.3.3. Direction Determination Feature

The integrated directional function can be applied to each stage of neutral overcurrent elements via
control words. The control words include “HV Neu OC_1 DIR ON”, “HV Neu OC_2 DIR ON” and “HV
IDMTL Neu OC DIR ON” for HV side earth fault stages, “MV Neu OC_1 DIR ON”, “MV Neu OC_2
DIR ON” and “MV IDMTL Neu OC DIR ON” for MV side earth fault stages and “LV Neu OC_1 DIR
ON”, “LV Neu OC_2 DIR ON” and “LV IDMTL Neu OC DIR ON” for LV side earth fault stages.
Furthermore, the directional orientation can be set individually for each stage of neutral overcurrent
elements in various sides of the protected transformer. This can be performed by control words “HV
Neu OC_1 DIR TO SYS”, “HV Neu OC_2 DIR TO SYS” and “HV IDMTL Neu OC DIR TO SYS” for
HV side, “MV Neu OC_1 DIR TO SYS”, “MV Neu OC_2 DIR TO SYS” and “MV IDMTL Neu OC DIR
TO SYS” for MV side, “LV Neu OC_1 DIR TO SYS”, “LV Neu OC_2 DIR TO SYS” and “LV IDMTL
Neu OC DIR TO SYS” for LV side. The possible settings for these control word comprise “0-toward
transformer” and “1-toward system”.
Basically, the direction determination is performed by comparing the zero sequence system
quantities. In the current path, 3I0 current is measured from the neutral CT installed at the
transformer starpoint. In the voltage path, the displacement voltage VN is used as reference voltage,
if it is connected. Otherwise the device calculates the zero sequence voltage 3V0 from the sum of
the three phase voltages. Contrary to the directional phase elements, which work with the un-faulted
voltage as reference voltage, in this application, the fault voltage itself is the reference voltage.
Depending on the connection of the voltage transformer, this is the voltage 3V0 or VN. The
directional element at each side operates with the residual/ neutral voltage of the same side.
In order to satisfy different network conditions and applications, the reference voltage can be rotated
by an adjustable angle. For each side of the protected transformer, the directional angle can be set
independently. The settings include “HV NOC Angle SEL”, “MV NOC Angle SEL” and “LV NOC
Angle SEL”, for HV, MV and LV sides, respectively. It should be noted that the settings affect all the
directional stages of the corresponding neutral overcurrent element. Take an example of HV side,
the setting “HV NOC Angle SEL” can be set as 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 which means rotation angles of
100°, 110°, 120°, 130°, 140° and 150° are applied to the reference voltage (see Table 5-27). In this
way, the vector of the rotated reference voltage can be closely adjusted to the vector of the fault

89
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

current in order to provide the best possible result for the direction determination. The rotated
reference voltage defines the forward and reverse area. The forward area is a range of ±80° around
the rotated reference voltage. If the vector of the fault current is in this area, the device detects
forward direction. In the mirrored area, the device detects reverse direction. In the intermediate area,
the direction result is undefined.

NOTE: The direction mentioned above is based on that the positive polarities of three phases CT.
The voltage used by directional element is calculated by three phase voltage. Details are shown in
Fig.1-1.

Table 5-27 Angle setting “NOC Angle SEL”

Angel setting
Rotation angle of reference voltage
“NOC Angle SEL”
100 degree
0
(This case is demonstrated in Fig. 5-36)
1 110 degree
2 120 degree
3 130 degree
4 140 degree
5 150 degree

3I 0 3I 0
3U 0 rotated 3U 0 rotated

3U0 3U 0

a) Direction to transformer b) Direction to system

Fig. 5-36 Neutral directional element characteristic

During direction decision by directional function, a VT Fail condition (a short circuit or broken wire in
the voltage transformer's secondary system or an operation of the voltage transformer fuse) may
result in false or undesired tripping by directional neutral overcurrent elements. In such a situation, it
is possible to select operation status of the directional neutral overcurrent protection elements in
each side by using a number of control words to block the neutral overcurrent protection elements or
keep them in operational state with no direction decision (block direction decision). The control
words are designated as “Blk HV NOC at HV VT FAIL”, “Blk MV NOC at MV VT FAIL” and “Blk LV
NOC at LV VT FAIL”, for HV, MV and LV sides, respectively. When the control words are set as 0 to
select “Direct OK at VT Fail”, corresponding neutral overcurrent protection elements will not judge
direction at the local side VT failure. When they set as 1 to select “Blk NEU OC at VT Fail”, no
operation is possible by the neutral overcurrent protection elements. It is noted that the control

90
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

words affect all the stages of corresponding neutral overcurrent elements at each side. For instance,
by applying setting “0-HV Direct OK at HV VT Fail”, all the three stages of the neutral overcurrent
element will remain operative without direction determination in case of any fault in secondary circuit
of HV side voltage transformer. On the other hand, setting “1- Blk HV EF at HV VT Fail” makes them
blocked.
The logic for definite and inverse time IDMTL neutral overcurrent protection is shown in Fig.5-37.

Fig. 5-37 Tripping logic for definite and inverse IDMTL neutral overcurrent protection

5.6.2.3.4. CBF initiation Feature

It is possible to set whether the neutral overcurrent protection elements can initiate the integrated
CBF protection or not. The available choices depend on the voltage side of the power transformer at
which neutral overcurrent protection is applied. In this context, HV side neutral overcurrent
protection element always initiates HV side CBF function with no additional setting. However, it is
possible to select whether it can initiate MV and LV CBF protection functions via control words “Start
MV CBF ON” (for CSC-326(M2)) and “Start LV CBF ON”, respectively.
MV side neutral overcurrent protection element always initiates MV side CBF function with no
additional setting. However, it is possible to select whether it can initiate HV side CBF protection
function via control word “Start HV1 CBF ON”.
LV side neutral overcurrent protection element always initiates LV side CBF function with no
additional setting. However, it is possible to select whether it can initiate HV side CBF protection
function via control word “Start HV1 CBF ON”.

91
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

More detail information about the initiation conditions and related control words can be found in
Section 5.8.

5.6.3. Settings and Control Words of definite and IDMTL overcurrent, earth
fault and neutral overcurrent protection

Table 5-28 Settings of definite and IDMTL overcurrent protection

Setting Default
No Setting Title setting
Comment
options
HV overcurrent (O/C) current setting for
1. HV OC I1 0.08A.. 20*In 5
Stage 1
2. T HV OC I1 0...60s 60 Time setting for HV OC, Stage 1
HV overcurrent (O/C) current setting for
3. HV OC I2 0.08A.. 20*In 5
Stage 2
4. T HV OC I2 0...60s 60 Time setting for HV OC, Stage 2
IDMTL HV OC
5. 0.025..2 1
TimeMult
IDMTL HV OC Ref to IEC and ANSI Curves
6. 1.. 11 7
CRV SEL
7. IDMTL HV OC I 0.08A.. 20*In 5
HV OC 2HAR Inrush 2nd harmonic ratio setting for
8. 0.07..0.5 0.07
RATIO blocking HV O/C protection
HV OC 2HAR Inrush 2nd harmonic cross-block time for
9. 0...32 20
BLK T HV O/C protection
The maximum 1st -harmonic current
HV OC 2HAR
10. 0.05... 100A 5 setting to remove the inrush block, in
BLK Imax
HV O/C protection
HV OC Angle The angle setting for voltage ahead of
11. 0…4 3
SEL current.
MV overcurrent (O/C) current setting for
12. MV OC I1 0.08A.. 20*In 5
Stage 1
13. T MV OC I1 0...60s 60 Time setting for MV OC, Stage 1
MV overcurrent (O/C) current setting for
14. MV OC I2 0.08A.. 20*In 5
Stage 2
15. T MV OC I2 0...60s 60 Time setting for MV OC, Stage 2
IDMTL MV OC
16. 0.025..2 1
TimeMult
IDMTL MV OC Ref to IEC and ANSI Curves
17. 1.. 7 7
CRV SEL
18. IDMTL MV OC I 0.08A.. 20*In 5
MV OC 2HAR Inrush 2nd harmonic ratio setting for
19. 0.07..0.5 0.07
RATIO blocking MV O/C protection
MV OC 2HAR Inrush 2nd harmonic cross-block time for
20. 0...32 20
BLK T MV O/C protection
The maximum 1st -harmonic current
MV OC 2HAR
21. 0.05... 100A 5 setting to remove the inrush block, in
BLK Imax
MV O/C protection

92
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

MV OC Angle The angle setting for voltage ahead of

22. 0…4 3
SEL current.
LV overcurrent (O/C) current setting for
23. LV OC I1 0.08A.. 20*In 5
Stage 1
24. T LV OC I1 0...60s 60 Time setting for LV OC, Stage 1
LV overcurrent (O/C) current setting for
25. LV OC I2 0.08A.. 20*In 5
Stage 2
26. T LV OC I2 0...60s 60 Time setting for LV OC, Stage 2
IDMTL LV OC
27. 0.025..2 1
TimeMult
IDMTL LV OC Ref to IEC and ANSI Curves
28. 1.. 7 7
CRV SEL
29. IDMTL LV OC I 0.08A.. 20*In 5
LV OC 2HAR Inrush 2nd harmonic ratio setting for
30. 0.07..0.5 0.07
RATIO blocking LV O/C protection
LV OC 2HAR BLK Inrush 2nd harmonic cross-block time for
31. 0...32 20
T LV O/C protection
The maximum 1st -harmonic current
LV OC 2HAR BLK
32. 0.05... 100A 5 setting to remove the inrush block, in LV
Imax
O/C protection
The angle setting for voltage ahead of
33. LV OC Angle SEL 0…4 3
current.

Table 5-29 Control Words of definite and IDMTL overcurrent protection

Setting Default
No Setting Title Comment
options setting
The 1st stage of HV OC (OC_1) protection
1. HV OC_1 ON 1/0 0 is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of HV OC Stage 1
2. HV OC_1 DIR ON 1/0 0 is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of HV OC Stage 1 points to
HV OC_1 DIR TO system
3. 1/0 0
SYS 0 - point to the protected transformer
1- point to system
Inrush 2nd harmonic detection HV OC Stage
HV OC_1 Inrush
4. 1/0 0 1 is switched ON
Detect ON
1-on; 0-off.
The 2nd stage of HV OC (OC_2) protection
5. HV OC_2 ON 1/0 0 is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of HV OC Stage 2
6. HV OC_2 DIR ON 1/0 0 is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of HV OC Stage 2 points to
HV OC_2 DIR TO system
7. 1/0 0
SYS 0 - point to the protected transformer
1- point to system

93
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

Inrush 2nd harmonic detection HV OC Stage

HV OC_2 Inrush
8. 1/0 0 2 is switched ON
Detect ON
1-on; 0-off.
The IDMTL inverse time stage of HV OC
9. HV IDMTL OC ON 1/0 0 protection is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of HV OC IDMTL
HV IDMTL OC DIR
10. 1/0 0 inverse time is switched ON
ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of HV OC IDMTL inverse time
HV IDMTL OC DIR points to system
11. 1/0 0
TO SYS 0 - point to the protected transformer
1- point to system
Inrush 2nd harmonic detection HV OC
H_IDMTL OC
12. 1/0 0 IDMTL inverse time is switched ON
Inrush Detect ON
1-on; 0-off.
Select to block HV OC protection or exit
Blk HV OC at 1/0 0 direction unit, when HV VT fails
13.
H_VT FAIL 0- HV Direct OK at HV VT Fail
1- Blk HV OC at HV VT Fail
HV OC protection initiate LV side CBF
14. Start LV CBF ON 1/0 0
0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate
Start MV CBF ON HV OC protection initiate MV side CBF
15. 1/0 0
(for CSC-326(M2)) 0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate
The 1st stage of MV OC (OC_1) protection
16. MV OC_1 ON 1/0 0 is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of MV OC Stage 1
17. MV OC_1 DIR ON 1/0 0 is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of MV OC Stage 1 points to
MV OC_1 DIR TO system
18. 1/0 0
SYS 0 - point to the protected transformer
1- point to system
Inrush 2nd harmonic detection MV OC
MV OC_1 Inrush
19. 1/0 0 Stage 1 is switched ON
Detect ON
1-on; 0-off.
The 2nd stage of MV OC (OC_2) protection
20. MV OC_2 ON 1/0 0 is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of MV OC Stage 2
21. MV OC_2 DIR ON 1/0 0 is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of MV OC Stage 2 points to
MV OC_2 DIR TO system
22. 1/0 0
SYS 0 - point to the protected transformer
1- point to system
Inrush 2nd harmonic detection MV OC
MV OC_2 Inrush
23. 1/0 0 Stage 2 is switched ON
Detect ON
1-on; 0-off.

94
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

The IDMTL inverse time stage of MV OC

24. MV IDMTL OC ON 1/0 0 protection is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of MV OC IDMTL
MV IDMTL OC
25. 1/0 0 inverse time is switched ON
DIR ON
1-on; 0-off.

Direction unit of MV OC IDMTL inverse time

MV IDMTL OC points to system
26. 1/0 0
DIR TO SYS 0 - point to the protected transformer
1- point to system
Inrush 2nd harmonic detection MV OC
M_IDMTL OC
27. 1/0 0 IDMTL inverse time is switched ON
Inrush Detect ON
1-on; 0-off.
Select to block MV OC protection or exit
Blk MV OC at 1/0 0 direction unit, when MV VT fails
28.
M_VT FAIL 0- MV Direct OK at MV VT Fail
1- Blk MV OC at MV VT Fail
MV OC protection initiate HV1 side CBF
29. Start HV1 CBF ON 1/0 0
0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate
The 1st stage of LV OC (OC_1) protection is
30. LV OC_1 ON 1/0 0 switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of LV OC Stage 1
31. LV OC_1 DIR ON 1/0 0 is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of LV OC Stage 1 points to
LV OC_1 DIR TO system
32. 1/0 0
SYS 0 - point to the protected transformer
1- point to system
Inrush 2nd harmonic detection LV OC Stage
LV OC_1 Inrush
33. 1/0 0 1 is switched ON
Detect ON
1-on; 0-off.
The 2nd stage of LV OC (OC_2) protection
34. LV OC_2 ON 1/0 0 is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of LV OC Stage 2
35. LV OC_2 DIR ON 1/0 0 is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of LV OC Stage 2 points to
LV OC_2 DIR TO system
36. 1/0 0
SYS 0 - point to the protected transformer
1- point to system
Inrush 2nd harmonic detection LV OC Stage
LV OC_2 Inrush
37. 1/0 0 2 is switched ON
Detect ON
1-on; 0-off.
The IDMTL inverse time stage of LV OC
38. LV IDMTL OC ON 1/0 0 protection is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
39. LV IDMTL OC DIR 1/0 0 Direction (DIR) detection of LV OC IDMTL

95
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

ON inverse time is switched ON

1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of LV OC IDMTL inverse time
LV IDMTL OC DIR points to system
40. 1/0 0
TO SYS 0 - point to the protected transformer
1- point to system
Inrush 2nd harmonic detection LV OC
L_IDMTL OC
41. 1/0 0 IDMTL inverse time is switched ON
Inrush Detect ON
1-on; 0-off.
Select to block LV OC protection or exit
Blk LV OC at L_VT 1/0 0 direction unit, when LV VT fails
42.
FAIL 0- LV Direct OK at LV VT Fail
1- Blk LV OC at LV VT Fail
LV OC protection initiate HV1 side CBF
43. Start HV1 CBF ON 1/0 0
0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate

Table 5-30 Settings of definite and IDMTL earth fault protection

Setting Default
No Setting Title Comment
options setting
HV earth fault (E/F) protection current
1. HV EF I01 0.08A.. 20*In 5
setting for Stage 1
2. T HV EF I01 0...60s 60 Time setting for HV E/F, Stage 1
HV earth fault (E/F) current setting for
3. HV EF I02 0.08A.. 20*In 5
Stage 2
4. T HV EF I02 0...60s 60 Time setting for HV E/F, Stage 2
IDMTL HV EF
5. 0.025..2 1
TimeMult
IDMTL HV EF
6. 1.. 7 7 Ref to IEC and ANSI Curves
CRV SEL
IDMTL HV EF
7. 0.08A.. 20*In 5
I0
HV EF 2HAR Inrush 2nd harmonic ratio setting for
8. 0.07..0.5 0.07
RATIO blocking HV E/F protection
The maximum 1st -harmonic current setting
HV EF 2HAR
9. 0.05... 100A 5 to remove the inrush block, in HV E/F
BLK Imax
protection
HV EF Angle The angle setting for voltage ahead of
10. 0…5 0
SEL current.
MV earth fault (E/F) protection current
11. MV EF I01 0.08A.. 20*In 5
setting for Stage 1
12. T MV EF I01 0...60s 60 Time setting for MV E/F, Stage 1
MV earth fault (E/F) current setting for
13. MV EF I02 0.08A.. 20*In 5
Stage 2
14. T MV EF I02 0...60s 60 Time setting for MV E/F, Stage 2
IDMTL MV EF Ref to IEC and ANSI Curves
15. 0.025..2 1
TimeMult
IDMTL MV EF
16. 1.. 7 7
CRV SEL

96
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

IDMTL MV EF
17. 0.08A.. 20*In 5
I0
MV EF 2HAR Inrush 2nd harmonic ratio setting for
18. 0.07..0.5 0.07
RATIO blocking MV E/F protection
The maximum 1st -harmonic current setting
MV EF 2HAR
19. 0.05... 100A 5 to remove the inrush block, in MV E/F
BLK Imax
protection
MV EF Angle The angle setting for voltage ahead of
20. 0…5 0
SEL current.
LV earth fault (E/F) protection current
21. LV EF I01 0.08A.. 20*In 5
setting for Stage 1
22. T LV EF I01 0...60s 60 Time setting for LV E/F, Stage 1
LV earth fault (E/F) current setting for
23. LV EF I02 0.08A.. 20*In 5
Stage 2
24. T LV EF I02 0...60s 60 Time setting for LV E/F, Stage 2
IDMTL LV EF
25. 0.025..2 1
TimeMult
IDMTL LV EF Ref to IEC and ANSI Curves
26. 1.. 7 7
CRV SEL
27. IDMTL LV EF I0 0.08A.. 20*In 5
LV EF 2HAR Inrush 2nd harmonic ratio setting for
28. 0.07..0.5 0.07
RATIO blocking LV E/F protection
The maximum 1st -harmonic current setting
LV EF 2HAR
29. 0.05... 100A 5 to remove the inrush block, in LV E/F
BLK Imax
protection
LV EF Angle The angle setting for voltage ahead of
30. 0…5 0
SEL current.

Table 5-31 Settings of definite and IDMTL earth fault protection

Setting Default
No Setting Title Comment
options setting
The 1st stage of HV earth fault (EF_1)
1. HV EF_1 ON 1/0 0 protection is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of HV EF Stage
2. HV EF_1 DIR ON 1/0 0 1 is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of HV EF Stage 1 points to
HV EF_1 DIR TO system
3. 1/0 0
SYS 0 - point to the protected transformer
1- point to system
Inrush 2nd harmonic detection HV EF
HV EF_1 Inrush
4. 1/0 0 Stage 1 is switched ON
Detect ON
1-on; 0-off.
The 2nd stage of HV earth fault (EF_2)
5. HV EF_2 ON 1/0 0 protection is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of HV EF Stage
6. HV EF_2 DIR ON 1/0 0
2 is switched ON

97
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of HV EF Stage 2 points to
HV EF_2 DIR TO system
7. 1/0 0
SYS 0 - point to the protected transformer
1- point to system
Inrush 2nd harmonic detection HV EF
HV EF_2 Inrush
8. 1/0 0 Stage 2 is switched ON
Detect ON
1-on; 0-off.
The IDMTL inverse time stage of HV EF
9. HV IDMTL EF ON 1/0 0 protection is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of HV EF IDMTL
HV IDMTL EF DIR
10. 1/0 0 inverse time is switched ON
ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of HV EF IDMTL inverse
HV IDMTL EF DIR time points to system
11. 1/0 0
TO SYS 0 - point to the protected transformer
1- point to system
Inrush 2nd harmonic detection HV EF
H_IDMTL EF Inrush
12. 1/0 0 IDMTL inverse time is switched ON
Detect ON
1-on; 0-off.
Select to block HV EF protection or exit
Blk HV EF at HV VT 1/0 0 direction unit, when HV VT fails
13.
FAIL 0 - HV Direct OK at HV VT Fail
1 - Blk HV EF at HV VT Fail
Blk HV EF at HV CT Block HV EF when there is HV CT failure
14. 1/0 0
FAIL 1-Block; 0-NOT block
HV EF protection initiate LV side CBF
15. Start LV CBF ON 1/0 0
0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate

Start MV CBF ON HV EF protection initiate MV side CBF

16. 1/0 0
(for CSC-326(M2)) 0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate

The 1st stage of MV earth fault (EF_1)

17. MV EF_1 ON 1/0 0 protection is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of MV EF Stage
18. MV EF_1 DIR ON 1/0 0 1 is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of MV EF Stage 1 points to
MV EF_1 DIR TO system
19. 1/0 0
SYS 0 - point to the protected transformer
1- point to system
Inrush 2nd harmonic detection MV EF
MV EF_1 Inrush
20. 1/0 0 Stage 1 is switched ON
Detect ON
1-on; 0-off.

The 2nd stage of MV earth fault (EF_2)

21. MV EF_2 ON 1/0 0 protection is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.

98
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

Direction (DIR) detection of MV EF Stage

22. MV EF_2 DIR ON 1/0 0 2 is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of MV EF Stage 2 points to
MV EF_2 DIR TO system
23. 1/0 0
SYS 0 - point to the protected transformer
1- point to system
Inrush 2nd harmonic detection MV EF
MV EF_2 Inrush
24. 1/0 0 Stage 2 is switched ON
Detect ON
1-on; 0-off.

The IDMTL inverse time stage of MV EF

25. MV IDMTL EF ON 1/0 0 protection is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.

Direction (DIR) detection of MV EF IDMTL

MV IDMTL EF DIR
26. 1/0 0 inverse time is switched ON
ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of MV EF IDMTL inverse
MV IDMTL EF DIR time points to system
27. 1/0 0
TO SYS 0 - point to the protected transformer
1- point to system
Inrush 2nd harmonic detection MV EF
M_IDMTL EF Inrush
28. 1/0 0 IDMTL inverse time is switched ON
Detect ON
1-on; 0-off.
Select to block MV EF protection or exit
Blk MV EF at MV VT 1/0 0 direction unit, when MV VT fails
29.
FAIL 0 - MV Direct OK at MV VT Fail
1 - Blk MV EF at MV VT Fail
Blk MV EF at MV CT Block MV EF when there is MV CT failure
30. 1/0 0
FAIL 1-Block; 0-NOT block

MV EF protection initiate HV1 side CBF

31. Start HV1 CBF ON 1/0 0
0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate
The 1st stage of LV earth fault (EF_1)
32. LV EF_1 ON 1/0 0 protection is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of LV EF Stage 1
33. LV EF_1 DIR ON 1/0 0 is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of LV EF Stage 1 points to
LV EF_1 DIR TO system
34. 1/0 0
SYS 0 - point to the protected transformer
1- point to system
Inrush 2nd harmonic detection LV EF
LV EF_1 Inrush
35. 1/0 0 Stage 1 is switched ON
Detect ON
1-on; 0-off.

99
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

The 2nd stage of LV earth fault (EF_2)

36. LV EF_2 ON 1/0 0 protection is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of LV EF Stage 2
37. LV EF_2 DIR ON 1/0 0 is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of LV EF Stage 2 points to
LV EF_2 DIR TO system
38. 1/0 0
SYS 0 - point to the protected transformer
1- point to system
Inrush 2nd harmonic detection LV EF
LV EF_2 Inrush
39. 1/0 0 Stage 2 is switched ON
Detect ON
1-on; 0-off.
The IDMTL inverse time stage of LV EF
40. LV IDMTL EF ON 1/0 0 protection is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of LV EF IDMTL
LV IDMTL EF DIR
41. 1/0 0 inverse time is switched ON
ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of LV EF IDMTL inverse time
LV IDMTL EF DIR points to system
42. 1/0 0
TO SYS 0 - point to the protected transformer
1- point to system
Inrush 2nd harmonic detection LV EF
L_IDMTL EF Inrush
43. 1/0 0 IDMTL inverse time is switched ON
Detect ON
1-on; 0-off.
Select to block LV EF protection or exit
Blk LV EF at LV VT 1/0 0 direction unit, when LV VT fails
44.
FAIL 0 - LV Direct OK at LV VT Fail
1 - Blk LV EF at LV VT Fail
Blk LV EF at MV CT Block LV EF when there is LV CT failure
45. 1/0 0
FAIL 1-Block; 0-NOT block
LV EF protection initiate HV1 side CBF
46. Start HV1 CBF ON 1/0 0
0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate

Table 5-32 Settings of definite and IDMTL neutral overcurrent protection

Setting Default
No Setting Title Comment
options setting
HV Neutral OC HV neutral over-current (NOC) protection
1. 0.08A.. 20*In 5
I1 current setting for Stage 1
T HV Neutral OC
2. 0...60s 60 Time setting for HV NOC, Stage 1
I1
HV Neutral OC HV neutral over-current (NOC) protection
3. 0.08A.. 20*In 5
I2 current setting for Stage 2

T HV Neutral OC
4. 0...60s 60 Time setting for HV NOC, Stage 1
I2

100
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

IDMTL HV
5. 0.025..2 1
NeuTimeMult
IDMTL HV Neu Ref to IEC and ANSI Curves
6. 1.. 7 7
CRV SEL
IDMTL HV NOC
7. 0.08A.. 20*In 5
I0
HV NOC 2HAR Inrush 2nd harmonic ratio setting for
8. 0.07..0.5 0.07
RATIO blocking HV NOC protection
The maximum 1st -harmonic current
HV NOC 2HAR
9. 0.05... 100A 5 setting to remove the inrush block, in HV
BLK Imax
NOC protection
HV NOC Angle The angle setting for voltage ahead of
10. 0…5 0
SEL current.
MV neutral over-current (NOC) protection
11. MV Neutral OC I1 0.08A.. 20*In 5
current setting for Stage 1
T MV Neutral OC
12. 0...60s 60 Time setting for MV NOC, Stage 1
I1

MV neutral over-current (NOC) protection

13. MV Neutral OC I2 0.08A.. 20*In 5
current setting for Stage 2
T MV Neutral OC
14. 0...60s 60 Time setting for MV NOC, Stage 1
I2
IDMTL MV
15. 0.025..2 1
NeuTimeMult
IDMTL MV Neu
16. 1.. 7 7 Ref to IEC and ANSI Curves
CRV SEL
IDMTL MV NOC
17. 0.08A.. 20*In 5
I0
MV NOC 2HAR Inrush 2nd harmonic ratio setting for
18. 0.07..0.5 0.07
RATIO blocking MV NOC protection
The maximum 1st -harmonic current
MV NOC 2HAR
19. 0.05... 100A 5 setting to remove the inrush block, in MV
BLK Imax
NOC protection
MV NOC Angle The angle setting for voltage ahead of
20. 0…5 0
SEL current.
LV neutral over-current (NOC) protection
21. LV Neutral OC I1 0.08A.. 20*In 5
current setting for Stage 1
T LV Neutral OC
22. 0...60s 60 Time setting for LV NOC, Stage 1
I1
LV neutral over-current (NOC) protection
23. LV Neutral OC I2 0.08A.. 20*In 5
current setting for Stage 2
T LV Neutral OC
24. 0...60s 60 Time setting for LV NOC, Stage 1
I2

IDMTL LV Ref to IEC and ANSI Curves

25. 0.025..2 1
NeuTimeMult

IDMTL LV Neu
26. 1.. 7 7
CRV SEL

101
 CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

IDMTL LV NOC
27. 0.08A.. 20*In 5
I0
LV NOC 2HAR Inrush 2nd harmonic ratio setting for
28. 0.07..0.5 0.07
RATIO blocking LV NOC protection

The maximum 1st -harmonic current

LV NOC 2HAR
29. 0.05... 100A 5 setting to remove the inrush block, in LV
BLK Imax
NOC protection

LV NOC Angle The angle setting for voltage ahead of

30. 0…5 0
SEL current.

Table 5-33 Control words of definite and IDMTL neutral overcurrent protection
Setting Default
No Setting Title Comment
options setting
The 1st stage of HV neutral OC (OC_1)
1. HV NEU OC_1 ON 1/0 0 protection is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of HV neutral OC
2. HV NEU OC_1 DIR ON 1/0 0 Stage 1 is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of HV neutral OC Stage 1
HV NEU OC_1 DIR TO points to system
3. 1/0 0
SYS 0 - point to the protected transformer
1- point to system
Inrush 2nd harmonic detection HV neutral
HV NEU OC_1 Inrush
4. 1/0 0 OC Stage 1 is switched ON
Detect ON
1-on; 0-off.
The 2nd stage of HV neutral OC (OC_2)
5. HV NEU OC_2 ON 1/0 0 protection is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of HV neutral OC
6. HV NEU OC_2 DIR ON 1/0 0 Stage 2 is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of HV neutral OC Stage 2
HV NEU OC_2 DIR TO points to system
7. 1/0 0
SYS 0 - point to the protected transformer
1- point to system
Inrush 2nd harmonic detection HV neutral
HV NEU OC_2 Inrush
8. 1/0 0 OC Stage 2 is switched ON
Detect ON
1-on; 0-off.
The IDMTL inverse time stage of HV
9. HV IDMTL NEU OC ON 1/0 0 neutral OC protection is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of HV neutral OC
HV IDMTL NEU OC DIR
10. 1/0 0 IDMTL inverse time stage is switched ON
ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of HV neutral OC IDMTL
HV IDMTL NEU OC DIR
11. 1/0 0 inverse time stage points to system
TO SYS
0 - point to the protected transformer

102
 CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

1- point to system
Inrush 2nd harmonic detection HV neutral
H_IDMTL NOC Inrush OC IDMTL inverse time stage is switched
12. 1/0 0
Detect ON ON
1-on; 0-off.
Select to block HV neutral OC protection or
Blk HV NEU OC at HV VT 1/0 0 exit direction unit, when HV VT fails
13.
FAIL 0 - HV Direct OK at HV VT Fail
1 - Blk HV NOC at HV VT Fail
HV neutral OC protection initiate LV side
14. Start LV CBF ON 1/0 0 CBF
0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate
HV neutral OC protection initiate MV side
Start MV CBF ON
15. 1/0 0 CBF
(for CSC-326(M2))
0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate
The 1st stage of MV neutral OC (OC_1)
16. MV NEU OC_1 ON 1/0 0 protection is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of MV neutral OC
17. MV NEU OC_1 DIR ON 1/0 0 Stage 1 is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of MV neutral OC Stage 1
MV NEU OC_1 DIR TO points to system
18. 1/0 0
SYS 0 - point to the protected transformer
1- point to system
Inrush 2nd harmonic detection MV neutral
MV NEU OC_1 Inrush
19. 1/0 0 OC Stage 1 is switched ON
Detect ON
1-on; 0-off.
The 2nd stage of MV neutral OC (OC_2)
20. MV NEU OC_2 ON 1/0 0 protection is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of MV neutral OC
21. MV NEU OC_2 DIR ON 1/0 0 Stage 2 is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of MV neutral OC Stage 2
MV NEU OC_2 DIR TO points to system
22. 1/0 0
SYS 0 - point to the protected transformer
1- point to system
Inrush 2nd harmonic detection MV neutral
MV NEU OC_2 Inrush
23. 1/0 0 OC Stage 2 is switched ON
Detect ON
1-on; 0-off.
The IDMTL inverse time stage of MV
24. MV IDMTL NEU OC ON 1/0 0 neutral OC protection is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of MV neutral OC
MV IDMTL NEU OC DIR
25. 1/0 0 IDMTL inverse time stage is switched ON
ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of MV neutral OC IDMTL
MV IDMTL NEU OC DIR inverse time stage points to system
26. 1/0 0
TO SYS 0 - point to the protected transformer
1- point to system

103
 CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

Inrush 2nd harmonic detection MV neutral

M_IDMTL NOC Inrush OC IDMTL inverse time stage is switched
27. 1/0 0
Detect ON ON
1-on; 0-off.
Select to block MV neutral OC protection or
Blk MV NEU OC at MV 1/0 0 exit direction unit, when MV VT fails
28.
VT FAIL 0 - MV Direct OK at MV VT Fail
1 - Blk MV NOC at MV VT Fail
MV neutral OC protection initiate HV1 side
29. Start HV1 CBF ON 1/0 0 CBF
0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate
The 1st stage of LV neutral OC (OC_1)
30. LV NEU OC_1 ON 1/0 0 protection is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of LV neutral OC
31. LV NEU OC_1 DIR ON 1/0 0 Stage 1 is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of LV neutral OC Stage 1
LV NEU OC_1 DIR TO points to system
32. 1/0 0
SYS 0 - point to the protected transformer
1- point to system
Inrush 2nd harmonic detection LV neutral
LV NEU OC_1 Inrush
33. 1/0 0 OC Stage 1 is switched ON
Detect ON
1-on; 0-off.
The 2nd stage of LV neutral OC (OC_2)
34. LV NEU OC_2 ON 1/0 0 protection is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of LV neutral OC
35. LV NEU OC_2 DIR ON 1/0 0 Stage 2 is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of LV neutral OC Stage 2
LV NEU OC_2 DIR TO points to system
36. 1/0 0
SYS 0 - point to the protected transformer
1- point to system
Inrush 2nd harmonic detection LV neutral
LV NEU OC_2 Inrush
37. 1/0 0 OC Stage 2 is switched ON
Detect ON
1-on; 0-off.
The IDMTL inverse time stage of LV neutral
38. LV IDMTL NEU OC ON 1/0 0 OC protection is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of LV neutral OC
LV IDMTL NEU OC DIR
39. 1/0 0 IDMTL inverse time stage is switched ON
ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of LV neutral OC IDMTL
LV IDMTL NEU OC DIR inverse time stage points to system
40. 1/0 0
TO SYS 0 - point to the protected transformer
1- point to system
Inrush 2nd harmonic detection LV neutral
L_IDMTL NOC Inrush OC IDMTL inverse time stage is switched
41. 1/0 0
Detect ON ON
1-on; 0-off.

104
 CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

Select to block LV neutral OC protection or

Blk LV NEU OC at LV VT 1/0 0 exit direction unit, when LV VT fails
42.
FAIL 0 - LV Direct OK at LV VT Fail
1 - Blk LV NOC at LV VT Fail
LV neutral OC protection initiate HV1 side
43. Start HV1 CBF ON 1/0 0 CBF
0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate

105
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

5.7. Thermal overload protection function (ANSI-49)

5.7.1. Introduction
The insulating material surrounding the transformer windings ages rapidly if the temperature
exceeds the design limit value. Furthermore, by using less and less metal per MVA of transformed
power, the designed limit value is reduced in modern power transformers. Hence, it represents an
essential requirement to provide thermal protection to supplement the winding temperature device.
The thermal overload protection estimates winding temperature and therefore prevents damage to
transformer caused by thermal overloading.

5.7.2. Function Description

The thermal overload protection includes two stages (alarm and trip). They work by using an
approximate replica of the temperature rise in the protected object caused by overload. The thermal
replica is implemented based on thermal models (Cold / Hot Curve) of IEC60255-8 Std., without
ambient temperature influence.
Both of the alarm and trip stages can be enabled or disabled by using control word “HV THERM
OVLD ON”, “MV THERM OVLD ON” or “LV THERM OVLD ON”. The thermal overload protection
can be assigned to any desired side (HV, MV or LV) of the protected object. However, for
transformers with tap changer, it is recommended to use the function on the non-regulated side. To
enable the protection on each side, setting of “1-on” should be applied to corresponding control
word.
Both of the thermal overload stages can use cold curve or hot curve in their calculations, based on
the setting applied at control word “HV Curve/Hot Curve”, “MV Curve/Hot Curve” or “LV Curve/Hot
Curve”. If the protection is enabled in one side, and the measured current in each phase of the
protected transformer in corresponding side exceeds the threshold defined by setting “HV THERM
OVLD ALM I”, “MV THERM OVLD ALM I” or “LV THERM OVLD ALM I”, a counter is incremented
from 0% to 100%. When the counter is accumulated to its alarm setting which correspond to the
expiration of alarm time delay according to the selected cold/hot characteristic, the alarm report “HV
Load Alarm”, “MV Load Alarm” or “LV Load Alarm” is given to allow a preventive load reduction. The
alarm signal is cancelled as soon as the measured phase current falls below the threshold defined
by setting “HV THERM OVLD ALM I”, “MV THERM OVLD ALM I” or “LV THERM OVLD ALM I”.
However, the counter is decremented to zero according to cool down time of the transformer (the
time by which the thermal replica counter reaches from 100% to 0%). The cool down time is
informed to the device by setting “HV Cool down Time”, “MV Cool down Time” and “LV Cool down
Time”.
Similarly, if the measured current in each phase of the protected transformer in corresponding side
exceeds the threshold defined by setting “HV THERM OVLD TRIP I”, “MV THERM OVLD TRIP I” or
“LV THERM OVLD TRIP I”, a counter is incremented from 0% to 100%. If the counter reaches to
100% corresponding to expiration of trip time delay according to the selected cold/hot characteristic,
the event report “HV THERM Trip”, “MV THERM Trip” or “LV THERM Trip” is given. The alarm signal
is cancelled as soon as the measured phase current falls below the threshold defined by setting “HV
THERM OVLD TRIP I”, “MV THERM OVLD TRIP I” or “LV THERM OVLD TRIP I”. However, the
counter is decremented to zero according to cool down time of the transformer which is entered into

106
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

the device by setting “HV Cool down Time”, “MV Cool down Time” and “LV Cool down Time”.
The cold and hot curves used in each thermal overload stages, is based on thermal curves defined
in IEC 60255-8 Std.
The curves provide an operating current/time characteristic that corresponds to the current overload
characteristic of the transformer windings. The formulas corresponding to cold and hot curve is
denoted by (1-46) and (1-47), respectively. The cold curve provides no memory regarding to
previous thermal condition of the transformer, whereas, by using the hot curve, the protection
function is able to represent a memorized thermal profile of the protected transformer.
⎧⎪ I ph 2
⎫⎪
t = τ ln ⎨ 2 2⎬
(1-46)
⎪⎩ I ph − I θ ⎪⎭
⎧⎪ I ph
2
− I P2 ⎫⎪
t = τ ln ⎨ 2 2 ⎬
(1-47)
⎪⎩ I ph − I θ ⎪⎭
Where,
t is alarm/trip time of thermal overload protection function in seconds,
τ is thermal time constant of heating for the power transformer, in seconds. It is usually provided
by the manufacturer. The device is informed about it by settings “HV THERM TimeConst”, “MV
THERM TimeConst” and “LV THERM TimeConst”.
Iph is the current flowing through corresponding side of the transformer, in each phase. It means
that the calculation is performed separately for each phase, based on fundamental component
measurement and also includes the effect of harmonic contents up to 7th harmonic. Thus, the
minimum calculated alarm/ trip time is decisive for evaluation of the thresholds.
IΘ is the setting for alarm and trip stages of the thermal overload protection, in rms. It should be set
considering the maximum permissible thermal continuous overload current of the transformer
windings and insulations. The setting is applied by using “HV THERM OVLD ALM I” and “HV
THERM OVLD TRIP I” for HV side, “MV THERM OVLD ALM I” and “MV THERM OVLD TRIP I” for
MV side, and “LV THERM OVLD ALM I” and “LV THERM OVLD TRIP I” for LV side of the power
transformer.
IP is the prior current to overload, assuming sufficient time to reach steady-state temperature.

NOTE: When control word “xx Curve/Hot Curve” is set to 0, and fundamental current is less than
the settings, and the heat accumulation is cleared and set as “0” automatically.

5.7.3. Settings, Control Words and operation data of thermal overload

protection

Table 5-34 Settings of thermal overload protection

Setting Default
No Setting Title Comment
options setting
Setting for HV-side thermal
1. HV THERM OVLD TRIP I 0.1..25 2
overload trip-stage current
Setting for HV-side thermal
2. HV THERM OVLD ALM I 0.1..25 2
overload alarm-stage current

107
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

Time const for HV-side thermal

3. HV THERM TimeConst 1..9999s 10
overload protection

Cool down time delay for HV-side

4. HV Cool Down Time 1..9999s 10
thermal overload
Setting for MV-side thermal
5. MV THERM OVLD TRIP I 0.1..25 2
overload trip-stage current
Setting for MV-side thermal
6. MV THERM OVLD ALM I 0.1..25 2
overload alarm-stage current
Time const for MV-side thermal
7. MV THERM TimeConst 1..9999s 10
overload protection
Cool down time delay for MV-side
8. MV Cool Down Time 1..9999s 10
thermal overload

Setting for HV-side thermal

9. LV THERM OVLD TRIP I 0.1..25 2
overload trip-stage current

Setting for HV-side thermal

10. LV THERM OVLD ALM I 0.1..25 2
overload alarm-stage current

Time const for HV-side thermal

11. LV THERM TimeConst 1..9999s 10
overload protection

Cool down time delay for HV-side

12. LV Cool Down Time 1..9999s 10
thermal overload

Table 5-35 Control Words of thermal overload protection

Setting Default
No Setting Title Comment
options setting
Thermal overload in HV side is
1. HV THERM OVLD ON 1/0 0 switched on
0 - OFF, 1 - ON
HV side using hot/cold curve type
2. HV Curve/Hot Curve 1/0 0
0 – Hot curve, 1 – Cold curve

HV thermal overload protection

3. Start LV CBF 1/0 0 initiate LV side CBF
0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate
HV thermal overload protection
Start MV CBF
4. 1/0 0 initiate MV side CBF
(Only for CSC-326(M2))
0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate
Thermal overload in MV side is
5. MV THERM OVLD ON 1/0 0 switched on
0 - OFF, 1 - ON

MV side using hot/cold curve type

6. MV Curve/Hot Curve 1/0 0
0 – Hot curve, 1 – Cold curve

108
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

MV thermal overload protection

7. Start HV1 CBF 1/0 0 initiate HV side CBF
0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate

Thermal overload in LV side is

8. LV THERM OVLD ON 1/0 0 switched on
0 - OFF, 1 - ON

LV side using hot/cold curve type

9. LV Curve/Hot Curve 1/0 0
0 – Hot curve, 1 – Cold curve

LV thermal overload protection

10. Start HV1 CBF 1/0 0 initiate HV side CBF
0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate

Table 5-36 Thermal overload protection operation data

Thermal overload Times
protection Operating times are calculated from
IEC Cold Curve and IEC Hot Curve.

IEC Cold Curve ⎧⎪ I ph 2

⎫⎪
t = τ ln ⎨ 2 2⎬
⎪⎩ I ph − I θ ⎪⎭

⎧⎪ I ph
2
− I P2 ⎫⎪
IEC Hot Curve t = τ ln ⎨ 2 2 ⎬
⎪⎩ I ph − I θ ⎪⎭

Tolerance ±3% of set value or

Current pickup I> ±0.02IN
Thermal trip time not more than ±5% or
0.3s

5.7.4. Annunciations
Table 5-37 List of event report

No. Abbr. (LCD Display) Comment

1. HV THERM Trip HV Thermal (TEM) Overload(OVLD) tripping (Trip)
2. MV THERM Trip MV Thermal (TEM) Overload(OVLD) tripping (Trip)
3. LV THERM Trip LV Thermal (TEM) Overload(OVLD) tripping (Trip)

Table 5-38 List of alarm report

No. Abbr. (LCD Display) Comment
1. HV THERM Alarm HV Thermal overload Alarm
2. MV THERM Alarm MV Thermal overload Alarm
3. LV THERM Alarm LV Thermal overload Alarm

109
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

Table 5-39 List of operating report

No. Description of event comment

1. HV Therm O/L ON HV thermal overload protection is switched ON (by CW)
2. HV Therm O/L OFF HV thermal overload protection is switched OFF (by CW)
3. MV Therm O/L ON MV thermal overload protection is switched ON (by CW)
4. MV Therm O/L OFF MV thermal overload protection is switched OFF (by CW)
5. LV Therm O/L ON LV thermal overload protection is switched ON (by CW)
6. LV Therm O/L OFF LV thermal overload protection is switched OFF (by CW)

110
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

5.8. Circuit breaker failure protection (ANSI-50BF)

5.8.1. Introduction
The circuit breaker failure (CBF) protection function monitors proper tripping of the relevant circuit
breaker. There are two separate CBF protection integrated in CSC-326. In M1 module, they are
dedicated to HV and LV sides, whereas in case of M2 module, they are dedicated to HV and MV
sides of the protected transformer.

5.8.2. Function Description

Normally, the circuit breaker should be tripped and therefore interrupt the fault current whenever a
short circuit protection function issues a trip command. The circuit breaker failure protection
provides rapid back-up fault clearance, in the event of circuit breaker malfunction to respond to a trip
command. This feature, can be enabled or disabled at each side of the protected transformer via
control words “HV1 CBF ON”, “MV CBF ON (for CSC-326(M2))” and “LV CBF ON (for
CSC-326(M1))”. If setting “1-On” is applied at these control words, respective CBF protection will be
switched on. In this case, by operation of a protection function, and subsequent CBF initiation by
respective protection function, a report nominated as “HV1 CBF INIT”, “MV CBF INIT” or “LV CBF
INIT” is generated by the CSC-326. Furthermore, CBF initiation causes a programmed timer to run
toward a preset time delay limit. This time delay is set by user under the settings “HV1 CBF T1”, “MV
CBF T1” or “LV CBF T1”. If the circuit breaker has not been opened after expiration of the preset
time limit, the circuit breaker failure protection issues a command to trip circuit breaker (e.g. via a
second trip coil). Furthermore, event report of “HV1 CBF T1”, “MV CBF T1” or “LV CBF T1” is
generated by the device. If the circuit breaker doesn’t respond to the repeated trip command, until
another preset delay time which is set at “HV1 CBF T2”, “MV CBF T2” or “LV CBF T2”, the
protection issues a trip command to isolate the fault by tripping other surrounding backup circuit
breakers (e.g. the other CBs connected to the same bus section as the faulty CB). Furthermore,
event report of “HV1 CBF T2”, “MV CBF T2” or “LV CBF T2” is generated in this case.
Initiation of CBF protection can be carried out by both the internal and external protection functions.
If it is desired to initiate the CBF protection by means of external protection functions, they should be
marshaled to Binary input (BI) of “HV1 CBF EXT. INT”, “MV CBF EXT. INT”or “LV CBF EXT. INT” for
HV, MV, LV CBF protection respectively. Internal protection functions can initiate the CBF protection
integrated in CSC-326 M1 (HV and/or LV CBF) or that of CSC-326 M2 (HV and/or MV CBF),
according to the mapping shown in Table 5-40.

Table 5-40 Internal functions mapping to initiate CBF protection

CBF INITIATION
PROTECTION FUNCTIONS
HV1 M2 [MV] / M1 [LV]

Percent Differential Protection Trip [IDIFF>] ● ● ●

High-Set Differential Protection Trip [IDIFF>>] ● ● ●

HV Restricted Earth Fault Protection Trip ● ● ●

111
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

MV Restricted Earth Fault Protection Trip ● ● ●

LV Restricted Earth Fault Protection Trip ● ● ●

Overflux Protection INV Trip ● ● ●

Overflux Protection DEF Trip [U/f >>] ● ● ●

HV Thermal Overload Protection Trip ● CW [0/1] CW [0/1]

MV Thermal Overload Protection Trip CW [0/1] ● -

LV Thermal Overload Protection Trip CW [0/1] - ●

HV Overcurrent Protection Trip [INV / DEF (Stage-1,2)] ● CW [0/1] CW [0/1]

MV Overcurrent Protection Trip [INV / DEF (Stage-1,2)] CW [0/1] ● -

LV Overcurrent Protection Trip [INV / DEF (Stage-1,2)] CW [0/1] - ●

HV Earth Fault Protection Trip [INV / DEF (Stage-1,2)] ● CW [0/1] CW [0/1]
MV Earth Fault Protection Trip [INV / DEF (Stage-1,2)] CW [0/1] ● -

LV Earth Fault Protection Trip [INV / DEF (Stage-1,2)] CW [0/1] - ●

HV Neutral Current Protection Trip [INV / DEF

● CW [0/1] CW [0/1]
(Stage-1,2)]
MV Neutral Current Protection Trip [INV / DEF
CW [0/1] ● -
(Stage-1,2)]
LV Neutral Current Protection Trip [INV / DEF
CW [0/1] - ●
(Stage-1,2)]
Overload Protection for LV Winding Low-Stage Trip
CW [0/1] CW [0/1] -
(Inside Delta)
Over Load Protection for LV Winding High-Stage Trip
CW [0/1] CW [0/1] -
(Inside Delta)

DI1 Trip CW [0/1] CW [0/1] CW [0/1]

DI2 Trip CW [0/1] CW [0/1] CW [0/1]

In Table 5-40, sign ● means that the protection function working at a given side of the protected
transformer always initiate the CBF protection applied in specified side of the power transformer. As
can be seen, differential, restricted earth fault and overflux protection functions initiate CBF
protection in each side of protected transformer with no additional settings. The statement CW [0/1]
means that the protection function can initiate CBF protection according to the setting which is
applied at respective control word. The setting includes “1: Initiate the CBF” and “0: Don’t initiate the
CBF”. Related control words are available for specific functions which include thermal overload,
overcurrent, earth fault and neutral overcurrent protections. Furthermore, the dash sign in Table 40
means that it is not possible to initiate CBF protection of respective side by operation of a protection
function working at a given side of the protected transformer.

There are two criteria for breaker failure detection: the first one is to check whether the actual

112
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

current flow effectively disappeared after a tripping command had been issued. The second one is
to evaluate the circuit breaker auxiliary contact status. Since circuit breaker is supposed to be open
when current disappears from the circuit, the first criterion (current monitoring) is the most reliable
means for relay to be informed about proper operation of circuit breaker. Therefore, in CSC-326,
current monitoring is applied to detect circuit breaker failure condition. In this context, the monitored
current of each phase is compared with the pre-defined setting. The settings are applied at “HV1
CBF OC I”, “MV CBF OC I” or “LV CBF OC I”, for HV or MV/LV CBF protection.

Furthermore, it is possible to implement current checking in case of zero-sequence and

negative-sequence currents via control word “HV1 3I0/3I2 Check ON”, “MV 3I0/3I2 Check ON” or
“LV 3I0/3I2 Check ON”. If setting “1-On” is applied at these control words, zero-sequence and
negative-sequence currents are calculated and compared with user-defined
settings. Corresponding settings include “HV1 CBF ZS 3I0”, “MV CBF ZS 3I0” and “LV CBF ZS 3I0”
for zero-sequence current, and “HV1 CBF NS 3I2”, “MV CBF NS 3I2” and “LV CBF NS 3I2” for
negative-sequence current.

For protection functions where the tripping criterion is not dependent on current, current flow is not a
suitable criterion for proper operation of the breaker. In this case, the position of the circuit breaker
auxiliary contact should be used to determine if the circuit breaker properly operated. It is possible in
CSC-326 to evaluate the circuit breaker operation from its auxiliary contact status. To do so, control
words “HV1 CB Status Check ON”, “MV CB Status Check ON” or “LV CB Status Check ON” should
be set to “1-On” to integrate circuit breaker auxiliary contacts into CBF function. A precondition for
evaluating circuit breaker auxiliary contact is that close status of CB should be marshaled to binary
inputs of “HV1 CB Close”, “MV CB Close”or “LV CB Close”.

It should be noted that evaluation of circuit breaker auxiliary contacts is carried out in CBF function
only when the current flow monitoring has not picked up. Once the current flow criterion has picked
up during the running time of CBF timers, the circuit breaker is assumed to be open as soon as the
current disappears, even if the associated auxiliary contacts don’t indicate that the circuit breaker
has opened. This gives preference to the more reliable current criterion and avoids over functioning
due to a defect e.g. in the auxiliary contact mechanism or circuit.
The following figure shows the logic diagram for the breaker failure protection function.

113
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

Ia>

Ib> OR
3I0/3I2 Check Off
OR Curr. Crit.
Ic>

3I0> AND
OR
3I2>
AND

OR
3I0/3I2 Check On
AND

AND

Fig. 5-38 Current flow monitoring

Fig. 5-39 The logic for CB close

CB is closed
CONT Check On
OR
Curr. crit. CBF
AND T1 CBF stg1

CBF INIT
T2 CBF stg2
Fig. 5-40 The logic for CBF protection

114
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

5.8.3. Settings and Control Words of CBF protection

Table 5-41 Settings of CBF protection

Setting Default
No Setting Title Comment
options setting
Phase current setting value for HV1
1. HV1 CBF OC I 0.08A…. 20*In 5
circuit breaker failure (CBF) protection
Negative sequence (NS) current setting
2. HV1 CBF NS 3I2 0.08A…. 20*In 5
3I 2 value for HV1 CBF protection

Zero sequence (ZS) current setting 3I 0

3. HV1 CBF ZS 3I0 0.08A…. 20*In 5
value for HV1 CBF protection
Time setting value of Stage 1, for HV1
4. HV1 CBF T1 0.0….32s 10
CBF protection
Time setting value of Stage 2, for HV1
5. HV1 CBF T2 0.1….32s 10
CBF protection
MV CBF OC I Phase current setting value for MV CBF
6. 0.08A…. 20*In 5
(for CSC-326(M2)) protection
MV CBF NS 3I2 Negative sequence (NS) current setting
7. 0.08A…. 20*In 5
(for CSC-326(M2)) 3I 2 value for MV CBF protection
MV CBF ZS 3I0 Zero sequence (ZS) current setting 3I 0
8. 0.08A…. 20*In 5
(for CSC-326(M2)) value for MV CBF protection
MV CBF T1 Time setting value of Stage 1, for MV
9. 0.0….32s 10
(for CSC-326(M2)) CBF protection

MV CBF T2 Time setting value of Stage 2, for MV

10. 0.1….32s 10
(for CSC-326(M2)) CBF protection

LV CBF OC I Phase current setting value for LV circuit

11. 0.08A…. 20*In 5
(for CSC-326(M1)) breaker failure (CBF) protection

LV CBF NS 3I2 Negative sequence (NS) current setting

12. 0.08A…. 20*In 5
(for CSC-326(M1)) 3I 2 value for LV CBF protection

LV CBF ZS 3I0 Zero sequence (ZS) current setting 3I 0

13. 0.08A…. 20*In 5
(for CSC-326(M1)) value for LV CBF protection

LV CBF T1 Time setting value of Stage 1, for LV

14. 0.0….32s 10
(for CSC-326(M1)) CBF protection

LV CBF T2 Time setting value of Stage 2, for LV

15. 0.1….32s 10
(for CSC-326(M1)) CBF protection

Table 5-42 Control Words of CBF protection

Setting Default
No Setting Title Comment
options setting
HV1 Circuit breaker failure (CBF)
1. HV1 CBF ON 1/0 0
protection is switched ON

115
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

1-on; 0-off.

HV1 CBF protection detect negative or

HV1 3I0/3I2
2. 1/0 0 zero sequence current 3I0 or 3I2.
Check ON
1-Detect; 0- Not Detect

HV1 CBF protection detect HV1 CB

HV1 CB Status
3. 1/0 0 status
Check ON
1-Detect; 0- Not Detect
MV Circuit breaker failure (CBF)
MV CBF ON
4. 1/0 0 protection is switched ON
(for CSC-326(M2))
1-on; 0-off.
MV 3I0/3I2 MV CBF protection detect negative or
5. Check ON 1/0 0 zero sequence current 3I0 or 3I2.
(for CSC-326(M2)) 1-Detect; 0- Not Detect
MV CB Status
MV CBF protection detect MV CB status
6. Check ON 1/0 0
1-Detect; 0- Not Detect
(for CSC-326(M2))
LV Circuit breaker failure (CBF)
LV CBF ON
7. 1/0 0 protection is switched ON
(for CSC-326(M1))
1-on; 0-off.
LV 3I0/3I2 LV CBF protection detect negative or
8. Check ON 1/0 0 zero sequence current 3I0 or 3I2.
(for CSC-326(M1)) 1-Detect; 0- Not Detect
LV CB Status
LV CBF protection detect LV CB status
9. Check ON 1/0 0
1 - Detect; 0- Not Detect
(for CSC-326(M1))

116
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

5.9. Overload protection

5.9.1. Introduction
Overload protection is equipped for each voltage side and LV delta winding. The function is to
protect all sides of windings of transformer continuous overload currents.
HV or MV or LV overload protection only comprises a definite time alarm stage.

Fig. 5-41 The logic for HV/MV/LV overload protection

The LV winding overload includes one alarm and two definite time tripping stages, namely
low-setting tripping stage and high-setting tripping stage. The two tripping stage can be set
respective to initiate each side CBF or not
The logic for overload protection is shown in Fig. 5-42.

Fig. 5-42 The logic for LV winding overload protection

5.9.2. Settings of overload protection

Table 5-43 Setting of overload protection
Setting Default
No Setting Title Comment
options setting
1. HV OVLD I 0.1..20A 2 Overcurrent Setting of overload

2. T HV OVLD I 0.1..3600s 10 Time setting for overload

3. MV OVLD I 0.1..20 20 Overcurrent Setting of overload

4. T MV OVLD I 0.1..3600s 20 Time setting for overload

5. LV OVLD I 0.1..20 20 Overcurrent Setting of overload

6. T LV OVLD I 0.1..3600s 20 Time setting for overload

117
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

LWIND OVLD Alarm current setting of LV delta winding

7. 0.1..20A 20
Alarm I overload protection
LWIND OVLD Alarm time setting of LV delta winding
8. 0.1..3600s 10
Alarm T overload protection
LW OVLD Low
9. 0.1..20A 20 Low stage tripping current setting
Trip I
LW OVLD Low
10. 0.1..3600s 10 Low stage tripping time setting
Trip T
LW OVLD High
11. 0.1..20A 20 High stage tripping current setting
Trip I
LW OVLD High
12. 0.1..3600s 10 High stage tripping time setting
Trip T

Table 5-44 Control Words of overload protection

Setting Default
No Setting Title Comment
options setting
Overload (LOAD) protection in HV
1. HV OVLD ON 1/0 0 side is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
2. MV OVLD ON 1/0 0 Overload (LOAD)in MV side on

3. LV OVLD ON 1/0 0 Overload (LOAD)in LV side on

Alarm stage of LV delta winding
(LWIND) overload (LOAD) protection
4. LWIND OVLD ALARM ON 1/0 0
is switched ON.
1-on; 0-off.
Low-setting trip stage of LV delta
winding overload protection is
5. LWIND OVLD Low_Trip ON 1/0 0
switched ON.
1-on; 0-off.
High-setting trip stage of LV delta
winding overload protection is
6. LWIND OVLD High_Trip ON 1/0 0
switched ON.
1-on; 0-off.
Low-setting trip stage of LV delta
Low_Trip Start HV1 CBF winding overload protection initiate
7. 1/0 0
ON HV1 side CBF
0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate
High-setting trip stage of LV delta
High_Trip Start HV1 CBF winding overload protection initiate
8. 1/0 0
ON HV1 side CBF
0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate
Low-setting trip stage of LV delta
Low_Trip Start MV CBF ON winding overload protection initiate
9. 1/0 0
(for CSC-326(M2)) MV side CBF
0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate
High-setting trip stage of LV delta
High_Trip Start MV CBF ON winding overload protection initiate
10. 1/0 0
(for CSC-326(M2)) MV side CBF
- initiate, 1 – not initiate

118
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

5.10. VT failure supervision function (ANSI-97FF)

5.10.1. Introduction
In the event of a measured voltage failure due to a broken conductor or a short circuit fault in the
secondary circuit of voltage transformer, those protection functions which work based on voltage
criteria may mistakenly see a voltage of zero. VT failure supervision function is provided to inform
those functions about a voltage failure.

5.10.2. Function Description

VT failure supervision function can be enabled or disabled in each side through control word “HV VT
FAIL Detect”, “MV VT FAIL Detect” and “LV VT FAIL Detect” (based on voltage configuration defined
in Chapter 5.2). By applying setting “1-On” to these control words, respective VT failure supervision
function would monitor the voltage transformer circuit of corresponding side. Each VT failure
supervision function is able to detect single-phase broken, two-phase broken or three-phase broken
faults in respective voltage transformer. There are three main criteria for VT failure detection; from
them the first one is dedicated to detect three-phase broken faults. The second and third one is
dedicated to detect single or two-phase broken faults in solid earthed and isolated/resistance
earthed systems, respectively. A precondition to meet these three criteria is that the relay should not
be picked up and the calculated zero sequence and negative sequence currents should be less than
setting of “HV 3I02_VT Fail”, “MV 3I02_VT Fail” or “LV 3I02_VT Fail”. These criteria are as follows:

1- The calculated zero sequence voltage 3U0 as well as maximum of three phase-to-earth
voltages of respective side of the protected transformer are less than the setting of “HV
Upe_VT Fail”, “MV Upe_VT Fail” or “LV Upe_VT Fail” and at the same time, maximum of three
phase currents of respective side is higher than setting of “HV I_VT Fail”, “MV I_VT Fail” or
“LV I_VT Fail”. This condition may correspond to three phase broken fault in secondary circuit
of the voltage transformer in respective side of the protected transformer.

2- The calculated zero sequence voltage 3U0 of respective side of the protected transformer is
more than the setting of “HV Upe_VT Fail”, “MV Upe_VT Fail” or “LV Upe_VT Fail”. This
condition may correspond to single or two-phase broken fault in secondary circuit of the
voltage transformer in respective side of the protected transformer, if the system starpoint is
solidly earthed.
3- The calculated zero sequence voltage 3U0 of respective side of the protected transformer is
more than the setting of “HV Upe_VT Fail”, “MV Upe_VT Fail” or “LV Upe_VT Fail”, and at the
same time, the difference between the maximum and minimum phase-to-phase voltages of
respective side is more than the setting of “HV Upp_VT Fail”, “MV Upp_VT Fail” or “LV
Upp_VT Fail”. This condition may correspond to single or two-phase broken fault in secondary
circuit of the voltage transformer in respective side of the protected transformer, if the system
starpoint is isolated or resistance earthed.
In addition to the mentioned conditions, the device has the capability to be informed about the VT
MCB failure through its binary inputs. These inputs include “HV MCB FAIL BI”, “MV MCB FAIL BI”
and “LV MCB FAIL BI”. In this context, VT fail is detected in corresponding side, if the respective
binary inputs are active.

119
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

If VT failure supervision detects a failure in voltage transformer secondary circuit, either by means of
the above mentioned criteria or reception of a VT MCB fail indication, all the protection functions
which operate based on direction determination would be blocked in corresponding side of the
protected transformer, depending on the setting. Furthermore, an alarm report of “HV VT Fail”, “MV
VT Fail” or “LV VT Fail”, is issued after 10s delay time. The blocking condition would be removed if
one of the following conditions is met within the 10s delay time.
1- Minimum phase voltage of corresponding side of the protected transformer becomes more
than setting of “HV Upe_VT Normal”, “MV Upe_VT Normal” or “LV Upe_VT Normal” for
500ms.
2- Minimum phase voltage of corresponding side becomes more than setting of “HV Upe_VT
Normal”, “MV Upe_VT Normal” or “LV Upe_VT Normal” and at the same time, the calculated
zero sequence and negative sequence current of corresponding side becomes more than
the setting of “HV 3I02_VT Fail”, “MV 3I02_VT Fail” or “LV 3I02_VT Fail”.

Subsequent to reporting VT fail alarm, the blocking condition of respective protection functions
would be removed if the minimum phase voltage of corresponding side becomes more than the
setting of “HV Upe_VT Normal”, “MV Upe_VT Normal” or “LV Upe_VT Normal” for a duration more
than 10s.

Fig. 46 shows logic diagram of VT failure supervision as it is implemented in CSC-326 relay.

120
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

Fig. 5-43 Logic of VT Failure supervision

5.10.3. Settings and Control Words of VT failure supervision

Table 5-45 Settings of VT failure supervision
Setting Default
No Setting Title Comment
options setting
HV I_ VT Fail 0.04In…0.2In 0.04In Minimum Current of VT failure for HV
1.
side
HV 3I02_ VT Minimum zero or negative Current of
2. 0.04In…0.2In 0.1In
Fail HV VT fail
HV Upe_VT Maximum phase to earth voltage of HV
3. 7V…20V 8V
Fail VT fail
HV Upp_VT Maximum phase to phase voltage of HV
4. 10V…30V 16V
Fail VT fail
HV Upe_VT Minimum phase to phase voltage of HV
5. 40V…65V 40V
Normal VT normal
MV I_ VT Fail 0.04In…0.2In 0.04In Minimum Current of VT failure for MV
6.
side

121
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

MV 3I02_ VT Minimum zero or negative Current of

7. 0.04In…0.2In 0.1In
Fail MV VT fail
MV Upe_VT Maximum phase to earth voltage of MV
8. 7V…20V 8V
Fail VT fail
MV Upp_VT Maximum phase to phase voltage of
9. 10V…30V 16V
Fail MV VT fail
MV Upe_VT Minimum phase to phase voltage of MV
10. 40V…65V 40V
Normal VT normal
LV I_ VT Fail 0.04In…0.2In 0.04In Minimum Current of VT failure for LV
11.
side
LV 3I02_ VT Minimum zero or negative Current of LV
12. 0.04In…0.2In 0.1In
Fail VT fail
LV Upe_VT Maximum phase to earth voltage of LV
13. 7V…20V 8V
Fail VT fail
LV Upp_VT Maximum phase to phase voltage of LV
14. 10V…30V 16V
Fail VT fail
LV Upe_VT Minimum phase to phase voltage of LV
15. 40V…65V 40V
Normal VT normal

Table 5-46 Control Words of VT failure supervision

Setting Default
No Setting Title Comment
options setting
HV VT FAIL HV VT Failure Detection On/Off
1. 1/0 0
Detect 1-On, 0-Off.
HV Earthing mode:
HV Solid Earth 1: Solid earthed system ;
2. 1/0 0
0: isolated system or resistance
earthed.
MV VT FAIL MV VT Failure Detection On/Off
3. 1/0 0
Detect 1-On, 0-Off.
MV Earthing mode:
MV Solid Earth 1: Solid earthed system ;
4. 1/0 0
0: isolated system or resistance
earthed.
LV VT FAIL LV VT Failure Detection On/Off
5. 1/0 0
Detect 1-On, 0-Off.
LV Earthing mode:
LV Solid Earth 1: Solid earthed system ;
6. 1/0 0
0: isolated system or resistance
earthed.

122
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

5.11. External BIs to trip BOs

5.11.1. Introduction
Two special binary inputs (BI1, BI2) are provided in CSC-326 which can be used to activate
respective binary outputs (BO1 and BO2), according to the setting applied at control words “BI1
ENABLE BO1” and “BI2 ENABLE BO2”. By applying setting “1-enable” to these control words, BO1
will be activated if BI1 is energized. Similarly, BO2 will be activated if BI2 is energized. Furthermore,
7th LED in front plate of the device would be lighted when BO1 or BO2 is activated.

5.11.2. Function Description

The external BIs can be used in conjunction with the mechanical protections of the protected
transformer (such as Buchholz, Winding temperature, and so on). In this context, trip commands of
the main and backup mechanical protections can be marshaled to BI1 and BI2, respectively. By
doing so, the output trip commands would be provided at BO1 and BO2 respectively.

Since the trip command of mechanical protection has latched nature, two operating modes are
provided for the Bos activation. The operating modes include direct and pulse tripping modes. In
direct tripping mode, each BO contact is active as long as respective BI is energized, and after BI
disappearance 20ms the BO contacts are deactivated. Whereas in pulse tripping mode, by each
up-edge of BI, respective BO contacts remain active during a settable pulse time, and after the
settable time, the BO contacts are inactive. The tripping modes can be selected for the BOs by
control words “BO1 Pulse Tripping” and “BO2 Pulse Tripping”. Pulse tripping mode would be
possible if setting “1-Pulse Tripping” is applied to the control words. Similarly, setting “0-Direct
Tripping” activates direct tripping mode for respective BOs. The logic is shown in Fig. 5-44.

BIx ENABLE BOx

1-enable
0-disable
AND
BOx Pulse Tripping Pulse Tripping Time
1
1-enable 0
0-disable
AND BIx trip BO
1
BIx up edge 0

1
0
AND AND BIx trip BO

Fig. 5-44 Logic of external BIs to trip BOs

Furthermore, it is possible to set BIs to initiate CBF protection in HV, MV or LV sides of protected
transformer via a number of control words. The control words include “BI1 Start HV1 CBF ON”, “BI1

123
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

Start MV CBF ON” (for CSC-326(M2)) and “BI1 Start LV CBF ON” for the first BI. Similarly, control
words “BI2 Start HV1 CBF ON”, “BI2 Start MV CBF ON” (for CSC-326(M2)) and “BI2 Start LV CBF
ON” correspond to the second BI.

5.11.3. Settings and Control Words of External BIs to trip BOs

Table 5-47 Setting of external BIs to trip BOs
Setting Default
No Setting Title Comment
options setting
Pulse Time setting for external BI to trip when
1. Tripping 0.2..5s 5
pulse triping mode is adopted
Time

Table 5-48 Control words of external DIs to trip DOs

Setting Default
No Setting Title Comment
options setting
To select whether the 1st binary input (BI1)
BI1 ENABLE
1. 1/0 0 trip the 1st binary output (BO1) or not.
BO1
1-enable, 0-disable
To select BO1 tripping in pulse mode or in
direct mode
BO1 Pulse
2. 1/0 0 0- BO1 Direct Tripping, without delay
Tripping
1- BO1 Pulse Tripping, with preset delay
time
To select whether the 2nd binary input (BI2)
BI2 ENABLE
3. 1/0 0 trip the 2nd binary output (BO2) or not.
BO2
1-enable, 0-disable

To select BO2 tripping in pulse mode or in

direct mode
BO2 Pulse
4. 1/0 0 0- BO2 Direct Tripping, without delay
Tripping
1- BO2 Pulse Tripping, with preset delay
time

BI1 Start HV1 whether BI1 initiate HV1 side CBF or not
5. 1/0 0
CBF ON 0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate
BI1 Start MV
CBF ON whether BI1 initiate MV side CBF or not
6. 1/0 0
(for 0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate
CSC-326(M2))
BI1 Start LV whether BI1 initiate LV side CBF or not
7. 1/0 0
CBF ON 0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate
BI2 Start HV1 whether BI2 initiate HV1 side CBF or not
8. 1/0 0
CBF ON 0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate
BI2 Start MV
CBF ON whether BI2 initiate MV side CBF or not
9. 1/0 0
(for 0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate
CSC-326(M2))
BI2 Start LV whether BI2 initiate LV side CBF or not
10. 1/0 0
CBF ON 0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate

124
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

5.12. BI Trigger Record

In CSC-326, it is possible for Binary inputs (BIs) to trigger disturbance record (DR). The exceptions
are “Switch SetGroup”, “REM ACCESS BLK”, “RELAY TEST” and “RESET”. In this context, each
Binary input can be set independently whether it can trigger DR or not. Further, it is possible to set
whether BI triggers DR in its up or down edge. Related setting can be found in Section 6.3. Example
logic of BI “HV1 CB Open Status” triggering DR is given in Fig.5-45. The same logic is applied for
the other BIs.

Fig. 5-45 Logic of BI trigger record

125
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

5.13. BI Switch SetGroup

BI “Switch SetGroup” is used to switch setting group of the device. Both “BI SetGrp Switch”and
“Normal SetGrp Switch” are selected by making change in the content of special control word “BI
SetGrp Switch” which can be set under “Common Para” submenu. When the control word is set to 1,
BI setting group switch mode is applied, on the contrary, Normal setting group switch mode (shortcut
key or operate through the menu) is applied. For “BI SetGrp Switch” mode, When BI “Switch
SetGroup” is deactivated, the content of control word “BI SetGrp Switch” is set to 0 and it means that
no switching in setting groups is desired. In this case, Group 1 is applied to the device. When the BI
is activated, the content of control word “BI SetGrp Switch” is set to 1 and it means that “BI SetGrp
Switch” mode is applied. Thus, the current setting-value would automatically be switched to Group 2.
For the other switch mode, whether the BI is activated or not, setting group change is valid for
shortcut key or operate through the menu.

126
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

5.14. BI “REM ACCESS BLK” and “RELAY TEST”

There are two method to block remote access to the device, BI “REM ACCESS BLK” or making
change in the content of special control word “NOT Blk Remote Access” which can be set under
“Common Para” submenu.

When BI “REM ACCESS BLK” is activated, or the content of control word “NOT Blk Remote Access”
is set to 0, SCADA remote access is blocked to the device and therefore, only local operation is
permitted.

When BI “REM ACCESS BLK” is deactivated, and the content of control word “NOT Blk Remote
Access” is set to 1, both SCADA commands and local operation can be executed by the device.

Similarly, there are two methods to select test or normal operating mode of the device, BI “RELAY
TEST” or making change in the content of special control word “Relay Test Mode” which can be set
under “Common Para” submenu.

When BI “RELAY TEST” is activated, or the content of control word “Relay Test Mode” is set to 1,
the relay is in test mode.

When BI “RELAY TEST” is deactivated, and the content of control word “Relay Test Mode” is set to 0,
the relay is in normal operation mode

127
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

5.15. BI “BI1~ 2” and “BI TRIGGER DR1~ 10”

Both “BI1~BI2” and “BI TRIGGER DR1~ BI TRIGGER DR10” are binary inputs which can be
recorded. BI1~BI2 can operate to binary output X10 and X11. The names of these BIs can be
modified by CSPC tools according to actual situation.

128
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

6 Operation
6.1 Safety precautions
During the equipment tests and start-up, the general safety regulations applicable to electrical
systems must be complied with. Failure to comply with these regulations might cause harm to the
working staff and damage to property. All the inspections and tests must only be carried out by
specially trained personnel.

• Check the enclosure shell has been grounded reliably and maintain electric continuity to earth.
• The general safety regulations applicable to equipments must be strictly complied with.
• Insert or pull out models must be strictly prohibit during the equipment tests and operation.
• During operation, nobody is allowed to press the keyboard on the panel optionally.
• During operation, nobody is allowed to operate the following commands:
▪ Burst into drive.
▪ Modification and solidify settings.
▪ Set up numbers of running CPU.
▪ Change setting group.
▪ Change equipment address in communication net.

129
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

6.2 Dialog with the equipment

6.2.1 Menu frame
Table 6-1 is the menu frame about the Man-Machine Interface (MMI).

Table 6-1 Menu frame for MMI

Abbr. Remarks
Meaning
(LCD Display)
OpStatus Operating Status
AI Analog Input Inspecting the analog input of the
equipment.
Status Equipment Status Inspecting the equipment status.
Version Version Showing the version information of the
CPU in the equipment.
EquipCode Equipment Code Showing the code information of any
module in the equipment.
DI Digital Input Inspecting the status of digital inputs.
Measure Measuring Values Showing the measure quantities of the
equipment (the value of the current has
been altered basing on the CT adjusting
coefficient).

Settings Settings Setup

CommPara
BayName Name of Bay Unit Inputting the name of the primary power
unit with ISN (internal statement
number).
CommAddr Communication Setting the address of the LON-NET.
Address
TimeMode Timing Mode
BaudR485 Baud Rate of 485
EquipPara Equipment
Setting the equipment parameter.
Parameter
ProtSet Protection Setting the equipment setting.
ProtContWd
Test Menu Calculating value for testing

QueryRep
EventRpt Event Report
Latest Rpt The latest report Listing the time of the latest operating
report, inspecting the content by
pressing the SET key.
Last 6 Rpts Last 6 reports Listing the time of the latest six
operating report, selecting the report
with ▲ and ▼ key, inspecting the
content with SET key.
QueryRpt Query report by date Listing the time of the operating reports
which is searched by time sect,
selecting the report with ▲ and ▼ key,
inspecting the content by pressing the
SET key.

130
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

AlarmRpt Alarm Report

Last 6 Rpts Last 6 reports Listing the time of the latest six alarm
reports, selecting the report with ▲ and
▼ key, inspecting the content with SET
key.
QueryRpt by Date Query report by date Listing the time of the alarm reports
which is searched by time sect,
selecting the report with ▲ and ▼ key,
inspecting the content by pressing the
SET key.
Log Operating Log
Last 6 Rpts Last 6 reports Listing the time of the latest six running
reports, selecting the report with ▲ and
▼ key, inspecting the content with SET
key.
QueryRpt by Date Query report by date Listing the time of the running reports
which is searched by time sect,
selecting the report with ▲ and ▼ key,
inspecting the content by pressing the
SET key.

Setup Equipment Setup

SOEReset SOE Reset Option
Manual Reset Manual Reset Manual resetting or automatic resetting.
Automatic Reset Automatic Reset
Protocol Protocol Option
V1.20 Protocol Communication Choosing the protocol for the equipment
Protocol V1.20 communication with exterior V1.20 or
V1.10 Protocol Communication V1.10. The bright option is the current
Protocol V1.10 setup, select the protocol with ▲ and ▼
key, set up it by pressing SET key.
ModifyPW Modify Password Modifying operation password.
SetPrint Print Setup
RecPrt Setup Setup for print The user can choose AC channels and
record values Binary record message.
Print Mode Setup for print mode Setting print mode, which can be figure
or data mode.
103Type 103 Protocol Select Setting the type of function 103.

Print Print
ProtSet Protection Setting Printing setting.
Report Report
EventRpt Event Report
Latest Rpt The latest report Listing the time of the latest operating
report, inspecting the content with
pressing the SET key.
Last 6 Rpts Last 6 reports Listing the time of the latest six
operating report, selecting the report
with ▲ and ▼ key, inspecting the
content with SET key.
QueryRpt Query report by date Listing the time of the operating reports
which is searched by time sect,
selecting the report with ▲ and ▼ key,

131
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

inspecting the content with SET key.

AlarmRpt Alarm Report
Last 6 Rpts Last 6 reports Listing the time of the latest six alarm
report, selecting the report with ▲ and
▼ key, inspecting the content with SET
key.
QueryRpt by Query report by date Listing the time of the alarm reports
Date which is searched by time sect,
selecting the report with ▲ and ▼ key,
inspecting the content by pressing the
SET key.
Log Operating Log
Last 6 Rpts Last 6 reports Listing the time of the latest six running
report, selecting the report with ▲ and
▼ key, inspecting the content with SET
key.
QueryRpt Query report by date Listing the time of the running reports
which is searched by time sect,
selecting the report with ▲ and ▼ key,
inspecting the content by pressing the
SET key.
EquipPara Equipment Printing equipment parameter.
Parameter
Setup Equipment Setup Printing equipment setup.
OpStatus Operating Status
AI Analog Input Printing analog input.
Status Equipment Status Printing equipment state.
Version Version Printing the version of CPU in the
equipment.
EquipCode Equipment Code Printing equipment code.
DI Digital Input Printing digital input.
PrtSample Print Sampling Data Printing sampling data.

Test DO Digital Output Drive Digital output driving.

Test

Set Time Set Time

Testing Testing
SimuReSig Simulate Remote
Signal
Simu Alarm Simulate Alarm
Simu Trip Simulate Tripping
Simu Connt Simulate Connector
Simu DI Simulate Digital
Input(DI)
TransRec Data Simulate
transmitting record
data
Simu MST Alarm
SwSetGr Switch Setting
Group

132
 CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

ViewDrift View AI Zero Drift Inspecting the zero shift of specified

CPU.
AdjDrift Adjust AI Drift Adjusting the zero shift of all CPU.
Choosing the channels with ▲ and ▼
key, fixing one channel with SET key,
moving the cursor on ENSURE and
pressing the SET key to complete
regulating.
ViewScale View AI Scale Inspecting the scale of specified CPU.
AdjScale Adjust AI Scale Adjusting the scale of all CPU. Choosing
the channels with ▲ and ▼ key, fixing
one channel and setting the
voltage/current value with SET key,
moving the cursor on ENSURE and
pressing the SET key to complete
regulating.
PrtSample Print Sampling Data
Contrast LCD Contrast Regulating LCD lightness.
Regulation

Table 6-2 is the menu frame of the Debugging Menu.

Table 6-2 The menu frame of the debugging Menu

Abbr. Remarks
Meaning
(LCD Display)
SetCPU Set CPU Setting CPU.
ViewMem View Memory Viewing the memory of the equipment.
ClrConfig Clear Configuration
EquipConfig Equipment Configuration
EquipOpt Equipment Option
LED Set LED Set Setup for LED Type.
SetLCD_Bkdg Set background LCD Setup for background LCD mode.
MasterVer Master Version Choosing Master version.

6.2.2 Display flowing

The display includes <circular display>, < MainMenu >, < DebuggingMenu >, <the message
window for active pop-up>.
The equipment circularly displays the analogue quantities and the setting group. There is the
present time on the top of the screen. You can fix one screen of information to be displayed by
pressing QUIT key, and keep on circularly displaying by pressing the QUIT key again.

The equipment menu includes the MainMenu and the DebuggingMenu.

You can enter the MainMenu by pressing the SET key when the screen is in circularly-displaying
state. You can enter the DebuggingMenu by pressing the QUIT+SET keys (only for manufacturer).
There are four shortcut keys and two functional keys at the bottom of liquid crystal screen. The main
intention is to predigest user’s manipulation. The descriptions of these keys are as Table 6-3.

133
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

Table 6-3 Shortcut key application

Shortcut key Remarks

Printing latest tripping event, page down and
F1
up function for changing setting screen
Printing settings in preset fixed value
F2 zone ,page down and up function for changing
setting screen
F3 Printing sample values
F4 Printing device information and running status
Functional key, current setting group plus
+ 1.Note: there are 1,2,3,4 four setting groups
total
Functional key, current setting group minus
- 1.Note: there are 1,2,3,4 four setting groups
total.

134
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

6.3 Equipment parameters and settings

6.3.1 Settings- equipment parameters

Equipment parameters are shown as table 6-4.

Table 6-4 Equipment parameters list

Setting Default
No Setting Title comments
options setting
HV1 circuit breaker(CB) open status DI
HV1 CB OPEN
1. 1/0 0 enable record
STATUS ENABLE
1-enable 0-disable
HV1 circuit breaker(CB) open status DI
HV1 CB OPEN
2. 1/0 0 enable record with its UP/DOWN edge
STATUS DOWN
1- DOWN edge 0 -UP edge
HV1 circuit breaker(CB) close status
HV1 CB CLOSE
3. 1/0 0 DI enable record
STATUS ENABLE
1-enable 0-disable
HV1 circuit breaker(CB) close status
HV1 CB CLOSE DI enable record with its UP/DOWN
4. 1/0 0
STATUS DOWN edge
1- DOWN edge 0 -UP edge
MV CB OPEN
MV CB open status DI enable record
STATUS ENABLE 1/0 0
1-enable 0-disable
(for CSC-326(M2))
5.
LV CB OPEN
LV CB open status DI enable record
STATUS ENABLE 1/0 0
1-enable 0-disable
(for CSC-326(M1))
MV CB OPEN MV CB open status DI enable record
STATUS DOWN 1/0 0 with its UP/DOWN edge
(for CSC-326(M2)) 1- DOWN edge 0 -UP edge
6.
LV CB OPEN LV CB open status DI enable record
STATUS DOWN 1/0 0 with its UP/DOWN edge
(for CSC-326(M1)) 1- DOWN edge 0 -UP edge
MV CB CLOSE
MV CB close status DI enable record
STATUS ENABLE 1/0 0
1-enable 0-disable
(for CSC-326(M2))
7.
LV CB CLOSE
LV CB close status DI enable record
STATUS ENABLE 1/0 0
1-enable 0-disable
(for CSC-326(M1))
MV CB CLOSE MV CB close status DI enable record
STATUS DOWN 1/0 0 with its UP/DOWN edge
(for CSC-326(M2)) 1- DOWN edge 0 -UP edge
8.
LV CB CLOSE LV CB close status DI enable record
STATUS DOWN 1/0 0 with its UP/DOWN edge
(for CSC-326(M1)) 1- DOWN edge 0 -UP edge
HV1 circuit breaker failure (CBF)
EXT HV1 CBF
9. 1/0 0 external DI enable record
START ENABLE
1-enable 0-disable
HV1 circuit breaker failure (CBF)
EXT HV1 CBF external DI enable record with its
10. 1/0 0
START DOWN UP/DOWN edge
1- DOWN edge 0 -UP edge

135
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

EXT MV CBF MV circuit breaker failure (CBF)

START ENABLE 1/0 0 external DI enable record
(for CSC-326(M2)) 1-enable 0-disable
11.
EXT LV CBF LV circuit breaker failure (CBF)
START ENABLE 1/0 0 external DI enable record
(for CSC-326(M1)) 1-enable 0-disable
MV circuit breaker failure (CBF)
EXT MV CBF
external DI enable record with its
START DOWN 1/0 0
UP/DOWN edge
(for CSC-326(M2))
1- DOWN edge 0 -UP edge
12.
LV circuit breaker failure (CBF)
EXT LV CBF
external DI enable record with its
START DOWN 1/0 0
UP/DOWN edge
(for CSC-326(M1))
1- DOWN edge 0 -UP edge
HV VT Miniature Circuit Breaker
HV VT MCB START
13. 1/0 0 (MCB) DI enable record
ENABLE
1-enable 0-disable
HV VT Miniature Circuit Breaker
HV VT MCB START (MCB) DI enable record with its
14. 1/0 0
DOWN UP/DOWN edge
1- DOWN edge 0 -UP edge
MV VT MCB MV VT Miniature Circuit Breaker
15. START ENABLE 1/0 0 (MCB) DI enable record
(for CSC-326(M2)) 1-enable 0-disable
MV VT Miniature Circuit Breaker
MV VT MCB
(MCB) DI enable record with its
16. START DOWN 1/0 0
UP/DOWN edge
(for CSC-326(M2))
1- DOWN edge 0 -UP edge
LV VT Miniature Circuit Breaker (MCB)
LV VT MCB START
17. 1/0 0 DI enable record
ENABLE
1-enable 0-disable
LV VT Miniature Circuit Breaker (MCB)
LV VT MCB START DI enable record with its UP/DOWN
18. 1/0 0
DOWN edge
1- DOWN edge 0 -UP edge
BI1 CONFIG The 1st binary input (BI1) enable
19. 1/0 0 record
ENABLE
1-enable 0-disable
BI1 CONFIG The 1st binary input (BI1) record with
20. 1/0 0 its UP/DOWN edge
DOWN
1- DOWN edge 0 - UP edge
BI2 CONFIG The 2nd binary input (BI2) enable
21. 1/0 0 record
ENABLE
1-enable 0-disable
BI2 CONFIG The 2nd binary input (BI2) record with
22. 1/0 0 its UP/DOWN edge
DOWN
1- DOWN edge 0 - UP edge
BI CONFIG DR1 BI Trigger DR1 enable record
23. 1/0 0
ENABLE 1-enable 0-disable
BI CONFIG DR1 BI Trigger DR1 record with its
24. 1/0 0 UP/DOWN edge
DOWN
1- DOWN edge 0 - UP edge
BI CONFIG DR2 DI Trigger DR2 enable record
25. 1/0 0
ENABLE 1-enable 0-disable

136
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

BI CONFIG DR2 BI Trigger DR2 record with its

26. 1/0 0 UP/DOWN edge
DOWN
1- DOWN edge 0 - UP edge
BI CONFIG DR3 BI Trigger DR3 enable record
27. 1/0 0
ENABLE 1-enable 0-disable
BI CONFIG DR3 BI Trigger DR3 record with its
28. 1/0 0 UP/DOWN edge
DOWN
1- DOWN edge 0 – UP edge
BI CONFIG DR4 BI Trigger DR4 enable record
29. 1/0 0
ENABLE 1-enable 0-disable
BI CONFIG DR4 BI Trigger DR4 record with its
30. 1/0 0 UP/DOWN edge
DOWN
1- DOWN edge 0 - UP edge
BI CONFIG DR5 BI Trigger DR5 enable record
31. 1/0 0
ENABLE 1-enable 0-disable
BI CONFIG DR5 BI Trigger DR5 record with its
32. 1/0 0 UP/DOWN edge
DOWN
1- DOWN edge 0 - UP edge
BI CONFIG DR6 BI Trigger DR6 enable record
33. 1/0 0
ENABLE 1-enable 0-disable
BI CONFIG DR6 BI Trigger DR6 record with its
34. 1/0 0 UP/DOWN edge
DOWN
1- DOWN edge 0 - UP edge
BI CONFIG DR7 BI Trigger DR7 enable record
35. 1/0 0
ENABLE 1-enable 0-disable
BI CONFIG DR7 BI Trigger DR7 record with its
36. 1/0 0 UP/DOWN edge
DOWN
1- DOWN edge 0 – UP edge
BI CONFIG DR8 BI Trigger DR8 enable record
37. 1/0 0
ENABLE 1-enable 0-disable
BI CONFIG DR8 BI Trigger DR8 record with its
38. 1/0 0 UP/DOWN edge
DOWN
1- DOWN edge 0 - UP edge
BI CONFIG DR9 BI Trigger DR9 enable record
39. 1/0 0
ENABLE 1-enable 0-disable

BI CONFIG DR9 BI Trigger DR9 record with its

40. 1/0 0 UP/DOWN edge
DOWN
1- DOWN edge 0 - UP edge
BI CONFIG DR10 BI Trigger DR10 enable record
41. 1/0 0
ENABLE 1-enable 0-disable
BI CONFIG DR10 BI Trigger DR10 record with its
42. 1/0 0 UP/DOWN edge
DOWN
1- DOWN edge 0 - UP edge
43. Time_Pre-fault 0.05s ~0.3s 0.05 s Record time before fault

44. Time_Post-fault 0.3s ~1.8s 1.0 s Record time after fault

DIFF TRIP Tripping (TRIP)setting for differential

45. 0000..FFFFH 0000H
(DIFF) protection
Tripping setting for HV REF
46. HV REF TRIP 0000..FFFFH 0000H (High-voltage side Restricted Earth
Fault) protection

137
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

MV REF TRIP Tripping setting for MV REF protection

0000..FFFFH 0000H
(for CSC-326(M2)) (for CSC-326(M2))
47.
LV REF TRIP Tripping setting for LV REF protection
0000..FFFFH 0000H
(for CSC-326(M1)) (for CSC-326(M1))
V/F TRIP Tripping setting for HV Over-flux
48. 0000..FFFFH 0000H
protection
HV THERM O/L Tripping setting for HV Thermal
49. 0000..FFFFH 0000H
TRIP overload protection
MV THERM O/L
TRIP Tripping setting for MV Thermal
0000..FFFFH 0000H
overload protection (for CSC-326(M2))
(for CSC-326(M2))
50.
LV THERM O/L
TRIP Tripping setting for LV Thermal
0000..FFFFH 0000H
overload protection (for CSC-326(M1))
(for CSC-326(M1))
HV O/C INV TRIP Tripping setting for HV overcurrent
51. 0000..FFFFH 0000H
protection, inverse time stage.
HV O/C DEF_1 Tripping setting for HV overcurrent
52. 0000..FFFFH 0000H
TRIP protection, definite time Stage 1.
HV O/C DEF_2 Tripping setting for HV overcurrent
53. 0000..FFFFH 0000H
TRIP protection, definite time Stage 2.
HV E/F INV TRIP Tripping setting for HV earth fault
54. 0000..FFFFH 0000H
protection, inverse time stage.
HV E/F DEF_1 Tripping setting for HV earth fault
55. 0000..FFFFH 0000H
TRIP protection, definite time Stage 1.
HV E/F DEF_2 Tripping setting for HV earth fault
56. 0000..FFFFH 0000H
TRIP protection, definite time Stage 2.
Tripping setting for HV neutral
57. HV NOC INV TRIP 0000..FFFFH 0000H over-current protection, inverse time
stage.
HV NOC DEF_1 Tripping setting for HV neutral
58. 0000..FFFFH 0000H over-current protection, definite time
TRIP
Stage 1.
HV NOC DEF_2 Tripping setting for HV neutral
59. 0000..FFFFH 0000H over-current protection, definite time
TRIP
Stage 2.
MV O/C INV TRIP Tripping setting for MV overcurrent
0000..FFFFH 0000H protection, inverse time stage.
(for CSC-326(M2))
60. (for CSC-326(M2))
Not Used
(for CSC-326(M1))
MV O/C DEF_1 Tripping setting for MV overcurrent
0000..FFFFH 0000H protection, definite time Stage 1.
TRIP
61. (for CSC-326(M2))
Not Used
(for CSC-326(M1))
MV O/C DEF_2 Tripping setting for MV overcurrent
0000..FFFFH 0000H protection, definite time Stage 2.
TRIP
62. (for CSC-326(M2))
Not Used
(for CSC-326(M1))

138
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

Tripping setting for MV earth fault

MV E/F INV TRIP 0000..FFFFH 0000H protection, inverse time stage. (for
63. CSC-326(M2))
Not Used
(for CSC-326(M1))
MV E/F DEF_1 Tripping setting for MV earth fault
0000..FFFFH 0000H protection, definite time Stage 1. (for
TRIP
64. CSC-326(M2))
Not Used
(for CSC-326(M1))
MV E/F DEF_2 Tripping setting for MV earth fault
0000..FFFFH 0000H protection, definite time Stage 2. (for
TRIP
65. CSC-326(M2))
Not Used
(for CSC-326(M1))
Tripping setting for MV neutral
MV NOC INV TRIP over-current protection, inverse time
0000..FFFFH 0000H
stage.
66. (for CSC-326(M2))
Not Used
(for CSC-326(M1))
Tripping setting for MV neutral
MV NOC DEF_1 over-current protection, definite time
0000..FFFFH 0000H
TRIP Stage 1.
67. (for CSC-326(M2))
Not Used
(for CSC-326(M1))
Tripping setting for MV neutral
MV NOC DEF_2 over-current protection, definite time
0000..FFFFH 0000H
TRIP Stage 2.
68. (for CSC-326(M2))
Not Used
(for CSC-326(M1))

LV O/C INV TRIP Tripping setting for LV overcurrent

69. 0000..FFFFH 0000H
protection, inverse time stage.
LV O/C DEF_1 Tripping setting for LV overcurrent
70. 0000..FFFFH 0000H
TRIP protection, definite time Stage 1.
LV O/C DEF_2 Tripping setting for LV overcurrent
71. 0000..FFFFH 0000H
TRIP protection, definite time Stage 2.

LV E/F INV TRIP Tripping setting for LV earth fault

72. 0000..FFFFH 0000H
protection, inverse time stage.

LV E/F DEF_1 TRIP 0000..FFFFH Tripping setting for LV earth fault

73. 0000H
protection, definite time Stage 1.

LV E/F DEF_2 TRIP 0000..FFFFH Tripping setting for LV earth fault

74. 0000H
protection, definite time Stage 2.
Tripping setting for LV neutral
75. LV NOC INV TRIP 0000..FFFFH 0000H over-current protection, inverse time
stage.

139
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

LV NOC DEF_1 Tripping setting for LV neutral

76. 0000..FFFFH 0000H over-current protection, definite time
TRIP
Stage 1.
LV NOC DEF_2 Tripping setting for LV neutral
77. 0000..FFFFH 0000H over-current protection, definite time
TRIP
Stage 2.
DI1 TRIP Tripping setting for non-electric digital
78. 0000..FFFFH 0000H
input (DI) 1 protection
DI2 TRIP Tripping setting for non-electric digital
79. 0000..FFFFH 0000H
input (DI) 2 protection
HV1 CBF Stg1 Tripping setting for HV circuit breaker
80. 0000..FFFFH 0000H
TRIP failure (CBF) protection, Stage 1.
HV1 CBF Stg2 Tripping setting for HV circuit breaker
81. 0000..FFFFH 0000H
TRIP failure (CBF) protection, Stage 2.
MV CBF Stg1 TRIP Tripping setting for MV circuit breaker
0000..FFFFH 0000H failure (CBF) protection, Stage 1. (for
(for CSC-326(M2))
CSC-326(M2))
82.
LV CBF Stg1 TRIP Tripping setting for LV circuit breaker
0000..FFFFH 0000H failure (CBF) protection, Stage 1. (for
(for CSC-326(M1))
CSC-326(M1))
MV CBF Stg2 TRIP Tripping setting for MV circuit breaker
0000..FFFFH 0000H failure (CBF) protection, Stage 2. (for
(for CSC-326(M2))
CSC-326(M2))
83.
LV CBF Stg2 TRIP Tripping setting for LV circuit breaker
0000..FFFFH 0000H failure (CBF) protection, Stage 2. (for
(for CSC-326(M1))
CSC-326(M1))
LWIND OVLD Low Tripping setting for LV delta winding
TRIP overload protection, low setting-value
0000..FFFFH 0000H
stage.
84. (for CSC-326(M2)) (for CSC-326(M2))
Not Used
(for CSC-326(M1))
LWIND OVLD High Tripping setting for LV delta winding
TRIP overload protection, high setting-value
0000..FFFFH 0000H
stage.
85. (for CSC-326(M2)) (for CSC-326(M2))
Not Used
(for CSC-326(M1))

NOTICE:The former six bits in the TRIP setting control-words in Table 54 are of meaning, which is
“DO TRIP-1 ON/OFF” ~ “DO TRIP-16 ON/OFF” respectively.

6.3.2 Settings- protection settings

Protection settings are shown in Table 6-5 to Table 6-19.

Table 6-5 Protection setting list-Common Para

Setting Default
No Setting Title Comment
options setting
HV WIND Connection for HV winding, 0:wye
1. 0-1 0
CONN/Y-0 D-1 connection, 1:delta connection
MV WIND Connection for MV winding, 0:wye
2. CONN/Y-0 D-1 (for 0-1 0 connection, 1:delta connection
CSC-326(M2)) (for CSC-326(M2))

140
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

Connection for LV winding, 0:wye

LV WIND connection, 1:delta connection
3. 0-1 1
CONN/Y-0 D-1

4. VET GRP ANGLE 0-12 11 Vector Group Angle( VET GRP ANGLE)

5. SN 1..3000MVA 360 Capacity of the transformer

Nominal voltage (UN) in High voltage
6. HV UN 1..1000 kV 220
(HV)side
7. HV VT RATIO 50..9999 2200 Voltage transformer(VT) Ratio in HV side

8. HV CT PRI 1..9999A 1200 CT Primary(PRI) current in HV side

9. HV CT SEC 1 OR 5A 1 CT Secondary(SEC) current in HV side

HV voltage channel selection
HV VOLTAGE 1- U1 (in the 1st AI module),
10. 1-3 1
CHAN SEL 2-U2 (in the 2nd AI module),
3-U3 (in the 3rd AI module)
MV voltage channel selection
MV VOLTAGE
1- U1 (in the 1st AI module),
11. CHAN SEL 1-3 2
2-U2 (in the 2nd AI module),
( for CSC326(M2) )
3-U3 (in the 3rd AI module)
Neutral CT (NCT) Primary(PRI) current in
12. HV NCT PRI(REF) 50..9999A 1200
HV side for REF
Neutral CT (NCT) Secondary(SEC) current
13. HV NCT SEC(REF) 1 OR 5A 1
in HV side for REF
Neutral CT (NCT) Primary(PRI) current in
14. HV NCT PRI(BU) 50..9999A 1200
HV side for Backup(BU)
Neutral CT (NCT) Secondary(SEC) current
15. HV NCT SEC(BU) 1 OR 5A 1
in HV side for Backup(BU)
Nominal voltage (UN) in Middle voltage
16. MV UN 1..1000 kV 110
(MV)side
17. MV VT RATIO 1..9999 1100 Voltage transformer(VT) Ratio in MV side

18. MV CT PRI 50..9999A 1200 CT Primary(PRI) current in MV side

19. MV CT SEC 1 OR 5A 1 CT Secondary(SEC) current in MV side

Neutral CT (NCT) Primary(PRI) current in
20. MV NCT PRI(REF) 50..9999A 1200
MV side for REF
Neutral CT (NCT) Secondary(SEC) current
21. MV NCT SEC(REF) 1 OR 5A 1
in MV side for REF
Neutral CT (NCT) Primary(PRI) current in
22. MV NCT PRI(BU) 50..9999A 1200
MV side for Backup(BU)
Neutral CT (NCT) Secondary(SEC) current
23. MV NCT SEC(BU) 1 OR 5A 1
in MV side for Backup(BU)
Nominal voltage (UN) in Low voltage
24. LV UN 1..1000kV 10.5
(LV)side
25. LV VT RATIO 1..9999 105 Voltage transformer(VT) Ratio in LV side

26. LV CT PRI 50..9999A 3000 CT Primary(PRI) current in LV side

27. LV CT SEC 1 OR 5A 1 CT Secondary(SEC) current in LV side

141
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

LV SEC INSIDE CT Secondary(SEC) current for LV winding

28. 1 OR 5A 1
DELTA inside delta
29. LV NCT PRI(REF) 50..9999A 1200 Neutral CT Primary(PRI) current in LV side
Neutral CT Secondary(SEC) current in LV
30. LV NCT SEC(REF) 1 OR 5A 1
side
Neutral CT (NCT) Primary(PRI) current in
31. LV NCT PRI(BU) 50..9999A 1200
LV side for Backup(BU)
Neutral CT (NCT) Secondary(SEC) current
32. LV NCT SEC(BU) 1 OR 5A 1
in LV side for Backup(BU)

Table 6-6 Protection setting list–Diff Set

Setting Default
No Setting Title Comment
options setting
Instantaneous Differential (ID>>) current
1. INST DIFF ID 0.5A..20*In 20
setting
Percentage Differential (ID>) current
2. PER DIFF ID 0.08..20A 2
setting
3. DIFF IR1 0.1..5A 2 The 1st breakpoint restraint current (IR1)

4. DIFF IR2 0.1..50A 2 The 2nd breakpoint restraint current (IR2)

5. DIFF SLOPE S1 0.0..0.2 0.2 The 1st slope

6. DIFF SLOPE S2 0.2..0.7 0.5 The 2nd slope

7. DIFF SLOPE S3 0.25..0.95 0.7 The 3rd slope

DIFF 2nd HAR
8. 0.05..0.80 0.15 The 2nd harmonic(HAR) ratio
RATIO
DIFF 3/5th HAR
9. 0.05..0.80 0.35 The 3rd / 5th harmonic(HAR) ratio
RATIO
Within the delay 2nd harmonic block all
2nd HAR BLOCK
10. 0…20 20 three phases. After the delay, then only
TIME
the local phase is blocked.
Within the delay 3rd or 5th harmonic block
3rd/5th HAR BLK
11. 0…20 20 all three phases. After the delay, then only
TIME
the local phase is blocked.

Note: “In” stands for CT secondary current, 1A or 5A, here and hereafter.

Table 6-7 Protection setting list–REF Set

Setting Default
No Setting Title Comment
options setting
1. HV REF I0D 0.08..10A 2 HV restricted earth fault current setting
Slope setting for HV restricted earth fault
2. HV REF SLOPE 0.20..0.95 0.5
protection
HV Restricted Earth Fault (REF) trip time
3. HV REF TRIP T 0…60s 0.03
setting
HV REF ALARM HV Restricted earth fault alarm current
4. 0.08..10A 2
I0D setting

142
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

5. HV REF ALARM T 0…60s 0.03 HV Restricted earth fault alarm time setting

6. MV REF I0D 0.08..10A 2 MV restricted earth fault current setting

Slope setting for MV restricted earth fault
7. MV REF SLOPE 0.20..0.95 0.5
protection
MV Restricted Earth Fault (REF) trip time
8. MV REF TRIP T 0…60s 0.03
setting

MV REF ALARM MV Restricted earth fault alarm current

9. 0.08..10A 2
I0D setting
MV Restricted earth fault alarm time
10. MV REF ALARM T 0…60s 0.03
setting
11. LV REF I0D 0.08..10A 2 LV restricted earth fault current setting
Slope setting for LV restricted earth fault
12. LV REF SLOPE 0.20..0.95 0.5
protection
LV Restricted Earth Fault (REF) trip time
13. LV REF TRIP T 0…60s 0.03
setting

LV REF ALARM LV Restricted earth fault alarm current

14. 0.08..10A 2
I0D setting

15. MV REF ALARM T 0…60s 0.03 LV Restricted earth fault alarm time setting

Table 6-8 Protection setting list–Overflux Set

Setting Default
No Setting Title Comment
options setting
1. Reference Voltage 40..130 57.3 Nominal phase voltage in HV side

2. DEF Alarm V/F 1.0..1.5 1.1 Alarming setting of volt/herz

Time DEF V/F
3. 0.1..9999s 10 Time setting for volt/herz alarming stage
Alarm
4. DEF Trip V/F 1.0..1.5 1.2 Tripping setting of definite volt/herz stage

5. Time DEF V/F Trip 0.1..9999s 10 Time setting for definite volt/herz stage

6. T1 IVR V/F=1.05 0.1..9999s 90 Time setting for volt/herz=1.05

7. T2 IVR V/F=1.10 0.1..9999s 80 Time setting for volt/herz=1.10

8. T3 IVR V/F=1.15 0.1..9999s 70 Time setting for volt/herz=1.15

9. T4 IVR V/F=1.20 0.1..9999s 60 Time setting for volt/herz=1.20

10. T5 IVR V/F=1.25 0.1..9999s 50 Time setting for volt/herz=1.25

11. T6 IVR V/F=1.30 0.1..9999s 45 Time setting for volt/herz=1.30

12. T7 IVR V/F=1.35 0.1..9999s 40 Time setting for volt/herz=1.35

13. T8 IVR V/F=1.40 0.1..9999s 35 Time setting for volt/herz=1.40

14. T9 IVR V/F=1.45 0.1..9999s 30 Time setting for volt/herz=1.45

15. T10 IVR V/F=1.50 0.1..9999s 25 Time setting for volt/herz=1.50

143
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

16. Cool Down Time 0.1..9999s 25 Time setting for transformer cool down

Table 6-9 Protection setting list–HV Backup Set

Setting Default
No Setting Title Comment
options setting
HV overcurrent (O/C) current setting for
1. HV OC I1 0.08A.. 20*In 5
Stage 1
2. T HV OC I1 0.1..60s 60 Time setting for HV OC, Stage 1
HV overcurrent (O/C) current setting for
3. HV OC I2 0.08A.. 20*In 5
Stage 2
4. T HV OC I2 0.1..20s 60 Time setting for HV OC, Stage 2
IDMTL HV OC
5. 0.025..2 1
TimeMult
IDMTL HV OC Ref to IEC and ANSI Curves
6. 1.. 7 7 Please refer to NOTE1.
CRV SEL
7. IDMTL HV OC I 0.08A.. 20*In 5

HV OC 2HAR Inrush 2nd harmonic ratio setting for

8. 0.07..0.5 0.07
RATIO blocking HV O/C protection
HV OC 2HAR BLK Inrush 2nd harmonic cross-block time for HV
9. 0...32 20
T O/C protection
The maximum 1st -harmonic current setting
HV OC 2HAR BLK
10. 0.25.. 20*In 5 to remove the inrush block, in HV O/C
Imax
protection
The angle setting for voltage ahead of
11. HV OC Angle SEL 0…4 3 current.
Please refer to NOTE2.
HV earth fault (E/F) protection current
12. HV EF I01 0.08A.. 20*In 5
setting for Stage 1
13. T HV EF I01 0.1..60s 60 Time setting for HV E/F, Stage 1
HV earth fault (E/F) current setting for
14. HV EF I02 0.08A.. 20*In 5
Stage 2
15. T HV EF I02 0.1..20s 60 Time setting for HV E/F, Stage 2
IDMTL HV EF
16. 0.025..2 1
TimeMult
IDMTL HV EF CRV Ref to IEC and ANSI Curves
17. 1.. 7 7 Please refer to NOTE1.
SEL
18. IDMTL HV EF I0 0.08A.. 20*In 5
HV EF 2HAR Inrush 2nd harmonic ratio setting for
19. 0.07..0.5 0.07
RATIO blocking HV E/F protection
The maximum 1st -harmonic current setting
HV EF 2HAR BLK
20. 0.25.. 20*In 5 to remove the inrush block, in HV E/F
Imax
protection
The angle setting for voltage ahead of
21. HV EF Angle SEL 0…5 0 current.
Please refer to NOTE3.
HV neutral over-current (NOC) protection
22. HV Neutral OC I1 0.08A.. 20*In 5
current setting for Stage 1

144
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

23. T HV Neutral OC I1 0.1..60s 60 Time setting for HV NOC, Stage 1

HV neutral over-current (NOC) protection
24. HV Neutral OC I2 0.08A.. 20*In 5
current setting for Stage 2
25. T HV Neutral OC I2 0.1..20s 60 Time setting for HV NOC, Stage 1
IDMTL HV
26. 0.025..2 1
NeuTimeMult
IDMTL HV Neu Ref to IEC and ANSI Curves
27. 1.. 7 7 Please refer to NOTE1.
CRV SEL
28. IDMTL HV NOC I0 0.08A.. 20*In 5

HV NOC 2HAR Inrush 2nd harmonic ratio setting for

29. 0.07..0.5 0.07
RATIO blocking HV NOC protection

The maximum 1st -harmonic current setting

HV NOC 2HAR
30. 0.25.. 20*In 5 to remove the inrush block, in HV NOC
BLK Imax
protection
The angle setting for voltage ahead of
HV NOC Angle
31. 0…5 0 current.
SEL
Please refer to NOTE3.
HV THERM OVLD Setting for HV-side thermal overload
32. 0.1..25 2
TRIP I trip-stage current
HV THERM OVLD Setting for HV-side thermal overload
33. 0.1..25 2
ALM I alarm-stage current
HV THERM Time const for HV-side thermal overload
34. 1..9999s 10
TimeConst protection
HV Cool Down Cool down time delay for HV-side thermal
35. 1..9999s 10
Time overload
36. HV OVLD I 0.1..20A 2 Overcurrent Setting of HV overload

37. T HV OVLD I 0.1..3600s 10 Time setting for HV overload

⎡ ⎤
⎢ ⎥
⎢ A ⎥
[NOTE1]: IDMTL characteristic is: t = M × ⎢ P
+ B⎥
⎢⎡ I ⎤ ⎥
⎢⎢ ⎥ −1 ⎥
⎣⎣IS ⎦ ⎦

In which, 7 IDMTL curves can be set.

Table 6-10 Value of A,P and B for each curve

Curves No. IDMTL Curves Parameter A Parameter P Parameter B
1 IEC NI 0.14 0.02 0
2 IEC VI 13.5 1.0 0
3 IEC EI 80.0 2.0 0
4 IEC LTI 120.0 1.0 0
5 ANSI MI 0.0515 0.02 0.114

145
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

6 ANSI VI 19.61 2.0 0.491

7 ANSI EI 28.2 2.0 0.1217

[NOTE2]: The angle setting “OC Angle SEL” for voltage ahead of current.

Table 6-11 Angle setting “OC Angle SEL”

Angel setting
U bc ahead of I a (Take an example for Phase A)
“OC Angle SEL”
0 0 degree

1 15 degree

2 30 degree

3 45 degree

4 60 degree

[NOTE3]: The angle setting “EF Angle SEL” and “NOC Angle SEL” for voltage ahead of current.

The angle means voltage calculated 3U 0 ahead of 3I 0 . As for 3I 0 , it is calculated current in E/F
protection, but it is neutral measuring current in NOC protection.

Table 6-12 Angle setting “EF Angle SEL” and “NOC Angle SEL”
Angel setting
“EF Angle SEL” and “NOC 3U 0 ahead of 3I 0
Angle SEL”
0 100 degree
1 110 degree
2 120 degree
3 130 degree
4 140 degree
5 150 degree

Table 6-13 Protection setting list–MV Backup Set

Setting Default
No Setting Title Comment
options setting
MV overcurrent (O/C) current setting
1. MV OC I1 0.08A.. 20*In 5
for Stage 1
2. T MV OC I1 0.1..60s 60 Time setting for MV OC, Stage 1
MV overcurrent (O/C) current setting
3. MV OC I2 0.08A.. 20*In 5
for Stage 2
4. T MV OC I2 0.1..20s 60 Time setting for MV OC, Stage 2

5. IDMTL MV OC TimeMult 0.025..2 1 Ref to IEC and ANSI Curves

Please refer to NOTE1.
6. IDMTL MV OC CRV SEL 1.. 7 7

146
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

7. IDMTL MV OC I 0.08A.. 20*In 5

Inrush 2nd harmonic ratio setting for
8. MV OC 2HAR RATIO 0.07..0.5 0.07
blocking MV O/C protection
Inrush 2nd harmonic cross-block time
9. MV OC 2HAR BLK T 0...32 20
for MV O/C protection
The maximum 1st -harmonic current
10. MV OC 2HAR BLK Imax 0.25.. 20*In 5 setting to remove the inrush block, in
MV O/C protection
The angle setting for voltage ahead
11. MV OC Angle SEL 0…4 3 of current.
Please refer to NOTE2.
MV earth fault (E/F) protection
12. MV EF I01 0.08A.. 20*In 5
current setting for Stage 1
13. T MV EF I01 0.1..60s 60 Time setting for MV E/F, Stage 1
MV earth fault (E/F) current setting
14. MV EF I02 0.08A.. 20*In 5
for Stage 2
15. T MV EF I02 0.1..20s 60 Time setting for MV E/F, Stage 2

16. IDMTL MV EF TimeMult 0.025..2 1

Ref to IEC and ANSI Curves
17. IDMTL MV EF CRV SEL 1.. 7 7
Please refer to NOTE1.
18. IDMTL MV EF I0 0.08A.. 20*In 5
Inrush 2nd harmonic ratio setting for
19. MV EF 2HAR RATIO 0.07..0.5 0.07
blocking MV E/F protection
The maximum 1st -harmonic current
20. MV EF 2HAR BLK Imax 0.25.. 20*In 5 setting to remove the inrush block, in
MV E/F protection
The angle setting for voltage ahead
21. MV EF Angle SEL 0…5 0 of current.
Please refer to NOTE3.
MV neutral over-current (NOC)
22. MV Neutral OC I1 0.08A.. 20*In 5
protection current setting for Stage 1
23. T MV Neutral OC I1 0.1..60s 60 Time setting for MV NOC, Stage 1
MV neutral over-current (NOC)
24. MV Neutral OC I2 0.08A.. 20*In 5
protection current setting for Stage 2
25. T MV Neutral OC I2 0.1..20s 60 Time setting for MV NOC, Stage 1

26. IDMTL MV NeuTimeMult 0.025..2 1

Ref to IEC and ANSI Curves
27. IDMTL MV Neu CRV SEL 1.. 7 7
Please refer to NOTE1.
28. IDMTL MV NOC I0 0.08A.. 20*In 5
Inrush 2nd harmonic ratio setting for
29. MV NOC 2HAR RATIO 0.07..0.5 0.07
blocking MV NOC protection
The maximum 1st -harmonic current
MV NOC 2HAR BLK
30. 0.25.. 20*In 5 setting to remove the inrush block, in
Imax
MV NOC protection
The angle setting for voltage ahead
31. MV NOC Angle SEL 0…5 0 of current.
Please refer to NOTE3.
MV THERM OVLD TRIP Setting for MV-side thermal
32. 0.1..25 2
I overload trip-stage current

147
 CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

MV THERM OVLD ALM Setting for MV-side thermal

33. 0.1..25 2
I overload alarm-stage current
Time const for MV-side thermal
34. MV THERM TimeConst 1..9999s 10
overload protection
Cool down time delay for MV-side
35. MV Cool Down Time 1..9999s 10
thermal overload
36. MV OVLD I 0.1..20A 2 Overcurrent Setting of MV overload

37. T MV OVLD I 0.1..3600s 10 Time setting for MV overload

Remark: All settings for MV Backup protections are used for CSC-326 (Model 2), they can not be seen in
CSC326 (Model 1) because the functions are not configured.

Table 6-14 Protection setting list–LV Backup Set

Setting Default
No Setting Title Comment
options setting
LV overcurrent (O/C) current setting
1. LV OC I1 0.08A.. 20*In 5
for Stage 1
2. T LV OC I1 0.1..60s 60 Time setting for LV OC, Stage 1
LV overcurrent (O/C) current setting
3. LV OC I2 0.08A.. 20*In 5
for Stage 2
4. T LV OC I2 0.1..20s 60 Time setting for LV OC, Stage 2

5. IDMTL LV OC TimeMult 0.025..2 1

Ref to IEC and ANSI Curves
6. IDMTL LV OC CRV SEL 1.. 7 7
Please refer to NOTE1.
7. IDMTL LV OC I 0.08A.. 20*In 5
Inrush 2nd harmonic ratio setting for
8. LV OC 2HAR RATIO 0.07..0.5 0.07
blocking LV O/C protection
Inrush 2nd harmonic cross-block time
9. LV OC 2HAR BLK T 0...32 20
for LV O/C protection
The maximum 1st -harmonic current
10. LV OC 2HAR BLK Imax 0.25.. 20*In 5 setting to remove the inrush block, in
LV O/C protection
The angle setting for voltage ahead
11. LV OC Angle SEL 0…4 3 of current.
Please refer to NOTE2.
LV earth fault (E/F) protection
12. LV EF I01 0.08A.. 20*In 5
current setting for Stage 1
13. T LV EF I01 0.1..60s 60 Time setting for LV E/F, Stage 1
LV earth fault (E/F) current setting
14. LV EF I02 0.08A.. 20*In 5
for Stage 2
15. T LV EF I02 0.1..20s 60 Time setting for LV E/F, Stage 2

16. IDMTL LV EF TimeMult 0.025..2 1

Ref to IEC and ANSI Curves
17. IDMTL LV EF CRV SEL 1.. 7 7
Please refer to NOTE1.
18. IDMTL LV EF I0 0.08A.. 20*In 5

148
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

Inrush 2nd harmonic ratio setting for

19. LV EF 2HAR RATIO 0.07..0.5 0.07
blocking LV E/F protection
The maximum 1st -harmonic current
20. LV EF 2HAR BLK Imax 0.25.. 20*In 5 setting to remove the inrush block, in
LV E/F protection
The angle setting for voltage ahead
21. LV EF Angle SEL 0…5 0 of current.
Please refer to NOTE3.
LV neutral over-current (NOC)
22. LV Neutral OC I1 0.08A.. 20*In 5
protection current setting for Stage 1

23. T LV Neutral OC I1 0.1..60s 60 Time setting for LV NOC, Stage 1

LV neutral over-current (NOC)
24. LV Neutral OC I2 0.08A.. 20*In 5
protection current setting for Stage 2
25. T LV Neutral OC I2 0.1..20s 60 Time setting for LV NOC, Stage 1

26. IDMTL LV NeuTimeMult 0.025..2 1

Ref to IEC and ANSI Curves
27. IDMTL LV Neu CRV SEL 1.. 7 7
Please refer to NOTE1.
28. IDMTL LV NOC I0 0.08A.. 20*In 5
Inrush 2nd harmonic ratio setting for
29. LV NOC 2HAR RATIO 0.07..0.5 0.07
blocking LV NOC protection
The maximum 1st -harmonic current
30. LV NOC 2HAR BLK Imax 0.25.. 20*In 5 setting to remove the inrush block, in
LV NOC protection
The angle setting for voltage ahead
31. LV NOC Angle SEL 0…5 0 of current.
Please refer to NOTE3.
LV THERM OVLD TRIP Setting for HV-side thermal
32. 0.1..25 2
I overload trip-stage current
Setting for HV-side thermal
33. LV THERM OVLD ALM I 0.1..25 2
overload alarm-stage current
Time const for HV-side thermal
34. LV THERM TimeConst 1..9999s 10
overload protection
Cool down time delay for HV-side
35. LV Cool Down Time 1..9999s 10
thermal overload
36. LV OVLD I 0.1..20A 2 Overcurrent Setting of LV overload

37. T LV OVLD I 0.1..3600s 10 Time setting for LV overload

Alarm current setting of LV delta
38. LWIND OVLD Alarm I 0.1..20A 20
winding overload protection
Alarm time setting of LV delta
39. LWIND OVLD Alarm T 0.1..3600s 10
winding overload protection
40. LW OVLD Low Trip I 0.1..20A 20 Low stage tripping current setting

41. LW OVLD Low Trip T 0.1..3600s 10 Low stage tripping time setting

42. LW OVLD High Trip I 0.1..20A 20 High stage tripping current setting

43. LW OVLD High Trip T 0.1..3600s 10 High stage tripping time setting

149
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

Table 6-15 Protection setting list– CBF Protection

Setting Default
No Setting Title Comment
options setting
Phase current setting value for HV1
16. HV1 CBF OC I 0.08A.. 20*In 5 circuit breaker failure (CBF)
protection
Negative sequence (NS) current
17. HV1 CBF NS 3I2 0.08A.. 20*In 5 setting 3I 2 value for HV1 CBF
protection
Zero sequence (ZS) current setting
18. HV1 CBF ZS 3I0 0.08A.. 20*In 5
3I 0 value for HV1 CBF protection
Time setting value of Stage 1, for HV1
19. HV1 CBF T1 0.0..32s 10
CBF protection
Time setting value of Stage 2, for HV1
20. HV1 CBF T2 0.1..32s 10
CBF protection
MV CBF OC I Phase current setting value for MV
21. 0.08A.. 20*In 5
(for CSC-326(M2)) CBF protection
Negative sequence (NS) current
MV CBF NS 3I2
22. 0.08A.. 20*In 5 setting 3I 2 value for MV CBF
(for CSC-326(M2))
protection
MV CBF ZS 3I0 Zero sequence (ZS) current setting
23. 0.08A.. 20*In 5
(for CSC-326(M2)) 3I 0 value for MV CBF protection
MV CBF T1 Time setting value of Stage 1, for MV
24. 0.0..32s 10
(for CSC-326(M2)) CBF protection
MV CBF T2 Time setting value of Stage 2, for MV
25. 0.1..32s 10
(for CSC-326(M2)) CBF protection
Phase current setting value for LV
LV CBF OC I
26. 0.08A.. 20*In 5 circuit breaker failure (CBF)
(for CSC-326(M1))
protection
Negative sequence (NS) current
LV CBF NS 3I2
27. 0.08A.. 20*In 5 setting 3I 2 value for LV CBF
(for CSC-326(M1))
protection
LV CBF ZS 3I0 Zero sequence (ZS) current setting
28. 0.08A.. 20*In 5
(for CSC-326(M1)) 3I 0 value for LV CBF protection
LV CBF T1 Time setting value of Stage 1, for LV
29. 0.0..32s 10
(for CSC-326(M1)) CBF protection
LV CBF T2 Time setting value of Stage 2, for LV
30. 0.1..32s 10
(for CSC-326(M1)) CBF protection

Table 6-16 Protection setting list–External Trip command DI

Setting Default
No Setting Title Comment
options setting
Pulse Tripping
1. 0.2..5s 5 Time setting for external DI to trip
Time

150
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

Table 6-17 Protection setting list– VT Failure detection

Setting Default
No Setting Title Comment
options setting
1. HV I_ VT Fail 0.04In~0.2In 0.04In Minimum Current of VT failure for HV side
HV 3I02_ VT Fail 0.04In~0.2In 0.1In Minimum zero or negative Current of HV VT
2.
fail
HV Upe_VT Fail 7V~20V 8V Maximum phase to earth voltage of HV VT
3.
fail
HV Upp_VT Fail 10V~30V 16V Maximum phase to phase voltage of HV VT
4.
fail
HV Upe_VT Minimum phase to phase voltage of HV VT
5. 40V~65V 40V
Normal normal
6. MV I_ VT Fail 0.04In~0.2In 0.04In Minimum Current of VT failure for MV side
MV 3I02_ VT Fail 0.04In~0.2In 0.1In Minimum zero or negative Current of MV VT
7.
fail
MV Upe_VT Fail 7V~20V 8V Maximum phase to earth voltage of MV VT
8.
fail
MV Upp_VT Fail 10V~30V 16V Maximum phase to phase voltage of MV VT
9.
fail
MV Upe_VT Minimum phase to phase voltage of MV VT
10. 40V~65V 40V
Normal normal
11. LV I_ VT Fail 0.04In~0.2In 0.04In Minimum Current of VT failure for LV side
LV 3I02_ VT Fail 0.04In~0.2In 0.1In Minimum zero or negative Current of LV VT
12.
fail
LV Upe_VT Fail 7V~20V 8V Maximum phase to earth voltage of LV VT
13.
fail
LV Upp_VT Fail 10V~30V 16V Maximum phase to phase voltage of LV VT
14.
fail
LV Upe_VT Normal 40V~65V 40V Minimum phase to phase voltage of LV VT
15.
normal

Table 6-18 Protection setting list–Test Menu

Setting Default
No Setting Title Comment
options setting
HV RATED CUR Calculated by software
1 according to the HV rated current in primary side
PRI
common parameters
HV RATED CUR user put into the setting
2 SEC HV rated current in secondary side
group.
RATIO FACTOR
3 Ratio compensation for HV side
KTAH
RATIO FACTOR Ratio compensation for MV side
4 KTAM
(for CSC-326(M2))
(for CSC-326(M2))
RATIO FACTOR
5 Ratio compensation for LV side
KTAL
6 RATIO REF KTAH HV REF Ratio compensation for HV side

HV REF Ratio compensation for HV NCT

7 RATIO REF KNH
side
RATIO REF KTAM MV REF Ratio compensation for MV side
8
(for CSC-326(M2)) (for CSC-326(M2))

151
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

RATIO REF KNM MV REF Ratio compensation for MV NCT

9
(for CSC-326(M2)) side (for CSC-326(M2))
RATIO REF KTAL LV REF Ratio compensation for LV side
10
(for CSC-326(M1)) (for CSC-326(M1))
RATIO REF KNL LV REF Ratio compensation for LV NCT
11
(for CSC-326(M1)) side (for CSC-326(M1))

Remarks:
1. These settings are only used for test; they are calculated by software automatically according to
the common parameters. These settings cannot be modified by user.

6.3.3 Settings- Control word setting

Control word settings are shown in Table 6-19.

Table 6-19 Control word settings

Setting Default
No Setting Title Comment Menu
options setting
Autotransformer not common
transformer
1. AUTO TRANS 1/0 0 1-autotransformer ;
0- not autotransformer, i.e.
common transformer
Two-winding(TWO WIND ) not
three -winding transformer
TWO-WIND
2. 1/0 0 (TRANS)
TRANS
1-two-winding trans;
0-three-winding trans
CT FAIL 1/0 0 CT Failure Detection On/Off
3.
DETECT 1-on; 0-off. Common
Switch setting-value group mode Para
DI SetGrp select:
4. 1/0 0
Switch 1- DI SetGrp Switch mode
0- Normal Set Group switch mode
Device testing / working mode
Relay Test select:
5. 1/0 0
Mode 1- Testing Mode
0- Normal working mode
Set whether block / not block
NOT Blk remote access to the device:
6. 1/0 0
Remote Access 1- NOT Blk Remote Access
0- Blk Remote Access
Instantaneous differential (IDIFF)
7. INST DIFF ON 1/0 0 protection ON Diff Set
1-on; 0-off.
Percentage differential protection
8. PER DIFF ON 1/0 0
ON 1-on; 0-off.
Inrush BLK Inrush block differential protection
9. 1/0 0
DIFF 1-block; 0-not block.
2nd harmonic (HAR) inhibit not the
fuzzy recognition based on the
2nd HAR NOT 1/0 0 waveform(WAVE)
10.
WAVE 1-2nd harmonic on; 0- waveform
on

152
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

Overflux block differential

Overflux Blk 1/0 0
11. protection
DIFF
1-block; 0-not block.
Overflux stabilization judgement
OverFlux 3rd 1/0 0 3rd or 5th harmonic (HAR) inhibit
12.
NOT 5th on
1-3rd harmonic; 0-5th harmonic.
Differential current (DIFF) Alarming
DIFF ALARM 1/0 0
13. on
ON
1-on; 0-off.
Block differential protection when
BLK DIFF at CT 1/0 0
14. there is CT failure
FAIL
1-block; 0-not block.
Eliminate calculated 3I0 when HV
HV D_side 1/0 0 side winding is connected in Delta
15.
Eliminate I0 mode
1- eliminate; 0-not eliminate
MV D_side Eliminate calculated 3I0 when MV
Eliminate I0 1/0 0 side winding is connected in Delta
16.
(for mode (only for CSC-326(M2))
CSC-326(M2)) 1- eliminate; 0-not eliminate
Eliminate calculated 3I0 when LV
LV D_side 1/0 0 side winding is connected in Delta
17.
Eliminate I0 mode
1- eliminate; 0-not eliminate
LV current is included in calculation
Diff Includes LV 1/0 0 of the differential protection.
18.
Cur 1- Diff Includes LV Cur;
0-Diff NOT Includes LV Cur
HV REF TRIP HV Restricted earth fault(REF) Trip REF Set
19. 1/0 0 ON (HV, MV, LV)
ON
1-on; 0-off.
HV REF HV Restricted earth fault(REF)
20. 1/0 0 Alarm ON
ALARM ON
1-on; 0-off.
Blk HV REF at Block HV REF when there is HV
21. 1/0 0 CT failure
HV CT FAIL
1-Block; 0-NOT block
MV REF TRIP
ON MV Restricted earth fault(REF) Trip
22. 1/0 0 ON
(for
1-on; 0-off.
CSC-326(M2))
MV REF
ALARM ON MV Restricted earth fault(REF)
23. 1/0 0 Alarm ON
(for
1-on; 0-off.
CSC-326(M2))
Blk MV REF at
MV CT FAIL Block MV REF when there is MV
24. (for 1/0 0 CT failure
CSC-326(M2 1-Block; 0-NOT block
))
LV REF TRIP LV Restricted earth fault(REF) Trip
25. 1/0 0 ON
ON
1-on; 0-off.
LV REF ALARM LV Restricted earth fault(REF)
26. 1/0 0 Alarm ON
ON
1-on; 0-off.

153
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

Blk LV REF at Block LV REF when there is LV CT

27. 1/0 0 failure
LV CT FAIL
1-Block; 0-NOT block
HV OverFlux HV Overflux (V/F) on
28. 1/0 0
ON 1-on; 0-off.
MV OverFlux MV Overflux (V/F) on
29. 1/0 0
ON 1-on; 0-off.
LV OverFlux LV Overflux (V/F) on
30. 1/0 0
ON 1-on; 0-off.
Definite Overflux (V/F) Alarming
DEF V/F Overflux Set
31. 1/0 0 on
ALARM ON (HV, MV, LV)
1-on; 0-off.
DEF V/F TRIP Definite (DEF)Overflux (V/F) on
32. 1/0 0
ON 1-on; 0-off.
Inverse (IVR)Overflux (V/F) on
33. IVR V/F ON 1/0 0
1-on; 0-off.
V/F Overflux protection uses
34.
Voltage(0-VPP, phase-to-phase voltage (VPP) or
1/0 0
1-VPN) phase-to-earth voltage (VPN)
0-VPP; 1-VPN.
The 1st stage of HV OC (OC_1)
HV Backup
35. HV OC_1 ON 1/0 0 protection is switched ON
Set
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of HV OC
HV OC_1 DIR
36. 1/0 0 Stage 1 is switched ON
ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of HV OC Stage 1
points to system
HV OC_1 DIR
37. 1/0 0 0 - point to the protected
TO SYS
transformer
1- point to system
HV OC_1 Inrush 2nd harmonic detection HV
38. Inrush Detect 1/0 0 OC Stage 1 is switched ON
ON 1-on; 0-off.
The 2nd stage of HV OC (OC_2)
39. HV OC_2 ON 1/0 0 protection is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of HV OC
HV OC_2 DIR
40. 1/0 0 Stage 2 is switched ON
ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of HV OC Stage 2
points to system
HV OC_2 DIR
41. 1/0 0 0 - point to the protected
TO SYS
transformer
1- point to system
HV OC_2 Inrush 2nd harmonic detection HV
42. Inrush Detect 1/0 0 OC Stage 2 is switched ON
ON 1-on; 0-off.
The IDMTL inverse time stage of
HV IDMTL OC
43. 1/0 0 HV OC protection is switched ON
ON
1-on; 0-off.

44. HV IDMTL OC 1/0 0 Direction (DIR) detection of HV OC

DIR ON IDMTL inverse time is switched ON

154
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

1-on; 0-off.

Direction unit of HV OC IDMTL

inverse time points to system
HV IDMTL OC
45. 1/0 0 0 - point to the protected
DIR TO SYS
transformer
1- point to system
Inrush 2nd harmonic detection HV
H_IDMTL OC OC IDMTL inverse time is switched
46. Inrush Detect 1/0 0
ON
ON
1-on; 0-off.
Select to block HV OC protection
or exit direction unit, when HV VT
Blk HV OC at 1/0 0
47. fails
HV VT FAIL
0- HV Direct OK at HV VT Fail
1- Blk HV OC at HV VT Fail
HV OC protection initiate LV side
Start LV CBF
48. 1/0 0 CBF
ON
0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate
Start MV CBF HV OC protection initiate MV side
ON
49. 1/0 0 CBF
(for
0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate
CSC-326(M2))
The 1st stage of HV earth fault
50. HV EF_1 ON 1/0 0 (EF_1) protection is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of HV EF
HV EF_1 DIR
51. 1/0 0 Stage 1 is switched ON
ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of HV EF Stage 1
points to system
HV EF_1 DIR
52. 1/0 0 0 - point to the protected
TO SYS
transformer
1- point to system
Inrush 2nd harmonic detection HV
HV EF_1 Inrush
53. 1/0 0 EF Stage 1 is switched ON
Detect ON
1-on; 0-off.
The 2nd stage of HV earth fault
54. HV EF_2 ON 1/0 0 (EF_2) protection is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of HV EF
HV EF_2 DIR
55. 1/0 0 Stage 2 is switched ON
ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of HV EF Stage 2
points to system
HV EF_2 DIR
56. 1/0 0 0 - point to the protected
TO SYS
transformer
1- point to system
Inrush 2nd harmonic detection HV
HV EF_2 Inrush
57. 1/0 0 EF Stage 2 is switched ON
Detect ON
1-on; 0-off.
The IDMTL inverse time stage of
HV IDMTL EF
58. 1/0 0 HV EF protection is switched ON
ON
1-on; 0-off.

155
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

Direction (DIR) detection of HV EF

HV IDMTL EF
59. 1/0 0 IDMTL inverse time is switched ON
DIR ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of HV EF IDMTL
inverse time points to system
HV IDMTL EF
60. 1/0 0 0 - point to the protected
DIR TO SYS
transformer
1- point to system
Inrush 2nd harmonic detection HV
H_IDMTL EF EF IDMTL inverse time is switched
61. Inrush Detect 1/0 0
ON
ON
1-on; 0-off.
Select to block HV EF protection or
Blk HV EF at 1/0 0 exit direction unit, when HV VT fails
62.
HV VT FAIL 0 - HV Direct OK at HV VT Fail
1 - Blk HV EF at HV VT Fail
Block HV EF when there is HV CT
Blk HV EF at
63. 1/0 0 failure
HV CT FAIL
1-Block; 0-NOT block
HV EF protection initiate LV side
Start LV CBF
64. 1/0 0 CBF
ON
0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate
Start MV CBF HV EF protection initiate MV side
ON
65. 1/0 0 CBF
(for
0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate
CSC-326(M2))
The 1st stage of HV neutral OC
66.
HV NEU OC_1 (NOC_1) protection is switched ON
1/0 0
ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of HV
67.
HV NEU OC_1 NOC Stage 1 is switched ON
1/0 0
DIR ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of HV NOC Stage 1
points to system
68.
HV NEU OC_1 0 - point to the protected
1/0 0
DIR TO SYS
transformer
1- point to system
HV NEU OC_1 Inrush 2nd harmonic detection HV
69. Inrush Detect 1/0 0 NOC Stage 1 is switched ON
ON 1-on; 0-off.
The 2nd stage of HV neutral OC
70.
HV NEU OC_2 (NOC_2) protection is switched ON
1/0 0
ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of HV
71.
HV NEU OC_2 NOC Stage 2 is switched ON
1/0 0
DIR ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of HV NOC Stage 2
points to system
72.
HV NEU OC_2 0 - point to the protected
1/0 0
DIR TO SYS
transformer
1- point to system
HV NEU OC_2 Inrush 2nd harmonic detection HV
73. Inrush Detect 1/0 0 NOC Stage 2 is switched ON
ON 1-on; 0-off.

156
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

The IDMTL inverse time stage of

74.
HV IDMTL HV NOC protection is switched ON
1/0 0
NEU OC ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of HV
HV IDMTL NOC IDMTL inverse time stage is
75. NEU OC DIR 1/0 0
switched ON
ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of HV NOC IDMTL
HV IDMTL inverse time stage points to system
76. NEU OC DIR 1/0 0 0 - point to the protected
TO SYS transformer
1- point to system
Inrush 2nd harmonic detection HV
H_IDMTL NOC NOC IDMTL inverse time stage is
77. Inrush Detect 1/0 0
switched ON
ON
1-on; 0-off.
Select to block HV NOC protection
Blk HV NEU or exit direction unit, when HV CT
78. OC at HV VT 1/0 0 fails
FAIL 0 - HV Direct OK at H_VT Fail
1 - Blk HV NOC at H_VT Fail
HV NOC protection initiate LV side
79.
Start LV CBF 1/0 0 CBF
ON
0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate
Start MV CBF HV NOC protection initiate MV side
80.
ON 1/0 0 CBF
(for
0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate
CSC-326(M2))
Thermal overload in HV side is
HV THERM
81. 1/0 0 switched on
OVLD ON
0 - OFF, 1 - ON
HV Curve/Hot HV side using hot/cold curve type
82. 1/0 0
Curve 0 – Hot curve, 1 – Cold curve
HV thermal overload protection
83. Start LV CBF 1/0 0 initiate LV side CBF
0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate
Start MV CBF HV thermal overload protection
84. (Only for 1/0 0 initiate MV side CBF
CSC-326(M2)) 0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate
Overload (LOAD) protection in HV
85. HV OVLD ON 1/0 0 side is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
The 1st stage of MV OC (OC_1) MV Backup
86. MV OC_1 ON 1/0 0 protection is switched ON Set
1-on; 0-off. (for
Direction (DIR) detection of MV OC CSC-326(M
MV OC_1 DIR 2))
87. 1/0 0 Stage 1 is switched ON
ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of MV OC Stage 1
points to system
MV OC_1 DIR
88. 1/0 0 0 - point to the protected
TO SYS
transformer
1- point to system

157
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

MV OC_1 Inrush 2nd harmonic detection MV

89. Inrush Detect 1/0 0 OC Stage 1 is switched ON
ON 1-on; 0-off.
The 2nd stage of MV OC (OC_2)
90. MV OC_2 ON 1/0 0 protection is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of MV OC
MV OC_2 DIR
91. 1/0 0 Stage 2 is switched ON
ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of MV OC Stage 2
points to system
MV OC_2 DIR
92. 1/0 0 0 - point to the protected
TO SYS
transformer
1- point to system
MV OC_2 Inrush 2nd harmonic detection MV
93. Inrush Detect 1/0 0 OC Stage 2 is switched ON
ON 1-on; 0-off.
The IDMTL inverse time stage of
MV IDMTL OC
94. 1/0 0 MV OC protection is switched ON
ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of MV OC
MV IDMTL OC
95. 1/0 0 IDMTL inverse time is switched ON
DIR ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of MV OC IDMTL
inverse time points to system
MV IDMTL OC
96. 1/0 0 0 - point to the protected
DIR TO SYS
transformer
1- point to system
Inrush 2nd harmonic detection MV
M_IDMTL OC OC IDMTL inverse time is switched
97. Inrush Detect 1/0 0
ON
ON
1-on; 0-off.
Select to block MV OC protection
or exit direction unit, when MV VT
Blk MV OC at 1/0 0
98. fails
MV VT FAIL
0- MV Direct OK at MV VT Fail
1- Blk MV OC at MV VT Fail
MV OC protection initiate HV1 side
Start HV1 CBF
99. 1/0 0 CBF
ON
0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate
The 1st stage of MV earth fault
100. MV EF_1 ON 1/0 0 (EF_1) protection is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of MV EF
MV EF_1 DIR
101. 1/0 0 Stage 1 is switched ON
ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of MV EF Stage 1
points to system
MV EF_1 DIR
102. 1/0 0 0 - point to the protected
TO SYS
transformer
1- point to system
Inrush 2nd harmonic detection MV
MV EF_1 Inrush
103. 1/0 0 EF Stage 1 is switched ON
Detect ON
1-on; 0-off.

158
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

The 2nd stage of MV earth fault

104. MV EF_2 ON 1/0 0 (EF_2) protection is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of MV EF
MV EF_2 DIR
105. 1/0 0 Stage 2 is switched ON
ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of MV EF Stage 2
points to system
MV EF_2 DIR
106. 1/0 0 0 - point to the protected
TO SYS
transformer
1- point to system
Inrush 2nd harmonic detection MV
MV EF_2 Inrush
107. 1/0 0 EF Stage 2 is switched ON
Detect ON
1-on; 0-off.
The IDMTL inverse time stage of
MV IDMTL EF
108. 1/0 0 MV EF protection is switched ON
ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of MV EF
MV IDMTL EF
109. 1/0 0 IDMTL inverse time is switched ON
DIR ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of MV EF IDMTL
inverse time points to system
MV IDMTL EF
110. 1/0 0 0 - point to the protected
DIR TO SYS
transformer
1- point to system
Inrush 2nd harmonic detection MV
M_IDMTL EF EF IDMTL inverse time is switched
111. Inrush Detect 1/0 0
ON
ON
1-on; 0-off.
Select to block MV EF protection or
exit direction unit, when MV VT
Blk MV EF at 1/0 0
112. fails
MV VT FAIL
0 - MV Direct OK at MV VT Fail
1 - Blk MV EF at MV VT Fail
Block MV EF when there is MV CT
Blk MV EF at
113. 1/0 0 failure
MV CT FAIL
1-Block; 0-NOT block
MV EF protection initiate HV1 side
Start HV1 CBF
114. 1/0 0 CBF
ON
0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate
The 1st stage of MV neutral OC
MV NEU OC_1
115. 1/0 0 (OC_1) protection is switched ON
ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of MV
MV NEU OC_1 neutral OC Stage 1 is switched
116. 1/0 0
DIR ON ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of MV neutral OC
Stage 1 points to system
MV NEU OC_1
117. 1/0 0 0 - point to the protected
DIR TO SYS
transformer
1- point to system

118. MV NEU OC_1 1/0 0 Inrush 2nd harmonic detection MV

Inrush Detect neutral OC Stage 1 is switched

159
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

ON ON
1-on; 0-off.
The 2nd stage of MV neutral OC
MV NEU OC_2
119. 1/0 0 (OC_2) protection is switched ON
ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of MV
MV NEU OC_2 neutral OC Stage 2 is switched
120. 1/0 0
DIR ON ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of MV neutral OC
Stage 2 points to system
MV NEU OC_2
121. 1/0 0 0 - point to the protected
DIR TO SYS
transformer
1- point to system
Inrush 2nd harmonic detection MV
MV NEU OC_2 neutral OC Stage 2 is switched
122. Inrush Detect 1/0 0
ON
ON
1-on; 0-off.
The IDMTL inverse time stage of
MV IDMTL MV neutral OC protection is
123. 1/0 0
NEU OC ON switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of MV
MV IDMTL neutral OC IDMTL inverse time
124. NEU OC DIR 1/0 0
stage is switched ON
ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of MV neutral OC
IDMTL inverse time stage points
MV IDMTL to system
125. NEU OC DIR 1/0 0
0 - point to the protected
TO SYS
transformer
1- point to system
Inrush 2nd harmonic detection MV
M_IDMTL NOC neutral OC IDMTL inverse time
126. Inrush Detect 1/0 0
stage is switched ON
ON
1-on; 0-off.
Select to block MV neutral OC
Blk MV NEU protection or exit direction unit,
127. OC at MV VT 1/0 0 when MV VT fails
FAIL 0 - MV Direct OK at MV VT Fail
1 - Blk MV NOC at MV VT Fail
MV neutral OC protection initiate
Start HV1 CBF
128. 1/0 0 HV1 side CBF
ON
0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate
Thermal overload in MV side is
MV THERM
129. 1/0 0 switched on
OVLD ON
0 - OFF, 1 - ON
MV Curve/Hot MV side using hot/cold curve type
130. 1/0 0
Curve 0 – Hot curve, 1 – Cold curve
MV thermal overload protection
131. Start HV1 CBF 1/0 0 initiate HV side CBF
0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate

160
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

Overload (LOAD) protection in MV

132. MV OVLD ON 1/0 0 side is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
The 1st stage of LV OC (OC_1)
133. LV OC_1 ON 1/0 0 protection is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of LV OC
LV OC_1 DIR
134. 1/0 0 Stage 1 is switched ON
ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of LV OC Stage 1
points to system
LV OC_1 DIR
135. 1/0 0 0 - point to the protected
TO SYS
transformer
1- point to system
Inrush 2nd harmonic detection LV
LV OC_1 Inrush
136. 1/0 0 OC Stage 1 is switched ON
Detect ON
1-on; 0-off.
The 2nd stage of LV OC (OC_2)
137. LV OC_2 ON 1/0 0 protection is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of LV OC
LV OC_2 DIR
138. 1/0 0 Stage 2 is switched ON
ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of LV OC Stage 2
points to system
LV OC_2 DIR
139. 1/0 0 0 - point to the protected
TO SYS
transformer
1- point to system
Inrush 2nd harmonic detection LV
LV OC_2 Inrush
140. 1/0 0 OC Stage 2 is switched ON
Detect ON
1-on; 0-off.
The IDMTL inverse time stage of
LV IDMTL OC
141. 1/0 0 LV OC protection is switched ON
ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of LV OC
LV IDMTL OC
142. 1/0 0 IDMTL inverse time is switched ON
DIR ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of LV OC IDMTL
inverse time points to system
LV IDMTL OC
143. 1/0 0 0 - point to the protected
DIR TO SYS
transformer
1- point to system
Inrush 2nd harmonic detection LV
L_IDMTL OC OC IDMTL inverse time is switched
144. Inrush Detect 1/0 0
ON
ON
1-on; 0-off.
Select to block LV OC protection or
Blk LV OC at LV 1/0 0 exit direction unit, when LV VT fails
145.
VT FAIL 0- LV Direct OK at LV VT Fail
1- Blk LV OC at LV VT Fail
LV OC protection initiate HV1 side
Start HV1 CBF
146. 1/0 0 CBF
ON
0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate

161
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

The 1st stage of LV earth fault

147. LV EF_1 ON 1/0 0 (EF_1) protection is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of LV EF
LV EF_1 DIR
148. 1/0 0 Stage 1 is switched ON
ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of LV EF Stage 1
points to system
LV EF_1 DIR
149. 1/0 0 0 - point to the protected
TO SYS
transformer
1- point to system
Inrush 2nd harmonic detection LV
LV EF_1 Inrush
150. 1/0 0 EF Stage 1 is switched ON
Detect ON
1-on; 0-off.
The 2nd stage of LV earth fault
151. LV EF_2 ON 1/0 0 (EF_2) protection is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of LV EF
LV EF_2 DIR
152. 1/0 0 Stage 2 is switched ON
ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of LV EF Stage 2
points to system
LV EF_2 DIR
153. 1/0 0 0 - point to the protected
TO SYS
transformer
1- point to system
Inrush 2nd harmonic detection LV
LV EF_2 Inrush
154. 1/0 0 EF Stage 2 is switched ON
Detect ON
1-on; 0-off.
The IDMTL inverse time stage of
LV IDMTL EF
155. 1/0 0 LV EF protection is switched ON
ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of LV EF
LV IDMTL EF
156. 1/0 0 IDMTL inverse time is switched ON
DIR ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of LV EF IDMTL
inverse time points to system
LV IDMTL EF
157. 1/0 0 0 - point to the protected
DIR TO SYS
transformer
1- point to system
Inrush 2nd harmonic detection LV
L_IDMTL EF EF IDMTL inverse time is switched
158. Inrush Detect 1/0 0
ON
ON
1-on; 0-off.
Select to block LV EF protection or
Blk LV EF at LV 1/0 0 exit direction unit, when LV VT fails
159.
VT FAIL 0 - LV Direct OK at LV VT Fail
1 - Blk LV EF at LV VT Fail
Block LV EF when there is LV CT
Blk LV EF at MV
160. 1/0 0 failure
CT FAIL
1-Block; 0-NOT block
LV EF protection initiate HV1 side
Start HV1 CBF
161. 1/0 0 CBF
ON
0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate

162. LV NEU OC_1 1/0 0 The 1st stage of LV neutral OC

162
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

ON (OC_1) protection is switched ON

1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of LV
LV NEU OC_1 neutral OC Stage 1 is switched
163. 1/0 0
DIR ON ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of LV neutral OC
Stage 1 points to system
LV NEU OC_1
164. 1/0 0 0 - point to the protected
DIR TO SYS
transformer
1- point to system
Inrush 2nd harmonic detection LV
LV NEU OC_1 neutral OC Stage 1 is switched
165. Inrush Detect 1/0 0
ON
ON
1-on; 0-off.
The 2nd stage of LV neutral OC
LV NEU OC_2
166. 1/0 0 (OC_2) protection is switched ON
ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of LV
LV NEU OC_2 neutral OC Stage 2 is switched
167. 1/0 0
DIR ON ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of LV neutral OC
Stage 2 points to system
LV NEU OC_2
168. 1/0 0 0 - point to the protected
DIR TO SYS
transformer
1- point to system
Inrush 2nd harmonic detection LV
LV NEU OC_2 neutral OC Stage 2 is switched
169. Inrush Detect 1/0 0
ON
ON
1-on; 0-off.
The IDMTL inverse time stage of
LV IDMTL NEU LV neutral OC protection is
170. 1/0 0
OC ON switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction (DIR) detection of LV
LV IDMTL NEU neutral OC IDMTL inverse time
171. 1/0 0
OC DIR ON stage is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Direction unit of LV neutral OC
IDMTL inverse time stage points
LV IDMTL NEU to system
172. OC DIR TO 1/0 0
0 - point to the protected
SYS
transformer
1- point to system
Inrush 2nd harmonic detection LV
L_IDMTL NOC neutral OC IDMTL inverse time
173. Inrush Detect 1/0 0
stage is switched ON
ON
1-on; 0-off.

174. Blk LV NEU 1/0 0 Select to block LV neutral OC

OC at LV VT protection or exit direction unit,

163
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

FAIL when LV VT fails

0 - LV Direct OK at LV VT Fail
1 - Blk LV NOC at LV VT Fail
LV neutral OC protection initiate
Start HV1 CBF
175. 1/0 0 HV1 side CBF
ON
0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate
Overload (LOAD) protection in LV
176. LV OVLD ON 1/0 0 side is switched ON
1-on; 0-off.
Alarm stage of LV delta winding
LWIND OVLD (LWIND) overload (LOAD)
177. 1/0 0
ALARM ON protection is switched ON.
1-on; 0-off.
Low-setting trip stage of LV delta
LWIND OVLD winding overload protection is
178. 1/0 0
Low_Trip ON switched ON.
1-on; 0-off.
High-setting trip stage of LV delta
LWIND OVLD winding overload protection is
179. 1/0 0
High_Trip ON switched ON.
1-on; 0-off.
Low-setting trip stage of LV delta
Low_Trip Start winding overload protection initiate
180. 1/0 0
HV1 CBF ON HV1 side CBF
0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate
High-setting trip stage of LV delta
High_Trip Start winding overload protection initiate
181. 1/0 0
HV1 CBF ON HV1 side CBF
0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate
Low_Trip Start Low-setting trip stage of LV delta
MV CBF ON winding overload protection initiate
182. 1/0 0
(for MV side CBF
CSC-326(M2)) 0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate
High_Trip Start High-setting trip stage of LV delta
MV CBF ON winding overload protection initiate
183. 1/0 0
(for MV side CBF
CSC-326(M2)) 0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate
HV1 Circuit breaker failure (CBF) CBF Set
184. HV1 CBF ON 1/0 0 protection is switched ON (HV1, MV,
1-on; 0-off. LV)
HV1 CBF protection detect
HV1 3I0/3I2 negative or zero sequence current
185. 1/0 0
Check ON 3I0 or 3I2.
1-Detect; 0- Not Detect
HV1 CBF protection detect HV1
HV1 CB Status
186. 1/0 0 CB status
Check ON
1-Detect; 0- Not Detect
MV CBF ON MV Circuit breaker failure (CBF)
187. (for 1/0 0 protection is switched ON
CSC-326(M2)) 1-on; 0-off.
MV 3I0/3I2 MV CBF protection detect negative
Check ON or zero sequence current 3I0 or
188. 1/0 0
(for 3I2.
CSC-326(M2)) 1-Detect; 0- Not Detect

189. MV CB Status 1/0 0 MV CBF protection detect HV1 CB

Check ON status

164
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

(for 1-Detect; 0- Not Detect

CSC-326(M2))
LV CBF ON LV Circuit breaker failure (CBF)
190. (for 1/0 0 protection is switched ON
CSC-326(M1)) 1-on; 0-off.
LV 3I0/3I2 LV CBF protection detect negative
Check ON or zero sequence current 3I0 or
191. 1/0 0
(for 3I2.
CSC-326(M1)) 1-Detect; 0- Not Detect
LV CB Status
LV CBF protection detect HV1 CB
Check ON
192. 1/0 0 status
(for
1 - Detect; 0- Not Detect
CSC-326(M1))
Select whether the 1st digital input
BI1 ENABLE (BI1) trip the 1st digital output (BO1)
193. 1/0 0
BO1 or not.
1-enable, 0-disable
Select BO1 tripping in pulse mode
or in direct mode
BO1 Pulse 0- BO1 Direct Tripping, without
194. 1/0 0
Tripping delay
1- BO1 Pulse Tripping, with preset
delay time
Select whether the 2nd digital input
BI2 ENABLE (BI2) trip the 2nd digital output
195. 1/0 0
BO2 (BO2) or not.
1-enable, 0-disable
Select BO2 tripping in pulse mode
or in direct mode
BO2 Pulse 0- BO2 Direct Tripping, without
196. 1/0 0
Tripping delay
1- BO2 Pulse Tripping, with preset
delay time External DI
BI1 Start HV1 BI1 initiate HV1 side CBF to trip
197. 1/0 0
CBF ON 0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate
BI1 Start MV
CBF ON BI1 initiate MV side CBF
198. 1/0 0
(for 0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate
CSC-326(M2))
BI1 Start LV
CBF ON BI1 initiate LV side CBF
199. 1/0 0
(for 0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate
CSC-326(M1))
BI2 Start HV1 BI2 initiate HV1 side CBF
200. 1/0 0
CBF ON 0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate
BI2 Start MV
CBF ON BI2 initiate MV side CBF
201. 1/0 0
(for 0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate
CSC-326(M2))
BI2 Start LV
CBF ON BI2 initiate LV side CBF
202. 1/0 0
(for 0 - initiate, 1 – not initiate
CSC-326(M1))
HV VT FAIL HV VT Failure Detection On/Off VF
203. 1/0 0
Detect 1-On, 0-Off. Failure
HV Earthing mode: detection
HV Solid Earth 1: Solid earthed system ; (HV, MV,
204. 1/0 0
0: isolated system or resistance LV)
earthed.

165
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

MV VT FAIL MV VT Failure Detection On/Off

205. 1/0 0
Detect 1-On, 0-Off.
MV Earthing mode:
MV Solid Earth 1: Solid earthed system ;
206. 1/0 0
0: isolated system or resistance
earthed.
LV VT FAIL LV VT Failure Detection On/Off
207. 1/0 0
Detect 1-On, 0-Off.
LV Earthing mode:
LV Solid Earth 1: Solid earthed system ;
208. 1/0 0
0: isolated system or resistance
earthed.

166
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

6.4 Annunciations
6.4.1 Event report
Table 6-20 List of event report
Abbr.
No. Comment
(LCD Display)
1. Relay Start Relay Startup(Start)
2. PER DIFF Trip A
PER DIFF Trip B Treble slope percent Differential protection (IDIFF>) tripping for
3.
phase A/B/C
4. PER DIFF Trip C
5. INST DIFF Trip A
Instantaneous Differential protection (IDIFF>>)tripping for phase
6. INST DIFF Trip B
A/B/C
7. INST DIFF Trip C
8. HV REF Trip HV Restricted Earth fault (REF) protection tripping
9. MV REF Trip MV Restricted Earth fault (REF) protection tripping
10. LV REF Trip LV Restricted Earth fault (REF) protection tripping
11. DEF V/F Trip Overflux protection(V/F) tripping with definite (DEF) and
12. IVR V/F Trip inverse(IVR) time characteristics

13. HV IDMTL OC Trip HV inverse time IDMTL Overcurrent(OC) tripping

14. HV OC_1 Trip Overcurrent protection (OC) definite-time stage 1 (_1) or stage 2
15. HV OC_2 Trip (_2) tripping in High Voltage (HV) side with time delay
16. HV IDMTL EF Trip HV inverse time IDMTL Earth Fault (EF) tripping
17. HV EF_1 Trip Earth Fault (EF) protection definite-time Stage 1 (_1) or Stage 2
18. HV EF_2 Trip (_2) tripping in High Voltage (HV) side with time delay

19. HV Neu OC IDMTL HV inverse time IDMTL Neutral current (NC) tripping
20. HV Neu OC_1 Trip Neutral Current protection (NC) definite-time Stage 1 (_1) or
21. HV Neu OC_2 Trip Stage 2 (_2) tripping in High Voltage (HV) side with time delay

22. HV THERM Trip HV Thermal (TEM) Overload(OVLD) tripping (Trip)

23. MV IDMTL OC TRIP MV IDMTL Overcurrent(OC) tripping(TRIP)
24. MV OC_1 Trip Overcurrent protection (OC) stage 1 (_1) or stage 2 (_2) tripping
25. MV OC_2 Trip (Trip) in Mid- Voltage (MV) side with time delay T

26. MV IDMTL EF Trip MV inverse time IDMTL Earth Fault (EF) tripping
27. MV EF_1 Trip Earth Fault (EF) protection definite-time Stage 1 (_1) or Stage 2
28. MV EF_2 Trip (_2) tripping in Mid- Voltage (MV) side with time delay

29. MV Neu OC IDMTL MV inverse time IDMTL Neutral current (NC) tripping
30. MV Neu OC_1 Trip Neutral Current protection (NC) definite-time Stage 1 (_1) or
31. MV Neu OC_2 Trip Stage 2 (_2) tripping in Mid- Voltage (MV) side with time delay

32. MV THERM Trip MV Thermal (TEM) Overload(OVLD) tripping

33. LV IDMTL OC Trip LV inverse time IDMTL Overcurrent(OC) tripping
34. LV OC_1 Trip Overcurrent protection (OC) definite-time stage 1 (_1) or stage 2

167
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

35. LV OC_2 Trip (_2) tripping in Low Voltage (LV) side with time delay

36. LV IDMTL EF Trip LV inverse time IDMTL Earth Fault (EF) tripping
37. LV EF_1 Trip Earth Fault (EF) protection definite-time Stage 1 (_1) or Stage 2
38. LV EF_2 Trip (_2) tripping in Low Voltage (LV) side with time delay

39. LV Neu OC IDMTL LV inverse time IDMTL Neutral current (NC) tripping
40. LV Neu OC_1 Trip Neutral Current protection (NC) definite-time Stage 1 (_1) or
41. LV Neu OC_2 Trip Stage 2 (_2) tripping in Mid- Voltage (LV) side with time delay

42. LV THERM Trip LV Thermal (TEM) Overload(OVLD) tripping

LV delta winding (LW) Overload(OVLD) Low-setting
43. LW Load Low_Stg
stage(Low_Stg) tripping
LV delta winding (LW) Overload(OVLD) High-setting stage
44. LW Load High_Stg
(High_Stg) tripping
45. HV1 CBF T1 HV1 Circuit Breaker Failure of Stage 1
46. HV1 CBF T2 HV1 Circuit Breaker Failure of Stage 2
HV1 Circuit Breaker Failure initate by internal protection or
47. HV1 CBF INIT
external BI
48. MV CBF T1 MV Circuit Breaker Failure of Stage 1
49. MV CBF T2 MV Circuit Breaker Failure of Stage 2
MV Circuit Breaker Failure initate by internal protection or
50. MV CBF INIT
external BI
51. LV CBF T1 LV Circuit Breaker Failure of Stage 1
52. LV CBF T2 LV Circuit Breaker Failure of Stage 2
LV Circuit Breaker Failure initate by internal protection or external
53. LV CBF INIT
BI
54. BI Change Record Binary Input(BI) Change Disturbance Record
55. BI Tripping Binary Input Trip the binary output

6.4.2 Alarm report

The following is the illustration for device alarm message.
1) Alarm I is severe alarm. When alarm I happens, the alarm lamp on the front panel of the device
will flash, all of protection function will be switched out of service and the trip power of protection will
be blocked by the device.
2) Alarm II is other alarm. When alarm II happens, the alarm lamp on the front panel of the device
will light continuously, and the device will alarm the corresponding abnormal status (for example, the
circuit-breaker failure startup digital input is abnormal), and will not block the trip power of protection.
The alarm messages and alarm types are as Table 6-21.

Table 6-21 List of alarm report

No. Abbr. Comment Alarm I/II

(LCD Display)
1. Sampling Err Sampling data of analog input (AI) are error. Alarm I

168
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

2. EquipPara Err Equipment parameter is error. Alarm I

3. ROM Verify Err CRC verification to sum of ROM of CPU is error. Alarm I
4. Setting Err Setting value is error Alarm I
5. Set Group Err Pointer of setting group is error Alarm I
6. DO No Response Digital output (DO) has no response. Alarm I
7. DO Breakdown Digital output (DO) is of breakdown. Alarm I
8. DI Breakdown Digital input (DI) is of breakdown. Alarm II
9. DI Err Digital input (DI) is error. Alarm II
10. SysConfig Err System configuration is error. Alarm I
11. CAN Comm Fail CAN communication failure --
12. CAN Comm Recover CAN communication Recovery --
13. DI Module Err Digital input (DI) module is error. --
14. DO Module Err Digital output (DO) module is error. --
15. DI Config Err Digital input configuration is error. Alarm II
16. DO Config Err Digital output configuration is error. Alarm I
17. DI Comm Fail Communication failure in digital input (DI) Alarm II
18. DO Comm Fail Communication failure in digital output (DO) Alarm II
19. Test DO Un-reset Digital output (DO)-test has not been reset. Alarm II
20. DI Breakdown Digital input (DI) is of breakdown. Alarm II
21. DI Input Err The input of digital input (DI) is error. Alarm II
2-position input discordance, i.e. status of NC
22. NO/NC Discord Alarm II
and NO discord.
23. DI Check Err Self-checking circuit of digital input (DI) is error. Alarm II
24. DI EEPROM Err EEPROM of digital input (DI) is error. Alarm II
25. DO EEPROM Err EEPROM of digital output (DO) is error. Alarm I
26. SRAM Check Err SRAM self-checking is error. Alarm II
JP1 in CPU module is not inserted in correct
27. CPU JP1 Alarm Alarm II
position or missing.
When “DI SetGrp Switch” mode is applied by
setting a special control-word bit as 1, only
Group 1 and Group 2 are valid according to the
28. DI SetGroup Mode Alarm II
status of DI “Switch SetGroup”. It is not
permissible to switch to other group, otherwise
report "DI SetGroup Mode" will be sent.
29. Ph_A CT Fail CT failure in Phase A
30. Ph_B CT Fail CT failure in Phase B
31. Ph_C CT Fail CT failure in Phase C
32. DIFF Alarm Imbalance differential current alarm
33. DIFF 2HAR BLK Differential protection is blocked by 2nd harmonic.
Differential protection is blocked by 3rd or 5th
34. DIFF 3/5HAR BLK
harmonic.
35. HV REF Alarm HV Imbalance zero differential current alarm
36. MV REF Alarm MV Imbalance zero differential current alarm

169
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

37. LV REF Alarm LV Imbalance zero differential current alarm

38. HV THERM Alarm HV Thermal overload Alarm
39. MV THERM Alarm MV Thermal overload Alarm
40. LV THERM Alarm LV Thermal overload Alarm
41. DEF V/F Alarm Overflux alarm
Voltage or frequency is out of the permissible
42. U or F EXCEED
range (25~65Hertz, >0.7 Un)
43. HV VT Fail HV VT failure
44. HV Inrush Blk BU HV 2nd harmonic inrush block backup protection
45. HV Load Alarm HV overload alarm
46. MV VT Fail MV VT failure
nd
47. MV Inrush Blk BU MV 2 harmonic inrush block backup protection
48. MV Load Alarm MV overload alarm
49. LV VT Fail LV VT failure
nd
50. LV Inrush Blk BU LV 2 harmonic inrush block backup protection
51. LV Load Alarm LV overload alarm
52. LW Load Alarm Overload in LV delta winding alarm

6.4.3 Operating report

Table 6-22 List of operating report
Description of
No. comment
event
1. SwSetGroup OK Successful to switch setting group.
2. Write Set OK Successful to write setting values.
3. WriteEquipParaOK Successful to write equipment parameter.
4. WriteConfig OK Successful to write configuration.
5. AdjScale OK Successful to adjust scale of analog input (AI).
6. SelfDesc Change Self-description of equipment has changed.
7. Connt ON/OFF OK Successful to switch on/off connector.
8. ClrConfig OK Successful to clear configuration.
9. InTestMode Enter test mode.
10. OutTestMode Exit test mode.
11. Test DO OK Successful to digital output (DO) drive-test.
12. DI Change Status of digital input (DI) has changed.
13. AdjDrift OK Successful to adjust zero drift of analog input (AI).
14. ClearEventRpt OK Successful to Clear all Event reports in CPU
15. ClearAlarmRpt OK Successful to Clear all Alarm reports in CPU
16. Clear Log OK Successful to Clear all Log reports in CPU
17. Clear Record OK Successful to Clear all Records in CPU
18. Clear All Rpt OK Successful to Clear all Reports in CPU

170
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

The relay device is in testing mode (via DI or CW — Control

19. Relay Test Mode
word)
20. NOT Test Mode The relay device is out of testing mode (via DI or CW)
21. Diff Prot ON Differential protection is switched ON (by CW)
22. Diff Prot OFF Differential protection is switched OFF (by CW)
23. HV REF Prot ON HV REF protection is switched ON (by CW)
24. HV REF Prot OFF HV REF protection is switched OFF (by CW)
25. MV REF Prot ON MV REF protection is switched ON (by CW)
26. MV REF Prot OFF MV REF protection is switched OFF (by CW)
27. LV REF Prot ON LV REF protection is switched ON (by CW)
28. LV REF Prot OFF LV REF protection is switched OFF (by CW)
29. OverFlux ON Overflux protection of any voltage side is switched ON (by CW)
Overflux protection of any voltage side is switched OFF (by
30. OverFlux OFF
CW)
31. HV Therm O/L ON HV thermal overload protection is switched ON (by CW)
32. HV Therm O/L OFF HV thermal overload protection is switched OFF (by CW)
33. MV Therm O/L ON MV thermal overload protection is switched ON (by CW)
34. MV Therm O/L OFF MV thermal overload protection is switched OFF (by CW)
35. LV Therm O/L ON LV thermal overload protection is switched ON (by CW)
36. LV Therm O/L OFF LV thermal overload protection is switched OFF (by CW)
HV Overcurrent protection is switched ON (by CW), including
37. HV O/C ON
definite time stage 1, stage 2 and inverse time stage
HV Overcurrent protection is switched OFF (by CW), including
38. HV O/C OFF
DEF stage 1, stage 2 and INV stage
MV Overcurrent protection is switched ON (by CW), including
39. MV O/C ON
DEF stage 1, stage 2 and INV stage
MV Overcurrent protection is switched OFF (by CW), including
40. MV O/C OFF
DEF stage 1, stage 2 and INV stage
LV Overcurrent protection is switched ON (by CW), including
41. LV O/C ON
DEF stage 1, stage 2 and INV stage
LV Overcurrent protection is switched OFF (by CW), including
42. LV O/C OFF
DEF stage 1, stage 2 and INV stage
HV Earth Fault protection is switched ON (by CW), including
43. HV E/F ON
DEF stage 1, stage 2 and INV stage
HV Earth Fault protection is switched OFF (by CW), including
44. HV E/F OFF
DEF stage 1, stage 2 and INV stage
MV Earth Fault protection is switched ON (by CW), including
45. MV E/F ON
DEF stage 1, stage 2 and INV stage
MV Earth Fault protection is switched OFF (by CW), including
46. MV E/F OFF
DEF stage 1, stage 2 and INV stage
LV Earth Fault protection is switched ON (by CW), including
47. LV E/F ON
DEF stage 1, stage 2 and INV stage
LV Earth Fault protection is switched OFF (by CW), including
48. LV E/F OFF
DEF stage 1, stage 2 and INV stage
HV Neutral Overcurrent protection is switched ON (by CW),
49. HV NOC ON
including DEF stage 1, stage 2 and INV stage
HV Neutral Overcurrent protection is switched OFF (by CW),
50. HV NOC OFF
including DEF stage 1, stage 2 and INV stage
MV Neutral Overcurrent protection is switched ON (by CW),
51. MV NOC ON
including DEF stage 1, stage 2 and INV stage

171
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

MV Neutral Overcurrent protection is switched OFF (by CW),

52. MV NOC OFF
including DEF stage 1, stage 2 and INV stage
LV Neutral Overcurrent protection is switched ON (by CW),
53. LV NOC ON
including DEF stage 1, stage 2 and INV stage
LV Neutral Overcurrent protection is switched OFF (by CW),
54. LV NOC OFF
including DEF stage 1, stage 2 and INV stage
55. HV OverLoad ON HV Overload protection is switched ON (by CW)
56. HV OverLoad OFF HV Overload protection is switched OFF (by CW)
57. MV OverLoad ON MV Overload protection is switched ON (by CW)
58. MV OverLoad OFF MV Overload protection is switched OFF (by CW)
59. LV OverLoad ON LV Overload protection is switched ON (by CW)
60. LV OverLoad OFF LV Overload protection is switched OFF (by CW)
61. LW OverLoad ON LV delta winding overload protection is switched ON (by CW)
62. LW OverLoad OFF LV delta winding overload protection is switched OFF (by CW)
63. HV1 CBF ON HV1 circuit breaker failure protection is switched ON (by CW)
64. HV1 CBF OFF HV1 circuit breaker failure protection is switched OFF (by CW)
65. MV CBF ON MV circuit breaker failure protection is switched ON (by CW)
66. MV CBF OFF MV circuit breaker failure protection is switched OFF (by CW)
67. LV CBF ON LV circuit breaker failure protection is switched ON (by CW)
68. LV CBF OFF LV circuit breaker failure protection is switched OFF (by CW)
69. CPU Reset CPU Reset

172
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

6.5 Putting the equipment into operation

The following items are only provided to be referred. Users should formulate the corresponding
rules for maintenance and operation according to the actual situation in locale.

a) Check the setting lists inerrably, and then turn on DC power supply. Now the green light - LED
<Run> on panel is lit, other lights are extinguished. Under normal conditions, LCD display on loop
“year-month-day, hour : minute : second, magnitude and phase angle of analog quantities, channel
state, current setting zone: 00. Press SET key to display main menu. Press one or several times
QUIT key，exit current menu one time or step by step to return normal state of display. Then
re-check the clock by turning off DC power and then on.

b) Connect currents (load current must be larger than 0.1In) and voltages to the device, under
normal state of loop display, press SET key to enter into main menu, then enter into every sub-menu
to check whether the polarity and the phase sequence of each analog input are correct or not. Verify
the sampled data of the protection in accordance with the actual ones.

c) Check the protection settings. Print each set of settings that are possibly employed in the actual
operating modes, in order to check them with informed sheet of setting and backup debugging
notes.

d) Check the digital inputs in accord with the practical state, and make note. Especially notice that
there is not display of “small hand” on the upper right of LCD under normal conditions (that means
relay test state).

Table 6-23 Analog input and its meaning

Analog input Description

IHV1A HV side 1st group current for phase A
IHV1B HV side 1st group current for phase B
IHV1C HV side 1st group current for phase C
IHV2A HV side 2nd group current for phase A
IHV2B HV side 2nd group current for phase B
IHV2C HV side 2nd group current for phase C
UHVA HV side voltage for phase A
UHVB HV side voltage for phase B
UHVC HV side voltage for phase C
IMVA MV side current for phase A
IMVB MV side current for phase B
IMVC MV side current for phase C
UMVA MV side voltage for phase A

173
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

UMVB MV side voltage for phase B

UMVC MV side voltage for phase C
ILVA LV side current for phase A
ILVB LV side current for phase B
ILVC LV side current for phase C
ILVWA LV side current for phase A in delta winding
ILVWB LV side current for phase B in delta winding
ILVWC LV side current for phase C in delta winding
ULVA LV side voltage for phase A
ULVB LV side voltage for phase B
ULVC LV side voltage for phase C
IREFHV HV Neutral current for REF
INBKHV HV Neutral current for Backup
IREFMV MV Neutral current for REF
INBKMV MV Neutral current for Backup
IREFLV LV Neutral current for REF
INBKLV LV Neutral current for Backup
UHVAB HV side voltage for phase A to phase B
UHVBC HV side voltage for phase B to phase C
UHVCA HV side voltage for phase C to phase A
UMVAB MV side voltage for phase A to phase B
UMVBC MV side voltage for phase B to phase C
UMVCA MV side voltage for phase C to phase A
ULVAB LV side voltage for phase A to phase B
ULVBC LV side voltage for phase B to phase C
ULVCA LV side voltage for phase C to phase A
DI1A Differential current of phase A, the first harmonic element (50Hz)
DI1B Differential current of phase B, the first harmonic element (50Hz)
DI1C Differential current of phase C, the first harmonic element (50Hz)
DI2A Differential current of phase A, the second harmonic element (100Hz)
DI2B Differential current of phase B, the second harmonic element (100Hz)
DI2C Differential current of phase C, the second harmonic element (100Hz)
DI5A Differential current of phase A, the fifth harmonic element
DI5B Differential current of phase B, the fifth harmonic element
DI5C Differential current of phase C, the fifth harmonic element
IRESA Restraint current of phase A, in the differential protection
IRESB Restraint current of phase B, in the differential protection
IRESC Restraint current of phase C, in the differential protection

174
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

ID0HV HV, REF differential current,

ID0MV MV, REF differential current,
ID0LV LV, REF differential current,
V/FHV HV, ratio of volt/hertz
V/FMV MV, ratio of volt/hertz
V/FLV LV, ratio of volt/hertz
3I0HV HV, zero-sequence current
3I0MV MV, zero-sequence current
3I0LV LV, zero-sequence current
P_HV HV, active power
Q_HV HV, reactive power
COSQH HV, power factor (PF)
P_MV MV, active power
Q_MV MV, reactive power
COSQM MV, power factor (PF)
P_LV LV, active power
Q_LV LV, reactive power
COSQL LV, power factor (PF)
F Frequency
THERH HV thermal overload cumulate percent
THERM MV thermal overload cumulate percent
THERL LV thermal overload cumulate percent
InvVF Inverse overflux cumulate percent

175
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

7 Installation and commissioning

7.1 Unpacking & repacking

• When dispatched from the factory, the equipment is packed in accordance with the guidelines
laid down in IEC 60255-21, which specifies the impact resistance of packaging .This packing
shall be removed with care, without force to the equipment and without the use of
inappropriate tools.

•The equipment should be visually checked to ensure that there are no external traces of
damage. Verify that the conformity certificates, matched documents, accessories are
consistent with the order requirements, and ensure that the type, nameplate, numbers of the
equipments are perfect and consistent with packing list.

• The transport packing can be re-used for further transport when applied in the same way. The
storage packing of the individual equipments is not suited to transport. If alternative packing is
used, this must also provide the same degree of protection against mechanical shock, as laid
down in IEC 60255-21-1 class 2 and IEC 60255-21-2 class 1.

• Before initial energizing with supply voltage, the equipment shall be situated in the operating
area for at least two hours in order to ensure temperature equalization and to avoid humidity
influences and condensation.

176
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

7.2 Mounting
• The equipment ought to be fixed on panel or cabinet, and every connection bolt of the
equipment must be firmed.

• Using earthing coppery wires connect the equipment ground and panel (cabinet) ground with
bus line and verify the earthing is reliably.

• Checking the connection

• The equipment wiring must meet the requirements of wiring scheme.

177
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

7.3 Check before power on

• Pull out all the modules, check-up whether the mechanical structure accessory on the board
becomes flexible or there are mechanical damages and whether the wiring is fastness.

• Check the man-machine interface is connected with faceplate reliable.

• Check the type tag of the equipment on faceplate, the lighting tag, backboard terminal figure,
terminal number tag and nameplate label of the equipment are intact and right.

• Each module withdrawal and insertion is flexible, space between module and plug slot are
suitable right, and the insertion depth is satisfied. Verify the lock-up is reliable. The slice of
current connecter for short circuit ought to be opened reliably when module is inserted.

• Test insulation resistance in turn between analog circuits and ground, and the circuits to each
others every resistance must not be less than 100 MΩ.

178
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

7.4 Check with power on

• Power supply check

Testing of voltage output value and its stability：Every class output voltage must be maintained
stably as shown in Table 7-1 when the input voltage of DC power supply is UN.
Table 7-1 Permissive range for dc supplied by the power
Rated voltage Permissive range
+5 4.8∼5.2
+12 11∼13
−12 −11∼−13
+24 22∼26

• give alarm after power off

Energized DC power supply, the equipment for loss of power alarm ought to be excited reliably, and
its contacts as X12-c16 and X12-a16 must be opened reliably. Cut off rating DC power supply, the
relay for loss of power alarm ought to be lost magnetism reliably, and its contacts as X12-c16 and
X12-a16 must be closed reliably.

179
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

8 Maintenance

8.1 Routine checks

• Measure resistance in turn between analog circuits and ground.
• Measure output voltage in every class.
• Check printer.
• Revise zero draft and scale.
• Verify alarm circuit.
• Verify binary input.
• Actual live tripping including circuit breaker.
• Check setting.

180
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

8.2 Replacing the back-up battery

• Battery is used to store data, record fault and inner clock in case the power is off.
• Battery is checked up timing, it will send out alarm after it is invalid or decline.
• The back-up battery should be replaced at the latest after 10 years of operation or after alarm
signal was sent out.
• Recommended battery: Lithium battery CR1/2AA, 3V/1Ah.

181
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

8.3 Fault tracing

The equipment may test all hardware components itself, including loop out of the relay coil, Watch
can find whether or not the equipment is in fault through warning lights and warning characters
which shows in liquid crystal display and print reports to tell fault location and kind.
The method of eliminate fault is replacing fault board or eliminate external fault.

182
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

8.4 Repairs
• Users should not change modules circuit or backboard circuit in repair.
• It’s appropriate to change power board when power supply is fault.
• It’s suggested that power board should purchased per 4 or 6 years because it can’t storage for
a long time.

183
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

8.5 The notices during operation

a) During operation, nobody is allowed to touch the live parts of the device, insert or pull out the
plug-in unit, press the keyboard on the panel optionally, and operate the following commands:
output driving, modify setting, solidify setting, setup system and change the device address in the
communication network etc.

b) If all the relays of the device are to be quitted from operation, open the tripping strap at first, and
then turn off the DC power. If one of the relays is to be quitted during operation, only the
corresponding strap of the relay needs to be quitted.

c) When fault occurs during operation, if the protection operates to trip, the corresponding LED of
tripping signal is lit and MMI displays the newest operating report. If autoreclosing operates to
reclose, the “reclose” LED is lit. The operating report, record report should be printed automatically
and the detail notes must be written down.

d) If the DC power supply disappears during operation, quit the tripping strap at first.

e) If alarm Ⅰ occurs during operation, the corresponding relay should be stop employing, record
the alarm message and inform the operator in charge of the protection. Here, prohibit pressing the
reset button. If alarm Ⅱ occurs, record the alarm message and inform the operator in charge of the
protection to analyze and handle it.

184
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

9 Storage
• Although protection equipments are generally of robust construction, they require a careful
treatment prior to installation on site, since they must be carefully packed and unpacked, without
applying any force to the equipment and using suitable tools. Once supplied, the equipment
must be thoroughly inspected to ensure that they have not undergone shipping damages. If the
equipment is not immediately installed upon reception, they must be stored in places free from
dust and moisture, causticity in their original packing.

• Storage and transport temperature: -25°C + 70°C.

• The equipment must only be stored and carried in the special antistatic bag.

185
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

10 Ordering

10.1 Ordering data

CSC326-SELECTION AND ORDERING DATA

CSC326 digital 2/3 WNDG Order No.

Transformer protection equip. CSC-326 W0

Model Nos.
Two Winding Transformer-Model M1 M1
Three Winding Transformer-Model M2 M2
Rated current for High Voltage side
1A 1
5A 5
Rated current for Middle Voltage side
1A 1
5A 5
Rated current for Low Loltage side
1A 1
5A 5
Rated auxiliary voltage
110V DC 1
220V DC 2

Master module type, different hardware

087 K
125 W
Electrical internet or Fibre internet interface on Master module ( 2 ports)
A (Electrical) A
B (Fibre) B
RS485 interface on Master module
1 1
2 2

186
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

10.2 Ordering data sample

For example, CSC-326B_H1M5L5P2W01301, it shows that,
1. Three-winding transformer or autotransformer,
2. In HV side, rated current of CT is 1A;
3. In MV side, rated current of CT is 5A;
4. In LV side, rated current of CT is 5A;
5. Power is 220V DC;
6. Electric Ethernet interface on Master Module is 3;
7. Fiber Ethernet interface on Master module is 0;
8. RS485 interface on Master module is 1.

187
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

11 Appendix
This appendix is primarily a reference for the experienced user. General diagrams indicating the
terminal connections of the CSC326(M1) and CSC-326(M2) are included. Connection examples
show the proper connections of the device to primary equipment in typical power system
configurations. Tables with all information available in a CSC-326 equipped with all options are
provided.

The main contents are as follows:

11.1 Terminal diagrams
11.2 Connection Examples
11.3 Digital input module
11.4 Digital output module
11.5 Communication Protocol

188
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

11.1 Terminal diagrams

X6(BI MODULE) X4(MASTER MODULE)

X3(AI MODULE) X1(AI MODULE)
c a NOT USED 1
2 DC+ INPUT R24V+ INPUT 232-TRAN 2 b a b a
4 HV1 CB Open Status REM ACCESS BLK 232-RECV 3 1 ILVA' ILVA 1 IHV1A' IHV1A
6 HV1 CB Close Status RELAY TEST 232-GND 4 2 ILVB' ILVB 2 IHV1B' IHV1B
8 RESET
BI TRIGGER DR5 485-2B 5 ILVC' ILVC
10 3 3 IHV1C' IHV1C
BI TRIGGER DR6 485-2A 6
12 BI TRIGGER DR7 HV VT MCB FAIL 4 IREFLV' IREFLV 4 IHV2A' IHV2A
LV CB Open Status
485-1B 7
14 Not Used
16 LV CB Close Status LV VT MCB FAIL
485-1A 8 5 INBKLV' INBKLV 5 IHV2B' IHV2B

18 BI TRIGGER DR8 BI TRIGGER DR1

GPS 9 6 6 IHV2C' IHV2C
20 BI TRIGGER DR9 BI TRIGGER DR2
GPSGND 10 7 7 IREFHV' IREFHV
22 BI TRIGGER DR10 BI TRIGGER DR3 LON-2A 11 8 8 INBKHV' INBKHV
24 HV1 CB EXT. INT BI TRIGGER DR4 LON-2B 12 9 9
26 LV CB EXT. INT LONGND 13 10 10
U3C U3B U1C U1B
28 DC- INPUT R24V- INPUT LON-1A 14
11 U3N U3A 11 U1N U1A
30 BI1 LON-1B 15
32 BI2 Switch SetGroup NOT USED 16 12 12

X12(POWER) X11(BO MODULE) X10(BO MODULE) X9(BO MODULE) X8(BO MODULE)

c a c a c a c a c a
2 2 SIG-6(COM+) SIG-5(COM+) 2 SIG-2(COM+) SIG-1(COM+) 2 3-PHASE TRIP 2-1 2 3-PHASE TRIP 1-1
R24V+ OUT
4 4 Not Used HV OVLD ALM-1 4 OV/FLUX ALM-1 D I F F ALM-1 4 3-PHASE TRIP 2-2 4 3-PHASE TRIP 1-2
6 6 Not Used Not Used 6 HV TH/OL ALM-1 HV REF ALM-1 6 3-PHASE TRIP 2-3 6 3-PHASE TRIP 1-3
8 8 Not Used LV OVLD ALM-1 8 L V T H / O L A L M - 1L V R E F A L M - 1 8 3-PHASE TRIP 2-4 8 3-PHASE TRIP 1-4
10 R24V- OUT 10 SIG-8(COM+) SIG-7(COM+) 10 SIG-4(COM+) SIG-3(COM+) 10 3-PHASE TRIP 2-5 10 3-PHASE TRIP 1-5
12 12 Not Used HV OVLD ALM-2 1 2 OV/FLUX ALM-2 D I F F ALM-2 12 3-PHASE TRIP 2-6 12 3-PHASE TRIP 1-6
14 DC FAILURE 14 Not Used Not Used 1 4 H V T H / O L A L M - 2H V R E F A L M - 2 14 3-PHASE TRIP 2-7 14 3-PHASE TRIP 1-7
16 DC FAILURE 16 Not Used LV OVLD ALM-2 1 6 L V T H / O L A L M - 2L V R E F A L M - 2 16 3-PHASE TRIP 2-8 16 3-PHASE TRIP 1-8
18 18 BO CONFIG BI1 -1 18 HV VT FAIL-1 18 3-PHASE TRIP 2-9 18 3-PHASE TRIP 1-9
20 20 BO CONFIG BI1 -2 20 HV VT FAIL-2 20 3-PHASE TRIP 2-10 20 3-PHASE TRIP 1-10
DC+ INPUT
22 22 BO CONFIG BI2 -1 22 Not Used 22 3-PHASE TRIP 2-11 22 3-PHASE TRIP 1-11
24 24 BO CONFIG BI2 -2 24 Not Used 24 3-PHASE TRIP 2-12 24 3-PHASE TRIP 1-12
26 26 ALARM I-1 26 LV VT FAIL-1 26 3-PHASE TRIP 2-13 26 3-PHASE TRIP 1-13
DC- INPUT
28 28 ALARM I-2 28 LV VT FAIL-2 28 3-PHASE TRIP 2-14 28 3-PHASE TRIP 1-14
30 30 ALARM II-1 30 CT FAIL-1 30 3-PHASE TRIP 2-15 30 3-PHASE TRIP 1-15
32 32 ALARM II-2 32 CT FAIL-2 32 3-PHASE TRIP 2-16 32 3-PHASE TRIP 1-16

Fig. 11-1 Terminal diagram on the rear board of CSC-326(Model 1)

189
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

X6(BI MODULE) X4(MASTER MODULE)

X3(AI MODULE) X2(AI MODULE) X1(AI MODULE)
c a NOT USED 1
2 DC+ INPUT R24V+ INPUT 232-TRAN 2 b a b a b a
4 HV1 CB Open Status REM ACCESS BLK 232-RECV 3 1 ILVA' ILVA 1 IMVA' IMVA 1 IHV1A' IHV1A
6 HV1 CB Close Status RELAY TEST
232-GND 4
RESET 2 ILVB' ILVB 2 IMVB' IMVB 2 IHV1B' IHV1B
8 BI TRIGGER DR5 485-2B 5
1 0 BI TRIGGER DR6 3 ILVC' ILVC 3 IMVC' IMVC 3 IHV1C' IHV1C
485-2A 6 ILVWA'
1 2 BI TRIGGER DR7 HV VT MCB FAIL 4 ILVWA 4 IREFMV' IREFMV 4 IHV2A' IHV2A
1 4 MV CB Open Status MV VT MCB FAIL
485-1B 7
ILVWB' ILVWB IHV2B'
1 6 MV C B Close Status LV VT MCB FAIL
485-1A 8 5 5 INBKMV' INBKMV 5 IHV2B
GPS 9 6 ILVWC' ILVWC 6 6 IHV2C' IHV2C
1 8 BI TRIGGER DR8 BI TRIGGER DR1
2 0 BI TRIGGER DR9 BI TRIGGER DR2 GPSGND 10 7 7 7 IREFHV' IREFHV
2 2 BI TRIGGER DR10 BI TRIGGER DR3 LON-2A 11 8 8 8 INBKHV' INBKHV
2 4 H V1 CB EXT. INT BI TRIGGER DR4 LON-2B 12 9 9 9
2 6 MV CB EXT. INT LONGND 13 10 10 10
U3C U3B U2C U2B U1C U1B
28 DC- INPUT R24V- INPUT LON-1A 14
11 U3N U3A 11 U2N U2A 11 U1N U1A
30 BI1 LON-1B 15
32 BI2 Switch SetGroup NOT USED 16 12 12 12

X12(POWER) X11(BO MODULE) X10(BO MODULE) X9(BO MODULE) X8(BO MODULE)

c a c a c a c a c a
2 2 SIG-6(COM+) SIG-5(COM+) 2 SIG-2(COM+) SIG-1(COM +) 2 3-PHASE TRIP 2-1 2 3-PH ASE TRIP 1-1
R24V+ OUT
4 4 HV OVLD ALM-1 4 OV/FLUX ALM-1 D I F F ALM-1 4 3-PHASE TRIP 2-2 4 3-PH ASE TRIP 1-2
6 6 Not Used MV OVLD ALM-1 6 HV TH/OL ALM-1 HV R EF ALM-1 6 3-PHASE TRIP 2-3 6 3-PH ASE TRIP 1-3
8 8 Not Used LV OVLD ALM-1 8 MV TH/OL ALM-1MV R EF ALM-1 8 3-PHASE TRIP 2-4 8 3-PH ASE TRIP 1-4
10 R24V- OUT 1 0 SIG-8(COM+) SIG-7(COM+) 1 0 SIG-4(C OM+) SIG-3(COM+) 10 3-PHASE TRIP 2-5 10 3-PH ASE TRIP 1-5
12 12 HV OVLD ALM-2 1 2 OV/FLUX ALM-2 D I F F ALM-2 12 3-PHASE TRIP 2-6 12 3-PH ASE TRIP 1-6
14 DC FAILURE 1 4 N o t Used MV OVLD ALM-2 1 4 HV TH/OL ALM-2 HV R EF ALM-2 14 3-PHASE TRIP 2-7 14 3-PH ASE TRIP 1-7
16 DC FAILURE 1 6 N o t Used LV OVLD ALM-2 1 6 MV TH/OL ALM-2 M V RE F ALM-2 16 3-PHASE TRIP 2-8 16 3-PH ASE TRIP 1-8
18 18 BO CONFIG BI1 -1 18 HV VT FAIL-1 18 3-PHASE TRIP 2-9 18 3-PH ASE TRIP 1-9
20 20 BO CONFIG BI1 -2 20 HV VT FAIL-2 20 3-PHASE TRIP 2-10 20 3-PHASE TRIP 1-10
DC+ INPUT
22 22 BO CONFIG BI2 -1 22 MV VT FAIL-1 22 3-PHASE TRIP 2-11 22 3-PHASE TRIP 1-11
24 24 BO CONFIG BI2 -2 24 MV VT FAIL-2 24 3-PHASE TRIP 2-12 24 3-PHASE TRIP 1-12
26 26 ALARM I-1 26 LV VT FAIL-1 26 3-PHASE TRIP 2-13 26 3-PHASE TRIP 1-13
DC- INPUT
28 28 ALARM I-2 28 LV VT FAIL-2 28 3-PHASE TRIP 2-14 28 3-PHASE TRIP 1-14
30 30 ALARM II-1 30 CT FAIL-1 30 3-PHASE TRIP 2-15 30 3-PHASE TRIP 1-15
32 32 ALARM II-2 32 CT FAIL-2 32 3-PHASE TRIP 2-16 32 3-PHASE TRIP 1-16

Fig. 11-2 Terminal diagram on the rear board of CSC-326 (Model 2)

190
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

11.2 Connection Examples

Fig.11-3 illustrates the recommended standard connection for two-winding transformers.
Fig.11-4 illustrates the recommended standard connection for three-winding transformers.

Differential protection embraces protection of the high voltage side and low voltage side of the
transformer cable. The permissible cable length and the CT design (permissible load) are
mutually dependent. Recalculation is advisable as for lengths of more than 100m.

Typical connection 1

Fig. 11-3 Typical connection example for two-winding transformer

191
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

Typical connection 2

Fig.11-4 Typical connection example for three-winding transformer

192
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

11.3 Binary input module

X6(DI MODULE) X6(DI MODULE)

c a c a
2 DC+ INPUT R24V+ INPUT 2 DC+ INPUT R24V+ INPUT
4 HV1 CB Open Status REM ACCESS BLK 4 HV1 CB Open Status REM ACCESS BLK
6 HV1 CB Close Status RELAY TEST 6 HV1 CB Close Status RELAY TEST
8 BI TRIGGER DR5 RESET 8 BI TRIGGER DR5 RESET
10 BI TRIGGER DR6 10 BI TRIGGER DR6
12 BI TRIGGER DR7 HV VT MCB FAIL 12 BI TRIGGER DR7 HV VT MCB FAIL
14 LV CB Open Status Not Used 14 MV CB Open Status MV VT MCB FAIL
16 LV CB Close Status LV VT MCB FAIL 16 MV CB Close Status LV VT MCB FAIL
18 BI TRIGGER DR8 BI TRIGGER DR1 18 BI TRIGGER DR8 BI TRIGGER DR1
20 BI TRIGGER DR9 BI TRIGGER DR2 20 BI TRIGGER DR9 BI TRIGGER DR2
22 BI TRIGGER DR10 BI TRIGGER DR3 22 BI TRIGGER DR10 BI TRIGGER DR3
24 HV1 CB EXT. INT BI TRIGGER DR4 24 HV1 CB EXT. INT BI TRIGGER DR4
26 LV CB EXT. INT 26 MV CB EXT. INT
28 DC- INPUT R24V- INPUT 28 DC- INPUT R24V- INPUT
30 BI1 30 BI1
32 BI2 Switch SetGroup 32 BI2 Switch SetGroup

(a) X6 in CSC-326(M1) (b) X6 in CSC-326(M2)

Fig. 11-5 Connection for binary input module X6

193
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

11.4 Binary output module

2 2
4 4
6 6
8 8
10 10
12 12
14 14
16 16
18 18
20 20
22 22
24 24
26 26
28 28
30 30
32 32

Fig. 11-6 Connection for tripping binary output modules (X8 and X9)

2 2
4 4
6 6
8 8
10 10
12 12
14 14
16 16
18 18
20 20
22 22
24 24
26 26
28 28
30 30
32 32

Fig. 11-7 Connection for signaling binary output modules (X10 and X11) in CSC-326(M1)

194
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

2 2
4 4
6 6
8 8
10 10
12 12
14 14
16 16
18 18
20 20
22 22
24 24
26 26
28 28
30 30
32 32

Fig. 11-8 Connection for signaling binary output modules (X10 and X11) in CSC-326(M2)

195
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

11.5 Communication Protocol

Table 11-1 Communication protocol
Front port for communication
Connection type electric COM port
Communication protocol Interior communication protocol
Type of connector DB9 pin connector
Speed of communication 9600 bps
Rear port for local / only local communication
remote communication
Connection type RS-232;Ethernet;RS-485
Communication protocol CSC2000
Medium of connection electric
Type of connector RS-232:DB25 connector;Ethernet:RJ45;RS-485:twisted-pair
RS-232:9600bps; Ethernet:10/100Mbps adaptable;
Speed of communication
RS-485:9600bps~38400bps
Isolation yes
Dielectric level III
Maximum cable length RS-232:10m;Ethernet:110m ;RS-485:1.2km
Type of port required at PC Ethernet:RJ45;RS-485:COM port
end
Functions supported by this RS-232:Print setting, fault report, waveform report
port Ethernet&RS-485:see above 12 m)
Rear port for substation automation
Connection type 2 Ethernet port;2 RS-485
Ethernet：IEC-61850
Communication protocol
RS485：IEC 60870-5-103
Medium of connection Ethernet port: optics/electric ;RS-485:electric;
Ethernet port:(SC/ST)/RJ45 ; RS-485:twisted-pair;
Type of connector
twisted-pair

Speed of communication Ethernet port:10/100Mbps adaptable ; RS-85:9600bps;

Maximum cable length Ethernet port(optics/electric):110m/2km ; RS-485: 1.2km;

Optical wavelength 850nm;1300nm
Permissible line attenuation 15dB
Type of port required at PC Ethernet port; COM port
end
Standard IEC 60870-5-103 ;IEC 61850

196
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

11.6 CSC-326 IEC 61850 Communication

11.6.1 Overview
This port introduces the data modeling, communication principles that are used in the IEDs.
The purpose of supporting IEC61850 series is to provide interoperability between devices from
different venders.
For some advanced applications, the reader should have intensive knowledge about
IEC61850.

11.6.2 Communication Profile

The communication between substation level and bay level uses mainstream technology,
which is an ISO/OSI stack consisting of Ethernet (layers 1 and 2), TCP/IP (layers 3 and 4) and
MMS (layers 5-7). The object models and their communication services are mapped to the
application layer of MMS (layer 7).
The communication between substation level and bay level is of connection-oriented type. The
communication services to access and retrieve the data are mostly of client/server type.
Note:
MMS: Manufacturing Message Specification.

Table 11-2 Association specification

Description Value / Clarification
Maximum number of clients that can set-up 12
an association simultaneously
Is authentication supported N
What association parameters are necessary Transport selector Y for called selector, N for
for successful association calling selector
Session selector Y for called selector, N for
calling selector
Presentation selector Y for called selector, N
for calling selector.
AP Title N for calling and called AP Title
AE Qualifier N for calling and called AE Title
If association parameters are necessary for Transport selector 00 01
association, describe the correct values e.g. Session selector 00 01
Presentation selector 00 00 00 01
AP Title 1 3 9999 33
AE Qualifier 33
What is the typical startup time after a power 60 seconds
supply interrupt

197
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

Table 11-3 Reporting specification

Description Value / Clarification
The supported trigger conditions are integrity
data change
quality change
data update
GENERAL
INTERROGATION
The supported optional fields are sequence-number
report-time-stamp
reason-for-inclusion
data-set-name
data-reference
buffer-overflow only for BRCB
entryID only for BRCB
conf-rev
segmentation
Can the server send segmented reports Y
Pre-configured RCB attributes that cannot be N
changed online when RptEna = FALSE
(see also the ICD report settings)

Table 11-4 Control specification

Description Value / Clarification
What control modes status-only
are supported SBO-with-enhanced-security
What service error ACCESS-NOT-ALLOWED-IN-CURRENT-STATE
types are supported PARAMETER-VALUE-INAPPROPRIATE
CONTROL-MUST-BE-SELECTED
FAILED-DUE-TO-SERVER-CONSTRAINT
What additional cause BLOCKED-BY-SWITCHING-HIERARCHY
diagnosis are SELECT-FAILED
supported POSITION-REACHED
PARAMETER-CHANGE-IN-EXECUTION
ABORTION-BY-CANCEL
TIME-LIMIT-OVER
Which origin categories Bay-control, station-control, remote-control, automatic-bay,
are supported? What automatic-station, automatic-remote, maintenance, process.
happens if the orCat is When orCat is not supported response failure.
not supported?
Select timeout 60 SECONDS
Operate timeout 30 SECONDS

Table 11-5 Setting group control specification

Description Value / Clarification
What is the number of supported setting As configured in ICD file.
groups for each logical device
What is the effect of when and how the Display setting data and saved information on
non-volatile storage is updated the LCD of IED.
(compare IEC 61850-8-1 $16.2.4)

198
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

Table 11-6 File transfer specification

Description Value / Clarification
What is structure of files and directories? Directory name is COMTRADE.
Directory names are separated from the file “/”
name by
The maximum file name size including path 255
(recommended 64 chars)
Are directory/file name case sensitive Case sensitive

11.6.3 Data Model Profile

It is introduced in this part, the layout of the Logical Device, Logical Nodes and Data Objects.
The IEC61850 device model begins with a physical device. There are several logical devices
within each physical device. And there are at least 3 logical nodes within each logical device.
Note:
There are No vender specific Logical Node Class and Common Data Class in CSC series
devices.

Table 11-7 Logical Devices Model

LD Name Description Function
LD0 Device related LD Data about device: Self-checking, Alarm etc
PROT Protection LD Data about Protection: Protection Event, Setting
Group. etc
MEAS Measurement LD Data about Measurement
DREC Disturbance Record LD Data about Disturbance Record

Table 11-8 Data set model

Description Value / Clarification
What is the maximum number of data 800
elements in one data set
How many persistent data sets can be FOR ONE LD, THE SUM
created by one or more clients OF CONFIGURED DATE
SETS AND PERSISTENT
DATA SETS IS NO MORE
THAN 20.

11.6.4 ACSI Conformance

Table 11-9 ACSI Basic Conformance
Client/ Server/ CSC Explanatio
subscrib publishe Series n
er r IED
Client-server roles
B11 Server side (of - C1 Y
TWO-PARTYAPPLICATION-
ASSOCIATION)
B12 Client side of C1 - N
(TWO-PARTYAPPLICATION-
ASSOCIATION)
SCSMs supported
B21 SCSM: IEC 61850-8-1 used N N Y
B22 SCSM: IEC 61850-9-1 used N N N

199
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

B23 SCSM: IEC 61850-9-2 used N N N

B24 SCSM: other N N N
Generic substation event model (GSE)
B31 Publisher side - O N
B32 Subscriber side O - N
Transmission of sampled value model (SVC)
B41 Publisher side - O N
B42 Subscriber side O - N

Table 11-10 ACSI models conformance

Client/ Server/ CSC Explanation
subscriber publisher Series
IED
If Server side (B11) supported
M1 Logical device C2 C2 Y
M2 Logical node C3 C3 Y
M3 Data C4 C4 Y

M4 Data set C5 C5 Y

M5 Substitution O O N

M6 Setting group control O O Y

Reporting
M7 Buffered report control O O Y
M7-1 sequence-number Y Y Y
M7-2 report-time-stamp Y Y Y
M7-3 reason-for-inclusion Y Y Y
M7-4 data-set-name Y Y Y
M7-5 data-reference Y Y Y
M7-6 buffer-overflow Y Y Y
M7-7 entryID Y Y Y
M7-8 BufTm Y Y Y
M7-9 IntgPd N Y Y
M7-10 GI Y Y Y
M8 Unbuffered report M M Y
control
M8-1 sequence-number Y Y Y
M8-2 report-time-stamp Y Y Y
M8-3 reason-for-inclusion Y Y Y
M8-4 data-set-name Y Y Y
M8-5 data-reference Y Y Y
M8-6 BufTm Y Y Y
M8-7 IntgPd N Y Y
M8-8 GI N Y Y
Logging
M9 Log control O O N
M9-1 IntgPd N N N
M10 Log O O N
GSE
M12 GOOSE O O N
M13 GSSE O O N
M14 Multicast SVC O O N
M15 Unicast SVC O O N
M16 Time M M Y
M17 File Transfer O O Y

200
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

Table 11-11 ACSI service conformance

Client/ Server/ CSC Explanation
subscriber publisher Series
IED
Server
S1 ServerDirectory - M Y
Application association
S2 Associate M M Y
S3 Abort M M Y
S4 Release M M Y
Logical device
S5 LogicalDeviceDirectory M M Y
Logical node

S6 LogicalNodeDirectory M M Y
S7 GetAllDataValues O M Y
Data
S8 GetDataValues M M Y
S9 SetDataValues O O Y
S10 GetDataDirectory O M Y
S11 GetDataDefinition O M Y
Data set
S12 GetDataSetValues O M Y
S13 SetDataSetValues O O Y
S14 CreateDataSet O O Y
S15 DeleteDataSet O O Y
S16 GetDataSetDirectory O O Y
Substitution
S17 SetDataValues M M N
Setting group control

S18 SelectActiveSG O O Y
S19 SelectEditSG O O Y
S20 SetSGValues O O Y
S21 ConfirmEditSGValues O O Y
S22 GetSGValues O O Y
S23 GetSGCBValues O O Y
Reporting
Buffered report control block (BRCB)
S24 Report C6 C6 Y
S24-1 data-change (dchg) C6 C6 Y
S24-2 qchg-change (qchg) C6 C6 Y
S24-3 data-update (dupd) C6 C6 Y
S25 GetBRCBValues C6 C6 Y
S26 SetBRCBValues C6 C6 Y
Unbuffered report control block (URCB)
S27 Report C6 C6 Y
S27-1 data-change (dchg) C6 C6 Y
S27-2 qchg-change (qchg) C6 C6 Y
S27-3 data-update (dupd) C6 C6 Y
S28 GetURCBValues C6 C6 Y
S29 SetURCBValues C6 C6 Y
c6 – shall declare support for at least one (BRCB or URCB)
Logging
Log control block
S30 GetLCBValues M M N

201
CSC-326 Numerical Transformer Protection Equipment ( M1 / M2 ) Manual

S31 SetLCBValues O M N
Log
S32 QueryLogByTime C7 M N
S33 QueryLogAfter C7 M N
S34 GetLogStatusValues M M N
c7 – shall declare support for at least one (QueryLogByTime or QueryLogAfter).
Generic substation event model (GSE)
GOOSE-CONTROL-BLOCK
S35 SendGOOSEMessage C8 C8 N
S36 GetGoReference O C9 N
S37 GetGOOSEElementNumber O C9 N
S38 GetGoCBValues O O N
S39 SetGoCBValues O O N
GSSE-CONTROL-BLOCK
S40 SendGSSEMessage C8 C8 N
S41 GetGsReference O C9 N
S42 GetGSSEElementNumber O C9 N
S43 GetGsCBValues O O N
S44 SetGsCBValues O O N
c8 – shall declare support for at least one (SendGOOSEMessage or SendGSSEMessage).
c9 – shall declare support if TP association is available.

Transmission of sampled value model (SVC)

S45 SendMSVMessage C10 C10 N
S46 GetMSVCBValues O O N
S47 SetMSVCBValues O O N
Unicast SVC
S48 SendUSVMessage C10 C10 N
S49 GetUSVCBValues O O N
S50 SetUSVCBValues O O N
c10 – shall declare support for at least one (SendMSVMessage or SendUSVMessage).
Control

S51 Select M M N
S52 SelectWithValue M M N
S53 Cancel O M N
S54 Operate M M Y
S55 Command-Termination M M N
S56 TimeActivated-Operate O O N
File transfer
S57 GetFile O M Y
S58 SetFile O O Y
S59 DeleteFile O O Y
S60 GetFileAttributeValues O M Y
Time
SNTP O
server
SNTP Y
client
T1 Time resolution of internal T1
clock
T2 Time accuracy of internal T0
clock
T3 Supported Timestamp 10
resolution

202
Address：Building 9, Fourth Avenue, Shangdi Information Industry Base, Haidian District,
Beijing
Zip：100085
Tel：+8610-62961515, +8610-62985012 (Marketing Department)
+8610-62986668(Technical Support)
Fax：+8610-62981004 +8610-62978952 (Marketing Department)
http://www.sf-auto.com E-mail: [email protected]